UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Endedfiscal year ended December 31, 20152018
ORor
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission File Number: 001-32172

xpo_logo2018.jpg
XPO Logistics, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 03-0450326
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
Five Greenwich Office Park
Greenwich, Connecticut 06831
Five American Lane
Greenwich, CT
06831(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
(855) 976-4636976-6951
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered underpursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class: Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨


1


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No ¨




Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ý Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer 
¨(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company¨
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):. Yes ¨ No ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock par value $0.001 per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,286,583,341$12.0 billion as of June 30, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter,2018, based upon the closing price of $45.18 per share on the NYSEcommon stock on that date.
As of February 26, 2016,8, 2019, there were 109,641,880109,194,970 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Specified portions of the registrant’s proxy statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant’s 20162019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.




2


XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K—10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20152018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 PART I
Page
No.
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
 PART II 
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
 PART III 
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
 PART IV 
Item 15
Item 16
Exhibit Index

3

Table of Contents

PART I
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K is forand other written reports and oral statements we make from time to time contain forward-looking statements within the year ended December 31, 2015. Themeaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “objective,” “projection,” “forecast,” “goal,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “effort,” “target,” “trajectory” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terms. However, the absence of these words does not mean that the statements are not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by the Company in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to a material difference include those discussed below and the risks discussed in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) allows us. All forward-looking statements set forth in this Annual Report are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by the Company will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequence to incorporate by reference information that we fileor effects on the Company or its business or operations. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you directly to those documents. Information incorporated by reference is considered to be part ofCompany’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. In addition, information that we file with the SEC in the future will automatically update and supersede information containedForward-looking statements set forth in this Annual Report.Report speak only as of the date hereof, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

1



PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
General
Company Overview
XPO Logistics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries (“XPO,” “XPO Logistics,” the “Company,” “we” or “our”), is a top ten global transportation and logistics company that provides comprehensiveprovider of cutting-edge supply chain solutions to the most successful companies in the world. The Company operates as a highly integrated network of people, technology and physical assets. We use our network to help our customers manage their goods most efficiently through their supply chains. Our revenue derives from a mix of key verticals, such as retail and e-commerce, food and beverage, consumer packaged goods and industrial. As of December 31, 2018, we operated with more than 100,000 employees and 1,535 locations in 32 countries and served over 50,000 customers.
We run our business on a global basis, with two reporting segments: Transportation and Logistics. In 2018, approximately 65% of our revenue came from Transportation; the other 35% came from Logistics. Within each segment, we have robust service offerings that are positioned to capitalize on fast-growing areas of customer demand. Substantially all of our services operate under the single brand of XPO offers these solutions through its highly integrated organization that,Logistics.
Transportation Segment
We offer customers an unmatched transportation network of multiple modes, flexible capacity and route density to transport freight quickly and cost effectively from origin to destination. Our scale and service range are significant advantages — both for XPO, as competitive differentiators, and for our customers, who depend on us to provide reliable capacity under all market conditions.
Within our Transportation segment, as of December 31, 2015, encompassed over 89,000 employees2018, our largest service offerings were freight brokerage and truckload, and less-than-truckload (“LTL”), which contributed 27% and 28%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue in 2018. By comparison, in 2017, freight brokerage and truckload and LTL contributed approximately 1,451 locations in 33 countries, primarily27%


4


and 29%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue. In 2016, freight brokerage and truckload and LTL contributed approximately 25% and 29%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue.
Globally, we are the second largest freight brokerage provider, and a top five provider of managed transportation based on the value of freight under management. Many of our transportation services hold market-leading positions in North America and Europe. In North America, we are the largest provider of last mile logistics for heavy goods; the largest manager of expedited shipments; a top three provider of LTL transportation; and a top three provider of intermodal services, with a national drayage network. We are also a freight forwarder with a global network of ocean, air, ground and cross-border services.
In Europe, we provide full truckload transportation as dedicated and non-dedicated services using the Company’s fleet, which is the largest owned road fleet in Europe, and as a brokered service using independent carriers. Our other transportation offerings in Europe are LTL transportation, which we provide through one of the largest LTL networks in Western Europe, and last mile logistics. Our total lane density in Europe covers the regions that produce approximately 90% of the eurozone’s gross domestic product.
We use a blended model of owned, contracted and brokered capacity for truck transportation. This gives us extensive flexibility to provide solutions that best serve the interests of our customers and the Company. The non-asset portion of our model is predominately variable cost and includes our brokerage operations, as well as contracted capacity with independent providers. As of December 31, 2018, globally, we had approximately 12,000 independent carriers and owner-operators under contract to provide drayage, expedite, last mile and LTL services to our customers, and more than 50,000 independent brokered carriers representing over 1,000,000 trucks on the road.
We employ professional drivers that transport goods for customers using our fleet of owned and leased trucks and trailers. Globally, our road fleet encompasses approximately 16,000 tractors and approximately 39,000 trailers, primarily related to our LTL operations in North America and our full truckload operations in Europe. These assets also provide supplemental capacity for our freight brokerage operations as needed. Our company overall is asset-light, with the revenue generated by activities directly associated with our owned assets accounting for less than a third of our revenue in 2018.
Logistics Segment
In our Logistics segment, which we sometimes refer to as supply chain or contract logistics, we have deep expertise in key verticals, and strong positions in fast-growing sectors, such as e-fulfillment, returns management and temperature-controlled warehousing. We provide a range of contract logistics services for customers, including value-added warehousing and distribution, omnichannel and e-commerce fulfillment, cold chain solutions, reverse logistics and surge management. In addition, our Logistics segment provides highly engineered, customized solutions and supply chain optimization services, such as volume flow management. Once we secure a logistics contract, the average tenure is approximately five years and the relationship can lead to a wider use of our services, such as inbound and outbound logistics. Our Logistics segment contributed approximately 35%, 34% and 32% to our consolidated revenue in each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
We operate 190 million square feet (18 million square meters) of contract logistics facility space worldwide, making XPO the second largest contract logistics provider. Approximately 91 million square feet (8 million square meters) of our logistics space is in the United States, where we are a market leader in logistics capacity. Our expansive footprint makes us particularly attractive to large customers with multinational national, mid-size and small enterprises, andoperations. Our logistics customers include many of the most prominent companiespreeminent names in retail and e-commerce, food and beverage, technology, aerospace, wireless, industrial and manufacturing, chemical, agribusiness, life sciences and healthcare.
We also benefit from a strong position in the world. Onhigh-growth e-commerce sector. E-commerce is predicted to continue to grow globally attypical day we facilitate 150,000 ground shipmentsdouble-digit rate through at least 2020, making it difficult for many companies to handle fulfillment in-house while providing a high level of service. Demand in the e-commerce sector is characterized by strong seasonal surges in activity; the fourth quarter peak is typically the most dramatic, when holiday orders are placed online.
We are the largest outsourced e-fulfillment provider in Europe, and manage over five billion inventory units in our contract logistics facilities.
XPO operates on a global basis as an asset-light company, with asset-based businesses accounting for about a third of revenue and less than a quarter of free cash flow. Based on our current business mix, we estimate that our annual net capital expenditure will be approximately 3% of revenue.
In a little more than four years, we have taken XPO from a North American business with $177 million of revenue to a top ten global transportation and logistics company. In September 2011, following the equity investment in the Company led by Bradley S. Jacobs, we put a highly skilled management team in place and began the disciplined execution of a growth strategy to acquire and integrate attractive companies and optimize all XPO operations, with the goal of creating dramatic, long-term valuemajor platform for our customers and shareholders.
We offer customers a compelling range of transportation and logistics solutions:
Freight Brokerage: the second largest freight brokerage firme-fulfillment in North America, based on net revenue; the third largest providerwhere we provide highly customized solutions that include reverse logistics and omnichannel services. Our experience with fast-growing e-commerce categories makes us a valuable partner to customers who


5


want to outsource order fulfillment, product returns, testing, refurbishment, warranty management, refunding, order personalization and other value-added services. Together with one of the largest U.S. drayage networks,our last mile expertise with heavy goods, our logistics capabilities provide e-commerce companies with superior control, flexible warehousing options and labor, advanced automation and a leader in cross-border Mexico intermodal;
Last Mile: the largest providernational network of home delivery and installation logistics for heavy goods in North America, and a leading last mile provider to the e-commerce industry;hubs.
Supply Chain: the second largest global provider of contract logistics based on square footage, with one of the largest e-fulfillment platforms in Europe;
Expedite: the largest manager of time-critical and high-value expedite shipments in North America via ground transportation, air charter and web-based managed transportation services;
Less-Than-Truckload (“LTL”): the second largest provider of LTL services in North America and a leading provider of LTL services in Western Europe. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s LTL service in North America had some of the highest service levels in the industry for on-time performance, offered more next-day and two-day lanes than any other LTL carrier, and covered 99% of U.S. postal codes;
Full Truckload: a top 20 U.S. carrier and a leading cross-border Mexico ground transportation provider;
Managed Transportation: a top five global service provider based on the value of XPO’s freight under management, which was approximately $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2015; and
Global Forwarding: a growing provider of global forwarding services.Operating Philosophy
We believe that our ability to provide customers with integrated, end-to-end supply chain solutions gives us a significant competitive advantage. Many customers, particularly large companies, are increasingly turningprefer to multi-modaluse large, multimodal service providers to handle theirmanage more than one aspect of the supply chain requirements. Wechain. Additionally, we have built XPOpositioned the Company to capitalize on this trend, as well as the trends toward outsourcing in transportation and logistics, theongoing growth in e-commerce, the adoption ofand on secular trends in demand, such as outsourcing and just-in-time inventory practices,practices.
Two hallmarks of our operations are technology and sustainability.
We prioritize innovation because we believe that advanced technology is critical to continuously improving customer service, controlling costs and leveraging our scale. Our 2018 investment in technology was approximately $500 million, among the highest in our industry.
We concentrate our efforts in four areas of innovation: automation and intelligent machines, dynamic data science, the digital freight marketplace, and visibility and customer service, specifically in the e-commerce supply chain. Our global team of approximately 1,700 technology professionals can deploy proprietary software very rapidly on our cloud-based platform. Our focus is on developing innovations that differentiate our services, create benefits for our customers and value for our shareholders. For example, we have the ability to share data with our customers in real time, including visibility of orders moving through fulfillment and shipments in transit. Our technology gives us a birds-eye view of real-time market conditions and pricing for truckload, intermodal and LTL, and facilitates load assignments with our independent contractors, all of which greatly enhances customer service.
In addition, we have a strong commitment to sustainability. We own the largest natural gas truck fleet in Europe and we launched government-approved mega-trucks in Spain as two of numerous initiatives to reduce our carbon footprint. In 2018, we made substantial investments in fuel-efficient Freightliner Cascadia tractors in North America; these use EPA 2013-compliant and GHG14-compliant Selective Catalytic Reduction (“SCR”) technology. In Europe, our tractors are approximately 98% compliant with Euro V, EEV and Euro VI standards, making our fleet one of the most modern in the industry. Our Company has been awarded the label “Objectif CO2” for outstanding environmental performance of transport operations in Europe by the French Ministry of the Environment and the near-shoring of manufacturing in Mexico.French Environment and Energy Agency.
We have two reportable business segments: Transportation and Logistics. Within each segment, we have built robust service offerings that meet fast-growing areas of customer demand. Substantially allA number of our businesses operate underlogistics facilities are ISO 14001-certified, which ensures environmental and other regulatory compliances. We monitor fuel emissions from forklifts, with protocols in place to take immediate corrective action if needed. Company packaging engineers ensure that the single brandoptimal carton size is used for each product slated for distribution and, as a byproduct of XPO Logistics.reverse logistics, we recycle millions of electronic components and batteries each year. We provide financial information for our segmentsare committed to operating in a progressive and geographic information in Note 20 —Segment Reportingenvironmentally sound manner, with the greatest efficiency and Geographic Information to our Consolidated Financial Statements.the least waste possible.
Transportation Services
In ourThe Company’s Transportation segment we provideincludes freight brokerage (which encompasses truck brokerage, intermodal, drayage and expedite), last mile, expedite, intermodal, LTL, full truckload, and global forwarding services. Freight brokerage, last mile, expedite and global forwarding are all non-asset or asset-light businesses.

2



LTL and full truckload are asset-based. Our leased and ownedmanaged transportation assets as of December 31, 2015, globally, include 19,000 tractors, 47,000 trailers, 10,000 intermodal containers and 9,000 container chassis. We also have 448 cross-dock terminals worldwide. These assets benefit our company and our customers, especially during periods of tight capacity.
We utilize an “asset right” blended transportation model of brokered, owned and contracted capacity to serve customers consistently in all market conditions and further differentiate our value proposition. Globally, as of December 31, 2015, in addition to our owned assets, our transportation model included truck procurement hubs that manage relationships with more than 10,000 owner operator trucks under contract for last mile, expedite and drayage services as well as approximately 50,000 additional independent carriers utilized mostlyled by our freight brokerage business. The North American component of this network, as of year-end 2015, included relationships with approximately 7,000 owner operator trucks, and an additional 38,000 independent carriers representing approximately 1,000,000 trucks on the road.highly experienced operators.
XPO holds leading positions in many transportation sectors in North America and Europe. In North America, as of December 31, 2015, we were the leader in both last mile logistics for heavy goods and expedite shipment management, and we were among the largest providers of freight brokerage (including truck brokerage and intermodal rail and drayage services) and LTL transportation. In Western Europe, as of December 31, 2015, we were a leading LTL provider and had a growing brokerage business. The Company typically manages all aspects of the services offered, including selecting qualified carriers or vessels - or, in the case of full truckload and LTL, providing capacity - negotiating rates, tracking shipments, billing and resolving disputes. The Company accomplishes this by using its proprietary transportation management technology, third-party carriers and Company-owned trucks.
The Company’s transportation segment encompasses seven services:
Freight Brokerage
The Company’s freight brokerage business encompasses operations for truck brokerage and, in North America, intermodal and drayage services. Our truck brokerage operations are non-asset-based: we place shippers’ freight with qualified carriers, primarily trucking companies. Customers offer loads to us via telephone, fax, email, electronic data interchange, email, telephone and the Internetinternet on a daily basis. TheseTruck brokerage services are priced on either a spot market or contract basis for shippers. We collect payments from our customers and pay the carriers on a spot market basis for transporting customer loads. Our proprietary, cloud-based brokerage platform, Freight Optimizer, gives us real-time visibility into truckload supply and demand. Freight Optimizer is also the technology behind XPO Connect, our digital freight marketplace, which connects shippers and carriers in a virtual environment.
We are the third largest provider

6


Our intermodal operations are asset-light;asset-light: we provide customers with container capacity, - some of which utilizes our 10,000 leased or owned 53-ft. containers and 9,000 chassis -brokered rail brokerage,transportation, drayage transportation via independent contractors, and on-site operational services. We contractlease or own approximately 9,500 53-ft. containers and approximately 5,000 chassis. We utilize this equipment, together with access to supplemental capacity, to meet our customers’ intermodal requirements.
We have a sophisticated infrastructure in place to work with the railroads to providein providing the long-haul portion of the shipment of freight shipments in containers, and we contract with independent drayage trucking companies for the local pick-uppickup and delivery legs of the intermodal freight movement.delivery. We also provide customized electronic tracking and analysis of market prices and negotiated rail, truck and intermodal rates in orderthrough our proprietary Rail Optimizer technology, which we use to determine the optimal transportation routes. configurations of truck and rail.
We offer our door-to-door intermodal services to a wide range of customers in North America, including large industrial and retail shippers, transportation intermediaries, such as intermodal marketing companies, and steamship lines.
In June 2015, we expanded our drayage operations through As of December 31, 2018, XPO was the acquisitionthird largest provider of Bridge Terminal Transport, Inc. (“BTT”),intermodal services in North America, with one of the largest asset-lightU.S. drayage providers in the U.S. For additional information on the BTT acquisitionnetworks, and other prior acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Last Mile Logistics
The Company is the largest provider of last mile logistics for heavy goods in North America. Our last mile services are asset-light and utilize independent contractors. Last mile delivery comprises the final stage of the delivery from a local distribution center or retail store to the end-consumer’s home or business. This is a fast-growing industry sector of that serves blue chip retailers, e-commerce companies and smaller retailers with limited in-house capabilities.
Important aspects of last mile service are responsiveness to seasonal demand, economies of scale, and an ability to maintain a consistently high quality of customer experience. In addition, the last mile process often requires incremental services, including pre-scheduled delivery times, unpacking, assembly, utility connection, and installation as well as removal of an old product. These additional services are commonly referred to as white-glove services. We use our proprietary technology platforms to collect customer feedback, monitor carrier performance, manage capacity, and communicate during narrow windows of service to ensure an end-consumer experience that protects the brands of our retail customers.
In February 2015, we further expanded our last mile logistics operations through the acquisition of UX Specialized Logistics (“UX”), a North American provider of last mile logistics services for major retail chains and e-commerce companies. For additional information on the UX acquisitions and other prior acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

3



Less-Than-Truckload (LTL)
The Company is the second largest provider of LTL services in North America, and holds leading LTL positions in the United Kingdom, France, Spain and Portugal. Our LTL business in North America is asset-based and utilizes employee drivers, a fleet of tractors and trailers for line-haul, pick-up and delivery, and a network of terminals. We provide day-definite regional, inter-regional and transcontinental LTL freight services.
The Company’s LTL business in Europe is a mix of asset-based and asset-light, and utilizes both Company fleet and contracted carrier capacity, together with a network of terminals. We provide LTL services domestically in France, the United Kingdom, and Spain. We offer international LTL distribution across Europe.
Prior to 2015, the Company provided limited LTL services on a brokered basis. On June 8, 2015, the Company acquired a majority interest in Norbert Dentressangle SA (“ND”), a leading provider of LTLintermodal services in Western Europe. On October 30, 2015, the Company acquired Con-way Inc. (“Con-way”), including its North American LTL business. For additional informationcross-border Mexico sector.
Our expedite operations are predominantly non-asset-based we use a network of contracted owner-operators for expedited ground transportation, and an electronic bid platform for air charter loads. Another large component of our expedite offering is our proprietary transportation management platform, which awards loads electronically based on online bids by carriers. These transactions primarily happen on a machine-to-machine basis. Our technology initiates a new auction on the NDinternet, and Con-way acquisitions and other prior acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Full Truckload
The Company’s full truckload business is an asset-based motor carrier that utilizeswe take a fleet of tractors and trailers to provide short- and long-haul, asset-based transportation services throughout North America and Europe. In North America, we provide dry-van transportation services to manufacturing, industrial and retail customers while using single drivers as well as two-person driver teams over long-haul routes, with each trailer containing only one customer’s goods. This origin-to-destination freight movement limits intermediate handling. In Europe, we provide transportation of packaged goods, high cube products, and bulk goods. We provide our services domestically in France,fee for facilitating the United Kingdom, Spain, Poland, Romania, Italy and Slovakia, as well as internationally across Europe.
Expedite
The Company is the largest arranger of urgent, time-critical shipments in North America by ground and air transportation, through direct transacting and our web-based technology. This is predominantly a non-asset-based service: substantially all of the ground transportation equipment used by the operations is provided by independent owner-operators who own one truck or van, or by independent fleet owners of multiple trucks or vans who employ multiple drivers. We are focused on developing strong, long-term relationships with our independent owner-operators and fleet owners, and incentivizing them to furnish their capacity to us on an exclusive basis. Expedite air charter service is arranged using the Company's relationships with third-party air carriers.process.
Our expedite services can be characterized as time-critical, time-sensitive or high priority freight shipments, many of which have special handling needs. The urgencyUrgent needs for expedited transportation typically arisesarise due to tight tolerances in a customer’s supply chain, interruptions or changes insome kind of disruption to the supply chain, or the failure of another mode of transportation within the supply chain. We have the ability to arrange urgent shipments very quickly by over-the-road transportation, the largest component of our expedite volume, by using independent air charter carriers, and through our proprietary online bid technology.
Expedited shipments are predominantly direct transit movements offering door-to-door service within tightly prescribed time parameters. Customers typicallyExpedite customers most often request our expedite services on a per-load transactional basis with onlythrough our offices or via our proprietary online portals. Only a small percentage of loads beingare scheduled for future delivery dates. We operate an ISO 9001:2008 certified 24-hour, seven-day-a-week2008-certified call center that gives our customers on-demand communications and status updates relatingrelated to their expedited shipments. As of December 31, 2018, XPO was the largest manager of expedited freight shipments in North America.
Last Mile Logistics
Our last mile operations in North America and Europe primarily specialize in heavy goods, including appliances, furniture, large electronics and other items that are larger-than-parcel. As of December 31, 2018, XPO was the largest provider of last mile logistics for heavy goods in North America, having arranged approximately 40,000 deliveries a day on average in 2018.
Our last mile services are predominantly asset-light; we utilize independent contractors to perform transportation and over-the-threshold deliveries and installations. In North America, these services are facilitated through a large network of XPO last mile hubs. As of December 31, 2018, we had 85 hubs operating in North America, extending our footprint to within 125 miles of approximately 90% of the U.S. population and further reducing transit times for goods. We also have a small last mile business in Europe.
Last mile comprises the final stage of the delivery from a local distribution center or retail store to the end-customer’s home or business, where additional services are often required. It is a fast-growing industry sector that serves blue chip retailers, e-commerce companies and smaller retailers that have limited in-house capabilities for deliveries and installations. Important aspects of last mile service are responsiveness to seasonal demand, economies of scale, advanced technology and an ability to maintain a consistently high quality of customer experience.
The last mile process often requires incremental services, such as unpacking, assembly, utility connection, installation and testing, as well as the removal of an old product. These additional services are commonly referred to as white-glove services. We use our proprietary technology platform to collect customer feedback, monitor carrier performance, manage capacity and encourage communication to protect the brands of the retailers, e-tailers and manufacturers we serve.


7


Less-Than-Truckload (LTL)
In North America, our LTL operations are asset-based. We employ professional drivers, own a leading fleet of tractors and trailers for line-haul, pickup and delivery, and have a large network of terminals. We provide our customers with critical density and day-definite regional, inter-regional and transcontinental LTL freight services. As of December 31, 2018, XPO was a top three provider of LTL services in North America, offering more than 75,000 next-day and two-day lanes. Our coverage area in North America encompasses approximately 99% of all U.S. zip codes, with service within Canada, and cross-border with Mexico and Canada.
In Europe, our LTL operations utilize a blend of asset-based and asset-light capacity — both Company fleet and contracted carriers, with a network of terminals. We provide LTL services domestically in France, the United Kingdom and Spain. We also offer multinational LTL distribution throughout Europe.
Full Truckload
Our asset-based full truckload services operate almost entirely in Europe. For many customers, we function as a dedicated contract carrier, providing truckload capacity by utilizing our fleet of tractors and trailers, and our drivers. In addition, we provide transactional transportation of packaged goods, high cube products and bulk goods. We provide full truckload services domestically in France, the United Kingdom, Spain, Poland, Romania, Italy, Portugal and Slovakia, and internationally throughout Europe. As of December 31, 2018, XPO was a leading provider of full truckload transportation in Europe.
Global Forwarding
Our global forwarding operations are asset-light; we provide logistics services for domestic, cross-border and international shipments through our relationships with ground, air and ocean carriers and a network of Company and agent-owned offices. Our freight forwarding capabilities are not restricted by size, weight, mode or location, and therefore are potentially attractive to a wide market base.
As part of our global forwarding network, we operate subsidiaries as non-vessel-operating common carriers (“NVOCC”) to transport our customers’ freight by contracting with vessel operators. We are also a customs broker licensed by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Service. This enables us to provide customs brokerage services to direct domestic importers, other freight forwarders and NVOCCs, and vessel-operating common carriers.
Managed Transportation
The Company is a top five global provider of managed transportation based on the value of freight under management. Our managed transportation offering includes a range of services provided to shippers who want to outsource some or all of their transportation modes, together with associated activities. These activities can include freight handling, such as consolidation and deconsolidation, labor planning, the facilitation of inbound and outbound shipment facilitation, documentation andshipments, cross-border customs management and documentation, claims processing, and third partythird-party logistics or 3PL, supplier management, among other things.
Global Forwarding
The Company’s global forwarding business operates as a non-asset logistics provider for domestic, cross-border and international shipments, as well as customizedother services. We provide thesecategorize our managed transportation services through relationships with ground, airas control tower solutions, managed expedite and ocean carriers and a network of Company-owned and agent-owned locations. Our forwarding capabilities are not restricted by size, weight, mode or location, and therefore are potentially attractive to a wide market base.dedicated capacity.
As part of our global forwarding business, we operate a subsidiary as a non-vessel operating common carrier (“NVOCC”) to transport our customers’ freight by contracting with vessel operators.

4



We are also a customs broker, licensed by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Service to act on behalf of importers in handling customs formalities and other details. We provide customs brokerage services to direct domestic importers in connection with many of the shipments that we handle as an NVOCC, as well as shipments arranged by other freight forwarders, NVOCCs or vessel operating common carriers.
Logistics Services
In ourOur Logistics segment, which we also refer to as supply chain, the Company providesSupply Chain, encompasses a range of services for the purpose of helping our customers control costs and increase efficiency. We provide differentiated and data-intensive contract logistics services for customers, including highly engineered and customized solutions, e-commerce fulfillment and reverse logistics, as well as high-value-addvalue-added warehousing and distribution, e-commerce fulfillment, cold chain solutions, such asreverse logistics, packaging and labeling, factory support, aftermarket support, integrated manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distributioninventory management and transportation.personalization services, such as laser etching. In addition, weour Logistics segment provides highly engineered, customized solutions and supply chain optimization services, such as volume flow management, predictive analytics and advanced automation. Our Logistics operations are led by seasoned executives in North America and Europe who collaborate on multinational opportunities. As of December 31, 2018, XPO was the second largest global provider of contract logistics based on facility space, with one of the largest e-fulfillment platforms in Europe.
We utilize our technology and expertise to solve complex supply chain challenges and create transformative solutions for world-classour customers. Examples include intelligent robots that support our warehouse employees, and


8


sophisticated analytics for demand forecasting. Our proprietary algorithms can predict the flow of goods and future returns, helping our e-commerce customers while reducing their operating costsplan for peak inventory, capacity and improving production flow management.labor levels.
We operate approximately 151 million square feet (14.0 million square meters) of facility space devoted to our contractOur logistics operations, with about 65.0 million square feet (6.1 million square meters) of that capacity in the United States. When we establish relationships through contractual agreements, it can lead to a wider use of our services, such as inbound and outbound logistics.
Customers of our supply chain businesscustomers primarily operate in industries with high-growth outsourcing opportunities, such as high tech,retail and e-commerce, telecommunications, aerospace and defense, healthcare, medical equipment, agriculture, food and beverage, technology, aerospace, wireless, industrial and select areas of manufacturing. These customersmanufacturing, chemical, agribusiness, life sciences and healthcare. They have demanding requirements for quality standards, real-time data visibility, customer service,special handling, security, the management of high-value products, high transaction volumes with large numbers of stock keepingstock-keeping units, (“SKUs”), and/or time-assured deliveries.deliveries and management of seasonal surges in certain sectors, such as retail and e-commerce.
In 2015, we further expandedXPO Direct
XPO Direct is a shared-space distribution network that capitalizes on the strengths of our supply chain business throughLogistics and Transportation segments in combination. This network of logistics warehouses and last mile hubs gives our customers flexible capacity and helps them speed order fulfillment and delivery. Our facilities serve as stockholding sites and cross-docks that can be utilized by multiple customers at the NDsame time. Transportation needs are supported by our brokered, contracted and Con-way acquisitions. For additional information on theseowned capacity.
XPO Direct gives companies a way to manage Business-to-Consumer and other acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions,Business-to-Business fulfillment using our scale and capacity, without the capital investment of Item 8, “Financial Statementsadding high-fixed-cost distribution centers. Our North American footprint positions goods within one-day and Supplementary Data.”two-day ground transportation range of approximately 90% of the U.S. population and in close proximity to retail stores for inventory replenishment.
Our Strategy
XPO Logistics is a top ten global transportation and logistics company, providing cutting-edge supply chain solutions to the most successful companies in the world. We have established leading positions in key areas of transportation and logistics where there is strong secular demand. We offer our solutions through our highly integrated, multi-modal organization that operates under the XPO Logistics brand worldwide. Our strategy is to help customers manage their goods most efficiently through their supply chains, using our highly integrated network of people, technology and physical assets. We deliver unmatched value to customers throughin the form of process efficiencies, cost efficiencies, reliable outcomes, technological innovations and service that is both highly responsive and proactive.
As part of our highly integrated organization, extensive service range, global critical mass,strategy, we continuously seek to become more efficient in our own operations. We do this by looking for ways to leverage our strengths and the disciplined execution of initiatives that increaseserve customers as comprehensively as possible — our profitability and create long-term value for ourexisting customers, and shareholders.also companies in high-growth verticals where there is a need for multiple XPO services. As of December 31, 2018, 90 of our top 100 customers were using two or more of our service lines.
We are continuing to optimize our existing operations by growing our sales force, implementing advanced information technology, cross-selling our services and leveraging our shared capacity. WeIn addition, we have a disciplinedcomprehensive framework of processes in place for the recruiting, training and mentoring of newly hiredour employees, and for marketing to the hundreds of thousands of prospective customers whothat can use our services. Our network is supported by our proprietary information technology that includes robust sales, service, carrier procurement, warehouse management, and customer experience management capabilities, as well as benchmarking and analysis. Most important to our growth, we have instilled a culture of passionatecollaboration that focuses our efforts on delivering results for our customers and our Company.
We will continue to grow the business in a disciplined manner, and with a compelling value proposition: XPO can provide innovative solutions for any company, of any size, with any combination of supply chain needs.
Management’s growth and optimization strategy for the Transportation segment is to:
Market our diversified, multimodal offering to customers of all sizes, both new and existing accounts;
Cross-sell our Transportation segment solutions to customers of our Logistics segment;
Provide world-class solutions that satisfy our customers’ transportation-related supply chain goals;
Recruit and retain quality drivers, and best utilize our driver and equipment capacities;
Attract and retain quality independent owner-operators and independent brokered carriers for our carrier network;
Recruit and retain quality sales and customer service.service representatives, and continuously improve employee productivity with state-of-the-art training and technology;
Information SystemsContinue to develop cutting-edge transportation applications for our proprietary technology platform and make meaningful use of data; and


9


Integrate industry-best practices, with a focus on utilizing our advantages of scale to serve our customers efficiently and lower our administrative overhead.
Management’s growth and optimization strategy for the Logistics segment is to:
Develop additional business in verticals where the Company already has deep logistics expertise and a strong track record of successful relationships;
Capture more share of spend with existing customers that could use our solutions for more of their supply chain needs, including both logistics and transportation;
Expand our relationships with existing customers that have multinational business interests in North America, Europe and Asia;
Cross-sell our Logistics segment solutions to customers of our Transportation segment;
Market the significant advantages of XPO’s proprietary logistics technology;
Market the ability of XPO to produce reliable, business-specific results across our global logistics network in a consistent manner;
Provide world-class solutions that meet our customers’ goals for supply chain performance, growth management and stakeholder satisfaction; and
Integrate industry-best practices, with a focus on utilizing our advantages of scale to serve our customers efficiently and lower our administrative overhead.
Technology and Intellectual Property
One of the ways in which we empower our employees to deliver world-classsuperior service is through our information technology (“IT”).proprietary technology. We believe that technology is a bigcompelling differentiator in our industry. TechnologyIt represents one of ourthe Company’s largest categories of investment, within our annual capital expenditure budget, reflecting our belief that the continual enhancement of our technology platforms is critical to our success. We have an IT team of over 1,500 talented professionals who focus on driving innovation and advancing the effectiveness of our systems.
In our freight brokerage business, our proprietary Freight Optimizer software solution for truck brokerage provides actionable pricing information as well as cost effective, timely and reliable access to carrier capacity,2018, we introduced numerous innovations, some of which we believe gives us an advantage versus our competitors. In 2015, also in freight brokerage, we launched our proprietary Rail Optimizer software that optimizes all aspects of the intermodal network, including shipment management, capacity flow and asset management, market-based pricing, and shipment execution with rail providers. 
In our last mile logistics business, our proprietary software provides real-time workflow visibility and customer experience management for superior satisfaction ratings. In our expedite business, we utilize satellite tracking and communication units on the independently contracted vehicles that transport goods for our customers, to provide our customers with real-time electronic updates. Our managed transportation business relies strongly on state-of-the-art technology. This includes our proprietary bidding software, which awards loads electronically based on carriers’ online bids.are described here:
In our Logistics segment, we have developedlaunched our proprietary, cloud-based warehouse management platform to integrate robotics and other advanced automation very rapidly into our operations. This is particularly advantageous in multi-site and multichannel environments. Our technology that enables sophisticated contract logistics solutions for large multi-national and medium-sized corporations and government agencies with complex supply chain requirements. This

5



software supports services such as omni-channelfacilitates omnichannel distribution, reverse logistics, transportation management, freight bill audit and payment, lean manufacturing support, aftermarket support, and supply chain optimization.optimization and transportation management. It links our XPO Direct distribution network and can predict where stock should be positioned in the network for the greatest efficiency.
We rely onannounced a combinationpartnership with a world leader in consumer packaged goods to co-create a 638,000-square-foot logistics center in the U.K. The site is scheduled to open in 2020 and will feature advanced sortation systems and robotics, as well as other state-of-the-art automation and an XPO technology laboratory. A digital ecosystem will integrate predictive data and intelligent machines, operating as both a think tank and a launch pad for our innovations.
We’re deploying 5,000 additional robots throughout our logistics sites in North America and Europe. These are intelligent robots that collaborate with humans; the solution is designed to supplement our existing workforce and support future growth. These robots shorten order-to-shipment times, support same-day and next-day deliveries and help workers minimize walk-time and manual errors. As a separate initiative, we are using data-driven workforce planning tools in our warehouses to optimize productivity shift by shift.
In our Transportation segment, our XPO Connect digital freight marketplace operates as a fully automated, self-learning platform that connects shippers with carriers, both directly and through the Company. This technology gives customers direct access to our carrier transportation network and its predictive data, while carriers connect through our Drive XPO mobile app. As of trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, December 31, 2018, we had more than 14,000 carrier signups for XPO Connect access.
In last mile, our technology delivers a consistent consumer experience with superior satisfaction levels. The system gathers real-time feedback post-delivery to help our customers build loyalty. This protects the brands of our e-tail


10


and nondisclosureretail customers. We also use our proprietary applications to engage consumers in the delivery process for their heavy goods. Shoppers who buy large items from our customers online can track those orders in real time using our web portal, Google Home, Amazon Echo or Google Search. They can request personalized alerts, reschedule delivery times electronically and non-competition agreementsuse our augmented reality tool to establishvisualize the item inside their home.
In LTL, we launched a next-generation web integration that gives shippers access to more capabilities without custom programming, including delivery and protect our intellectual propertypickup management tools, pricing and proprietary technology.  Additionally,planning tools, and electronic document handling. We also developed proposal and pricing systems for LTL, with robust algorithms and profitability monitoring. Overall, we have numerous registered trademarks, trade names,improved the business intelligence we use internally for LTL pricing, workforce planning and logos in the United States and international jurisdictions.network optimization.
The supply chain industry is wide open for disruptive thinking like this. Our position as a technology leader has led to important new advantages for our customers.
Customers Sales and MarketingMarkets
Our Company provides services to a variety of customers, ranging in size from small, entrepreneurial organizations to Fortune 500 companies. During 2015, our business units served companies and global leaders. We have a diversified base of more than 50,000 different customers. Approximately 6.6%customers that minimizes our concentration risk: in 2018, approximately 11% of our 2015 pro forma revenue was attributable to our top five clients, withcustomers.
In addition, our largest customer accounting for approximately 1.8%markets are highly diversified. The customers we serve span every major industry and touch every part of our pro forma revenue.
the economy. Our customers are engaged inrevenue derives from a wide rangemix of industries, including high tech,key verticals, such as retail e-commerce, manufacturing, telecommunications, aerospace and defense, life sciences, healthcare, medical equipment, agriculture, ande-commerce, food and beverage.beverage, consumer packaged goods and industrial.
Our transportation businessesservices are primarily marketed in North America and Europe. OurEurope, whereas our logistics and global forwarding businessesnetworks serve global markets with concentrations in North America, Europe and Asia. Pro forma for 2015 acquisitions,For the full year 2018, approximately 60%59% of our revenue was generated in the United States, 13% came from France and 12% in France, 12% infrom the United Kingdom, 4% in Spain and 12% in other countries.Kingdom.
To best serve our customers, we maintain a significant staff of sales representatives and related support personnel. Our sales strategy is twofold: we seek to establish long-term relationships with new accounts and to increase the amount of business generated from our existing customer base. These objectives are served by our position as one of the largest third-party logistics providers in the world and by our ability to cross-sell a range of services. We believe that these attributes are competitive advantages in the transportation
Competition
Transportation and logistics industry. See Note 20—Segment Reportingare highly competitive and Geographic Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further geographic information.
Competition
The transportation and logistics industry is highly competitive,fragmented marketplaces, with thousands of companies competing in the domesticdomestically and international markets.internationally. XPO competes on service, reliability, scope and scale of operations, technological capabilities and price. Our competitors include local, regional, national and international companies withthat offer the same services we provide — some with larger customer bases, significantly more resources and more experience than we have. Additionally, some of our customers have internal resources that our business units provide.can perform services we offer. Due in part to the fragmented nature of the industry, our business unitswe must strive daily to retain existing business relationships and forge new relationships.
We compete on service, reliability, scope of operations, information technology capabilities and price. Some competitors have larger customer bases, significantly more resources and more experience than we do. The health of the transportation and logistics industry will continue to be a function of domestic and global economic growth. However, we believe that we willhave positioned the Company in fast-growing sectors to benefit from secular trends in demand, such as e-commerce and outsourcing. Together with our scale, technology and company-specific initiatives, we believe that our positioning should keep us growing faster than the growth of e-commerce, as well as from a long-term outsourcing trend that should continue to enable certain sectors of transportation and logistics to grow at rates that outpace growth in the macro-environment.macro environment.
Regulation
Our operations are regulated and licensed by various governmental agencies in the United States and in the other countries where we operate. Suchconduct business. These regulations impact us directly and indirectly by regulating third-party transportation providers we use to transport freight for our customers.
Regulation affectingAffecting Motor Carriers, Owner OperatorsOwner-Operators and Transportation BrokersBrokers.. In the United States, our subsidiaries that operate as motor carriers have motor carrier licenses to operate as motor carriers fromissued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”) of the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”). In addition, our subsidiaries acting as property brokers have property broker licenses fromissued by the FMCSA. Our motor carrier subsidiaries and the third-party motor carriers we engage in the United States must comply with the safety and fitness regulations of the DOT, including those relatingrelated to drug- anddrug-testing, alcohol-testing, hours-of-service, records retention, vehicle inspection, driver qualification and minimum insurance requirements. Weight and equipment dimensions also are subject to


11


government regulations. We also may become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to emissions, drivers’ hours-of-service, independent contractor eligibility requirements, onboard reporting of operations, air cargo security and other matters affecting safety or operating methods. Other agencies, such as the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the California Air Resources Board and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”), also regulate our equipment, operations and independent contractor drivers. We and theLike our third-party support carriers, we use are also subject to a variety of vehicle registration and licensing requirements of the state or otherin certain states and local jurisdictions in which theywhere we operate. In other foreign jurisdictions in whichwhere we operate, our operations are regulated where necessary, by the appropriate governmental authority.authorities.
In 2010, the FMCSA introduced the Compliance Safety Accountability program (“CSA”), which uses a Safety Management System (“SMS”) to rank motor carriers on seven categories of safety-related data, known as Behavioral Analysis and Safety Improvement Categories, or “BASICs,“BASICs. which data, it is anticipated, will eventually be used for determining a carrier’s DOT

6



safety rating under revisions to existing Safety Fitness Determination (“SFD”) regulations. In December 2015, the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act (“FAST Act”) was signed into law, which requires the FMCSA to review the CSA program to ensure that it provides the most reliable analysis possible. During this review period, the FAST Act requires the FMCSA to remove a property carrier’s CSA scores from public view. The FMCSA has since announced an SFD Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) that would revamp the current three-tier federal rating system for federally regulated commercial motor carriers.
Although the CSA scores are not currently publicly available, this development is likely to be temporary. As a result, once the program has been revamped, our fleet could be ranked poorly as compared toworse or better than our competitors, and the safety ratings of our motor carrier operations could be adversely impacted. Our network of third-party transportation providers may experience a similar result. A reduction in safety and fitness ratings may result in difficulty attracting and retaining qualified independent contractors and could cause our customers to direct their business away from usXPO and to carriers with more favorable CSA scores, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
In the past, the subsidiaries through which we operate our expedited and intermodal drayage operations have exceeded the established intervention threshold in certain of the BASICs, and we may exceed those thresholds in the future. Depending on our ratings, we may be prioritized for an intervention action or roadside inspection, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, or customers may be less likely to assign loads to us. We cannot predict the extent to which CSA requirements or safety and fitness ratings under SMS or SFD could adversely affect our business, operations or ability to retain compliant drivers, or those of our subsidiaries, independent contractors or third-party transportation providers.
The FMCSA has proposed new rules that would requireaddition, nearly all carriers and drivers that are required to maintain records of duty status, including us,certain of XPO’s motor carrier subsidiaries and drivers, have been required to install and use electronic logging devices (“ELD”ELDs”). The proposed regulations provide for theELD installation and use of ELDs to be required two years after publication of the final regulations. ELD installation willmay increase costs for independent contractors and other third-party support carriers who provide services to XPO and may not be well-received by, independent contractors.
Our operations providing certain services in California are also subject to various regulatory initiatives such as the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach clean truck program effective in 2009, California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) truck regulation effective in 2010 and the Port of Oakland truck ban effective in 2010, each of which banned trucks that did not meet certain emissions standards. To comply with these requirements, our motor carrier subsidiaries providing certain services in California have implemented programs to source truck capacity from independent owner operators that meet these emissions requirements. The State of California also has required diesel tractors as well as 53-foot long and other trailers operated in the state to satisfy certain fuel efficiency and other performance requirements by compliance target dates occurring between 2011 and 2023. Compliance with California’s and ports’ regulations has increased rates payable to owner operators operating in California and new tractor costs, might increase the costs of new trailers operated in California, might require the retrofitting of pre-2011 model year trailers operated in California, and could diminish equipment productivity and increase operating expenses.impact driver recruitment.
Regulations affectingAffecting our Subsidiaries Providing Ocean and Air TransportationTransportation.. XPO Customs Clearance Solutions, Inc.LLC (“XCCS”) and NDO America, Inc. (following its anticipated name change to XPO GF America, Inc., “XGFA” (“XGFA”), two of ourthe Company’s subsidiaries, are licensed as customsU.S. Customs brokers by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“the CBP”) of the DHS in each United States customsU.S. district in whichwhere they do business.perform services. All United States customsU.S. Customs brokers are requiredrequired to maintain prescribed records and are subject to periodic audits by the CBP. In other jurisdictions in whichwhere we perform customs brokerage services, our operations are licensed, where necessary, by the appropriate governmental authority.
Our subsidiaries offering expedited air charter transportation are subject to regulation by the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) of the DHS regarding air cargo security for all loads, regardless of origin and destination. XPO Global Forwarding, Inc. (“XGF”), XGFA and XPO Air Charter, alsoLLC are regulated as “indirect air carriers” by the DHS and the TSA. These agencies provide requirements, guidance and, in some cases, administer licensing requirements and processes applicable to the freight forwarding industry. We must actively monitor our compliance with such agency requirements to ensure that we have satisfactorily completed the security requirements and qualifications and implemented the required policies and procedures. These agencies generally require companies to fulfill these qualifications prior to transacting various types of business. Failure to do so could result in penalties and fines. The air cargo industry is also subject to regulatory and legislative actions that could affect the economic conditions within the industry by requiring changes in operating practices or influencing the demand for and the costs of providing services to clients. We cannot predict the extent to which any such regulatory or legislative actions could adversely affect our business and operations, but we strive to comply with and satisfy agency requirements.
ForRegarding our international operations, XGF XGFA and XCCSXGFA are members of the International Air Transportation Association (“IATA”), a voluntary association of airlines and freight forwarders that outlines operating procedures for freight forwarders acting as agents or third-party intermediaries for itsIATA members. A substantial portion of ourXPO’s international air freight business is completedtransacted with other IATA members.
For our international oceanic freight forwarding business,Additionally, XGF, XGFA and XPO Ocean Lines, Inc. (“XOL”),XCCS are each registered as an Ocean Transportation Intermediary (“OTI”) and ocean freight forwarders by the U.S. Federal Maritime Commission (“FMC”), which establishes the

7



qualifications, regulations and bonding requirements to operate as an OTI and ocean freight forwarder for businesses originating and terminating in the United States. XGLXGF and XOLXGFA are also licensed NVOCCs and ocean freight forwarders.NVOCCs.
Our international freight forwarderforwarding operations make us subject us to regulations of the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of Treasury, and to various laws and regulations of the other countries where we operate. RegulationsThese regulations cover matters, such as what commodities may be shipped to what destinationdestinations and to what end-user,end-users, unfair international trade practices, and limitations on entities with which we may conduct business.
Other Regulations. We areThe Company is subject to a variety of other U.S. and foreign laws and regulations, including but not limited to, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption statutes.
Classification of Independent ContractorsContractors.. Tax and other federal and state regulatory authorities, as well as private litigants, continue to assert that independent contractor drivers in the trucking industry are employees rather than


12

Table of Contents

independent contractors. Federal legislators have introduced legislation in the past to make it easier for tax and other authorities to reclassify independent contractors as employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping requirements for employers of independent contractors and to heighten the penalties of employersfor companies who misclassify their employeesworkers and are found to have violated employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, federal legislators have sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers meetingthat meet certain criteria to treat individuals as independent contractors if they are following a long-standing,longstanding, recognized practice. Federal legislators also sought to expand the Fair Labor Standards Act to cover “non-employees” who perform labor or services for businesses, even if the “non-employees”said non-employees are properly classified as independent contractors; require taxpayers to provide written notice to workers based upon their classification as either an “employee”employee or a “non-employee”;non-employee; and impose penalties and fines for violations of the notice requirements requirement and/or “employee” or “non-employee”for misclassifications. Some states have putlaunched initiatives in place to increase their revenues from items such as unemployment, workers’ compensation and income taxes, and athe reclassification of independent contractors as employees wouldcould help states with this initiative.those initiatives. Taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determinationdeterminations of independent contractor status. If ourXPO’s independent contractor drivers are determined to be our employees, we would incur additional exposure under some or all of the following: federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, and labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings.
Environmental RegulationsRegulations.. In the United States, our Our facilities and operations and our independent contractors are subject to various environmental laws and regulations dealing with the hauling, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, emissions from vehicles, engine-idling, fuel tanks and related fuel spillage and seepage, discharge and retention of storm water, and other environmental matters that involve inherent environmental risks. Similar laws and regulations may apply in many of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. We have instituted programs to monitor and control environmental risks and maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. We may be responsible for the cleanup of any spill or other releaseincident involving hazardous materials caused by our operations or business. In the past, we have been responsible for the costs of cleanup of diesel fuel spills caused by traffic accidents or other events, and none of these incidents materially affected our business or operations. We generally transport only hazardous materials rated as low-to-medium-risk, and a small percentage of our total shipments containcontains hazardous materials. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with current laws and regulations and we do not know of any existing environmental condition that reasonably would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results. We also do not expect to incur material capital expenditures for environmental controls in 2016. Future changes in environmental regulations or liabilities from newly discovered environmental conditions or violations (and any associated fines and penalties) could have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive position, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. U.S. federal and state governments, as well as governments in certain foreign jurisdictions in whichwhere we operate, have also proposed environmental legislation that could, among other things, potentially limit carbon, exhaust and greenhouse gas emissions. If enacted, such legislation could also result in higher costs for new tractortractors and trailer costs,trailers, reduced productivity and efficiency, and increased operating expenses, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

8



Risk Management and Insurance
U.S. Operations
We maintain insurance for commercial automobile liability, truckers’ commercial automobile liability, commercial general liability, cargo/warehouse legal liability, workers’ compensation and employers’ liability, and umbrella and excess umbrella liability, with coverage limits, deductibles and self-insured retention levels that we believe are reasonable given the varying historical frequency, severity and timing of claims. However, we cannot provide assurance that ourCertain actuarial assumptions and management judgments are made for insurance coverage will effectively protect us in the eventreserves and are subject to a degree of claims made against us.variability.
We generally require the contract carriers that we engage to have at least $1 million of automobile liability insurance and $100,000 of cargo insurance, or up to $250,000 in the case of our intermodal carriers. We require motor carriers we engage to enter into a written agreement with us and to meet safety and performance qualification standards. We also require motor carriers to have workers compensation and other insurance as required by law in connection with the specific tasks they are undertaking. Railroads, which are largely self-insured, provide limited common carrier cargo liability protection, generally up to $250,000 per container.
In our truck and intermodal brokerage operations, we generally are not liable for damage to our customers’ cargo or in connection with damage arising from the provision of transportation services. However, in some instances, we agree to assume cargo and other liability. While we endeavor to limit this exposure to matters arising due to our negligence or misconduct, or to cap our exposure at a stated maximum dollar amount, we are not always able to do so.
With respect to our LTL, full truckload, expedited transportation and intermodal drayage operations where we perform services as a licensed motor carrier and in our freight forwarding and last-mile delivery logistics businesses, we have primary liability to our customer for cargo loss and damage and for certain liabilities caused by our independent contractors and contracted carriers. Accordingly, liability claims may be asserted against us for the actions of transportation providers we engage and their employees or independent contractors, or for our actions in retaining them. Claims against us may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage or may not be covered by insurance at all.
We maintain liability insurance policies to help protect us against losses that may not be recovered from the responsible contracted carrier. Our last-mile delivery logistics operations may involve installation of appliances in customers’ homes involving water, gas or electric connections. We maintain commercial general liability insurance coverage to help protect us from claims related to these services. Our warehouse operations generally maintain legal liability insurance coverage and maintain contractually required all risk Inland Marine coverage to help protect us against claims arising from damage or loss to customer goods stored in our warehouses. We also maintain property damage insurance to help protect us against damage to our property. Our terms of carriage on international and ocean shipments limit our liability consistent with industry standards. We offer our brokerage, NVOCC and freight forwarding customers the option to purchase all risk cargo insurance for their shipments.
International Operations
Whenever our policies of insurance and their coverage territory are not worldwide, or are not-admitted in a specific country where we operate, but are compulsory in nature, we purchase coverage in that country as necessary to meet local requirements, with coverage placed through local insurers. In jurisdictions outside the United States we maintain insurance coverage for various forms of public liability, occupational accidents and first party property loss, with coverage limits, deductibles and or self-retention levels we believe are reasonable given the historical frequency, severity and timing of claims. However, we cannot provide assurance that such coverages will in all instances effectively protect us in the event of claims made against us or for loss or damage to our property.
Seasonality
XPO’sOur revenue and profitability are typically lower for the first quarter of the calendar year relative to the other quarters. The Company believesWe believe this is due in part to the post-holiday reduction in demand experienced by many XPOof our customers, which leads to more capacity in the non-expedited and service-critical markets and, in turn, less demand for expedited and premium shipping services. In addition, the productivity of the Company’s fleet ofour tractors and trailers, independent contractors and transportation providers generally decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations. It is not possible to reliably predict whether the Company’s historical revenue and profitability trends will continue to occur in future periods.


13

Table of Contents

Employees
As of December 31, 2015, we2018, the Company had approximately 89,000more than 100,000 full-time and part-time employees. We recognize our trained staff of employees asOur employee base is one of our most critical resources, and acknowledgewe view the recruitment, training and retention of qualified employees as being essential to our ongoing success. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.employees, with strong programs in place for communication and professional development.

9



Executive Officers of the Registrant
We provide belowThe following information regardingrelates to each of our executive officers.officers:
Name Age Position
Bradley S. Jacobs 5962 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Troy A. Cooper 4649President
Kenneth R. Wagers III47 Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer-EuropeInterim President, LTL–North America
John J. HardigSarah J.S. Glickman 5149 Acting Chief Financial Officer
Gordon E. Devens47Chief Legal Officer
Scott B. Malat39Chief Strategy Officer
Mario A. Harik 3538 Chief Information Officer
Bradley S. Jacobs has served as our Chief Executive OfficerXPO’s chief executive officer and Chairmanchairman of the boardBoard of directorsDirectors since September 2011. Mr. Jacobs is also the managing director of Jacobs Private Equity, LLC, which is ourthe Company’s second largest stockholder. He hasPrior to XPO, he led two public companies: United Rentals, Inc. (NYSE: URI), which he co-founded in 1997, and United Waste Systems, Inc., which he founded in 1989. Mr. Jacobs served as chairman and chief executive officer of United Rentals for its first six years, and as executive chairman for an additional four years. HeWith United Waste Systems, he served eight years as chairman and chief executive officer of United Waste Systems.officer. Previously, Mr. Jacobs founded Hamilton Resources (UK) Ltd. and served as its chairman and chief operating officer. This followed the co-founding of his first venture, Amerex Oil Associates, Inc., where he was chief executive officer.
Troy A. Cooper has served as our Chief Operating OfficerXPO’s president since MayApril 2018, after formerly serving as XPO’s chief operating officer from 2014 to 2018, and in addition, hasas Transportation segment leader. From September 2015 to September 2017 he also served as the Chief Executive Officerchief executive officer and Chairmanchairman of XPO Logistics Europe since September 2015.Europe. Mr. Cooper joined our companythe Company in September 2011 as Vice President—Finance, and has held positionsvice president of increasing responsibility since then.finance. Prior to XPO, Mr. Cooper is responsible for the day-to-day operationsserved as vice president and profit and loss performance of the Company. Mr. Cooper was most recentlygroup controller with United Rentals, Inc., where he served as vice president—group controllerwas responsible for field finance functions and helped to integrate over 200 acquisitions in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Previously,Earlier, he held controller positions with United Waste Systems, Inc. and OSI Specialties, Inc. (formerly a division of Union Carbide, Inc.). Mr. CooperHe began his career in public accounting with Arthur Andersen and Co. and has a degree in accounting from Marietta College.
John HardigKenneth R. Wagers has served as our Chief Financial OfficerXPO’s chief operating officer since February 2012.April 2018, and additionally serves as interim president of the Company’s North American less-than-truckload business unit. Mr. Hardig most recentlyWagers has more than two decades of experience in the supply chain sector, including senior positions with Amazon.com, Dr Pepper Snapple Group and UPS. From 2013 until he joined the Company, he served as managing director for the Transportation & Logistics investment banking groupAmazon’s head of Stifel Nicolaus Weisel from 2003 until joining our company. Prior to that, Mr. Hardigfinance, worldwide transportation and logistics. For Dr Pepper Snapple Group, he held supply chain leadership positions in consumer packaged goods. Over 17 years with UPS, he was an investment bankerinstrumental in the Transportation and Telecom groups at Alex. Brown & Sons (now Deutsche Bank) and earlier in his career, worked as a design engineer at Ford Motor Company.expansion of 3PL services, including UPS Supply Chain Solutions. Mr. HardigWagers holds a mastermaster’s degree in finance from Georgia State University.
Sarah J.S. Glickman has served as XPO’s acting chief financial officer since August 2018. Ms. Glickman served as XPO’s Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance from June 2018 to August 2018. Ms. Glickman’s more than 25 years of senior finance experience include her position as chief financial officer of business administrationservices for Novartis from January 2017 to May 2018, executive roles with Honeywell International from March 2006 to November 2016 and, prior to Honeywell, Bristol-Myers Squibb. During her 11 years with Honeywell, she served as chief financial officer of the fluorine products business, and as head of internal audit and director of finance operations. With Honeywell and Bristol-Myers Squibb, she held senior positions in corporate controllership and accounting, financial controls and compliance. Ms. Glickman began her career at PricewaterhouseCoopers. She is a CPA and a Chartered Accountant with a degree in economics from the University of Michigan Business School and a bachelor’s degree from the U.S. Naval Academy.
Gordon Devens joined us in November 2011 as Senior Vice President and General Counsel and has served as our Chief Legal Officer since November 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Devens was most recently vice president—corporate development with AutoNation, Inc., where he was previously vice president—associate general counsel. Earlier, he was an associate at the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and securities law. Mr. Devens holds a doctorate of jurisprudence and a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Michigan.
Scott Malat has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since July 2012. Mr. Malat served as our Senior Vice President—Strategic Planning from the time he joined us in October 2011 until July 2012. Prior to joining XPO Logistics, Mr. Malat was with Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., where he served as senior equity research analyst covering the air, rail, trucking and shipping sectors. Earlier, Mr. Malat was an equity research analyst with UBS, and a strategy manager with JPMorgan Chase & Co. He serves on the board of directors of the non-profit PSC Partners Seeking a Cure. He is a CFA® charterholder and has a degree in statistics with a concentration in business management from Cornell University.York (UK).
Mario A. Harik has served as our Chief Information OfficerXPO’s chief information officer since November 2011. Mr. Harik has built comprehensive IT organizations, and overseen the implementation of extensive proprietary platforms, for a varietyand consulted to


14

Table of firms and has consulted to members of the Contents

Fortune 100. companies. His prior positions include chief information officer and senior vice president—president of research and development with Oakleaf Waste Management; chief technology officer with Tallan, Inc.; co-founder of G3 Analyst, where he served as chief architect of web and voice applications; and architect and consultant with Adea Solutions. Mr. Harik holds a master of engineeringmaster’s degree in engineering, information technology from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and a degree in engineering, computer and communications from the American University of Beirut, Lebanon.
Corporate Information and Availability of Reports
XPO Logistics, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on May 8, 2000. Our executive office is located in the United States at Five Greenwich Office Park,American Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06831. Our telephone number is (855) 976-4636.976-6951. Our stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “XPO”.XPO.

10



Our corporate website is www.xpo.com. We make available on this website, free of charge, access to our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, specialized disclosure reports on Form SD, Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically submit such material to the SEC. We also make available on our website copies of materials regarding our corporate governance policies and practices, including the XPO Logistics, Inc. Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Senior Officer Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the charters relating to the committees of our boardBoard of directors.Directors. You also may obtain a printed copy of the foregoing materials by sending a written request to: Investor Relations, XPO Logistics, Inc., Five Greenwich Office Park,American Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06831.
ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
The public may readfollowing are important factors that could affect our financial performance and copycould cause actual results for future periods to differ materially from our anticipated results or other expectations, including those expressed in any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. The SEC makes available onforward-looking statements made in this website, free of charge, reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. Information on our website or the SEC’s website is not part of this document. We are currently classified as a “large accelerated filer” for purposes of filings with the SEC.
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K and other written reports and oral statements we make from time to time contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “objective,” “projection,” “forecast,” “goal,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “effort,” “target” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terms. However, the absence of these words does not mean that the statements are not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by the Company in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to a material difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and the risks discussed in the Company’sour other filings with the SEC. All forward-looking statements set forthSEC or in this Annual Report are qualified byoral presentations such as telephone conferences and webcasts open to the public. You should carefully consider the following factors and consider these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by the Company will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequence to or effects on the Company or its business or operations. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item7 and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Forward-looking statements set forth in this Annual Report speak only as of the date hereof, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.Item8.
Economic recessions and other factors that reduce freight volumes, both in North America and Europe, could have a material adverse impact on our business.
The transportation industry in North America and Europe historically has experienced cyclical fluctuations in financial results due to economic recession, downturns in the business cycles of our customers, increases in the prices charged by third-party carriers, interest rate fluctuations and other U.S. and global economic factors beyond our control. During economic downturns, reduceda reduction in overall demand for transportation services will likely reduce demand for our services and exert downward pressures on our rates and margins. In periods of strong economic growth, demand for limited transportation resources can result in increased network congestion and resulting operating inefficiencies. In addition, any deterioration in the economic environment subjects our business to various risks that may have a material impact on our operating results and cause us to not reach our long-term growth goals.future prospects. These risks may include the following:
A reduction in overall freight volumes in the marketplace reduces our opportunities for growth. In addition, if a downturn in our customers’ business cycles causes a reduction in the volume of freight shipped by those customers, our operating results could be adversely affected.affected;
Some of our customers may face economic difficultiesexperience financial distress, file for bankruptcy protection, go out of business, or suffer disruptions in their business and may not be able to pay us, and some may go out of business.us. In addition, some customers may not pay us as quickly as they have in the past, causing our working capital needs to increase.increase;
A significant number of our transportation providers may go out of business and we may be unable to secure sufficient equipment capacity or other transportation services to meet our commitments to our customers.customers; and
We may not be able to appropriately adjust our expenses to changing market demands. In order to maintain high variability in our business model, it is necessary to adjust staffing levels to changingwhen market demands.demand


15

Table of Contents

changes. In periods of

11



rapid change, it is more difficult to match our staffing levellevels to our business needs. In addition, we have other expenses that are primarily variable expenses thatbut are fixed for a period of time, andas well as certain significant fixed expenses, and we may not be able to adequately adjust them in a period of rapid change in market demand.
We operate in a highly competitive industry and, if we are unable to adequately address factors that may adversely affect our revenue and costs, our business could suffer.
Competition in the transportation services industry is intense. Increased competition may lead to revenue reductions,a reduction in revenues, reduced profit margins, or a loss of market share, any one of which could harm our business. There are many factors that could impair our profitability, including the following:
competition withCompetition from other transportation services companies, some of which offer different services or have a broader coverage network, more fully developed information technology systems and greater capital resources than we do;
A reduction in the rates charged by our competitors of their rates to gain business, especially during times of declining economic growth, which reductions may limit our ability to maintain or increase our rates, maintain our operating margins or maintainachieve significant growth in our business;
solicitation by shippers ofShippers soliciting bids from multiple transportation providers for their shipping needs, andwhich may result in the resulting depression of freight rates or loss of business to competitors;
The establishment by our competitors of cooperative relationships to increase their ability to address shipper needs;
Decisions by our current or prospective customers may decide to develop or expand internal capabilities for some of the services that we provide; and
theThe development of new technologies or business models that could result in our disintermediation in certain businesses, such as freight brokerage.
Our profitability may be materially adversely impacted if our investments in equipment, service centers and warehouses do not match customer demand for these resources or if there is a decline in the availability of funding sources for these investments.
Our LTL and full truckload operations require significant investments in revenue equipment and our LTL operations also require significant investments in freight service centers. The amount and timing of our capital investments depend on various factors, including anticipated freight volume levels and the price and availability of appropriate-useappropriate property for service centers and newly-manufactured tractors (which are subject to restrictive Environmental Protection Agency engine-design requirements).tractors. If our anticipated service center and/or fleet requirements differ materially from actual usage, our capital-intensive business units, specifically LTL and full truckload, may have too much or too little capacity. We attempt
Our contract logistics operations can require a significant commitment of capital in the form of shelving, racking and other warehousing systems that may be required to mitigateimplement warehouse-management services for our customers. To the risk associatedextent that a customer defaults on its obligations under its agreement with too much or too little revenue equipment capacity by adjustingus, we could be forced to take a significant loss on the unrecovered portion of this capital expenditures and by utilizing short-term equipment rentals and sub-contracted operators in order to match capacity with business volumes. cost.
Our investments in revenue equipment and LTL service centers depend on our ability to generate cash flow from operations and our access to credit, debt and equity capital markets. A decline in the availability of these funding sources could adversely affect us.our financial condition and results of operations.
With respect to our contract logistics operations, implementing warehouse-management services for customers can require a significant commitment of capital in the form of shelving, racking and other warehousing systems. In the event that we are not able to fully amortize the cost of the capital across the term of the related customer agreement, or to the extent that the customer defaults on its obligations under the agreement, we could be forced to take a significant loss on the unrecovered portion of this capital cost.
The significantOur past acquisitions, we have recently completed, including acquisitions of non-U.S.-based companies, put us at a heightened risk for failures in internal controls, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, earnings, financial position and outlook.
We have grown significantly through acquisitions, including the ND and Con-way acquisitions in 2015. ND’s business was headquartered in France and primarily operated in Europe and Asia; accordingly, it was subject to different standards and rules than U.S. public companies. Effective internal controls over financial processes and reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to operate successfully. Our efforts to implement or revise internal control systems in our acquired businesses, including particularly ND, may not be successful or such implementation or revisions may not be completed on the timeline we expect. Any failure in internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, earnings, financial position and outlook.
Anticipated synergies fromas well as any acquisitions that we have undertaken may not materializecomplete in the expected timeframefuture, may be unsuccessful or at all.result in other risks or developments that adversely affect our financial condition and results.
Our 2016While we intend for our acquisitions to improve our competitiveness and mid-termprofitability, we cannot be certain that our past or future acquisitions will be accretive to earnings or otherwise meet our operational or strategic expectations. Acquisitions involve special risks, including accounting, regulatory, compliance, information technology or human resources issues that could arise in connection with, or as a result of, the acquisition of the acquired company, the assumption of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies, difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, possible management distraction, and the inability of acquired businesses to achieve the levels of revenue, profit,


16

Table of Contents

productivity or synergies we anticipate or otherwise perform as we expect on the timeline contemplated. We are unable to predict all of the risks that could arise as a result of our acquisitions.
If the performance of our reporting units or an acquired business varies from our projections or assumptions, or if estimates about the future profitability of our reporting units or an acquired business change, our revenues, earnings or other aspects of our financial targets are dependent oncondition could be adversely affected. We may also experience difficulties in connection with integrating any acquired companies into our abilityexisting businesses and operations, including our existing infrastructure and information technology systems. The infrastructure and information technology systems of acquired businesses could present issues that we were not able to realize significant synergies with respectidentify prior to the acquisition and that could adversely affect our recent acquisitions, especiallyfinancial condition and results; we have experienced challenges of this nature relating to the October 2015 Con-way acquisition. Weinfrastructure and systems of our businesses that we recently acquired. Also, we may not realize any or all of the synergies that we currently anticipate from any acquisitions that we have undertaken.past and potential future acquisitions. Among the synergies that we currently expect to realize are cross-selling

12



opportunities to our existing customers, of XPO and the companies we have acquired, network synergies and other operational synergies. Our estimated synergies from any acquisitions that we have undertaken are subject to a numberAny of assumptions about the timing, executionthese events could adversely affect our financial condition and costs associated with realizing such synergies. Such assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide varietyresults of significant business, economic and competition risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that such assumptions turn out to be correct and, as a result, the amount of synergies that we will actually realize and/or the timing of any such realization may differ significantly (and may be significantly lower) from the ones that we currently estimate and we may incur significant costs in reaching the estimated synergies. We may not be successful in integrating some or all these businesses as currently anticipated, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
We may not successfully manage our growth.
We have grown rapidly and substantially over the prior four years, including by expanding our internal resources, making acquisitions and entering into new markets, and we intend to continue withto focus on rapid growth, primarily organically in 2016.including organic growth and additional acquisitions. We may experience difficulties and higher-than-expected expenses in executing this strategy as a result of unfamiliarity with new markets, changechanges in revenue and business models, and entering into new geographic areas.areas and increased pressure on our existing infrastructure and information technology systems.
Our growth will place a significant strain on our management, operational, financial and financialinformation technology resources. We will need to continually improve existing procedures and controls, as well as implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems, and procedures and controls to expand, train and manage our employee base. Our working capital needs will continue to increase substantially as our operations grow. Failure to manage our growth effectively, or obtain necessary working capital, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, stock price and financial condition.
Our business will be seriously harmed if we fail to develop, implement, maintain, upgrade, enhance, protect and integrate our information technology systems.systems, including those systems of any businesses that we acquire.
We rely heavily on our information technology systems to efficiently run our business, andbusiness; they are a key component of our customer-facing services and internal growth strategy. In general, we expect our customers to continue to demand more sophisticated, fully integrated information systems from their transportation and logistics providers. To keep pace with changing technologies and customer demands, we must correctly interpret and address market trends and enhance the features and functionality of our proprietary technology platform in response to these trends, whichtrends. This process of continuous enhancement may lead to significant ongoing software development costs. Wecosts, which will continue to increase if we pursue new acquisitions of companies and their current systems. In addition, we may be unablefail to accurately determine the needs of our customers and theor trends in the transportation services industryand logistics industries or we may fail to design and implement the appropriate responsive features and functionality offor our technology platform in a timely and cost-effective manner, whichmanner. Any such failures could result in decreased demand for our services and a corresponding decrease in our revenues. Despite testing, external and internal risks, such as malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” data leakage and human error pose a direct threat to the stability or effectiveness of our information technology systems and operations. We may also be subject to cybersecurity attacks and other intentional hacking. Any failure to identify and address such defects or errors or prevent a cyber-attack could result in service interruptions, operational difficulties, loss of revenues or market share, liability to customers or others, diversion of resources, injury to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Addressing such issues could prove to be impossible or very costly and responding to resulting claims or liability could similarly involve substantial cost.
We must maintain and enhance the reliability and speed of our information technology systems to remain competitive and effectively handle higher volumes of freight through our network and the various service modes we offer. If our information technology systems are unable to manage additional volume for our operations as our business grows, or if such systems are not suited to manage the various service modes we offer, our service levels and operating efficiency could decline. We expect customers to continue to demand more sophisticated, fully integrated information systems from their transportation providers. IfIn addition, if we fail to hire and retain qualified personnel to implement, protect and maintain our information technology systems, or if we fail to upgrade our systems to meet our customers’ demands, our business and results of operations could be seriously harmed. This could result in a loss of customers or a decline in the volume of freight we receive from customers.
We are developing proprietary information technology for all of our business segments. Our technology may not be successful or may not achieve the desired results. Weresults and we may require additional training or different personnel to


17

Table of Contents

successfully implement this system, all oftechnology. Our technology development process may be subject to cost overruns or delays in obtaining the expected results, which may result in additional expense, delays in obtaining results or disruptions to our operations.
A failure of our information technology infrastructure or a breach of our information security systems, networks or processes may materially adversely affect our business.
The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our sales and marketing, accounting and financial and legal and compliance functions, engineering and product development tasks, research and development data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment and other business processes. We also rely on third parties and virtualized infrastructure to operate and support our information technology systems. Despite testing, external and internal risks, such as malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” data leakage and human error pose a direct threat to the stability or effectiveness of our information technology systems and operations. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate has in the past, and could in the future, adversely affect our business through transaction errors, billing and invoicing errors, internal recordkeeping and reporting errors, processing inefficiencies and loss of sales, receivables collection and customers, in each case, which could result in harm to our reputation and have an ongoing adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition, including after the underlying failures have been remedied.
We may also be subject to cybersecurity attacks and other intentional hacking. Any failure to identify and address such defects or errors or prevent a cyber-attack could result in service interruptions, operational difficulties, loss of revenues or market share, liability to our customers or others, the diversion of corporate resources, injury to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Addressing such issues could prove to be impossible or very costly and responding to resulting claims or liability could similarly involve substantial cost. In addition, acquired companies will needrecently, regulatory and enforcement focus on data protection has heightened in the U.S. and abroad (particularly in the European Union), and failure to be on-boarded ontocomply with applicable U.S. or foreign data protection regulations or other data protection standards may expose us to litigation, fines, sanctions or other penalties, which could harm our technology, which may cause additional training or licensing costreputation and disruption. In such event,adversely impact our revenue,business, results of operations and financial results and ability to operate profitably could be negatively impacted. The challenges associated with integration of our acquisitions may increase these risks.condition.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.
As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $5,407.9 million of total indebtedness and unused commitments of $1.0 billion under our Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (less $240.6 million in outstanding letters of credit), the availability of which is subject to certain conditions including its borrowing base availability. We incurred this indebtedness in connection with the ND and Con-way acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $289.8 million. We have substantial outstanding indebtedness, which could:
negativelyNegatively affect our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt or dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock;

13



increaseIncrease our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limitLimit our ability to fund future capital expenditures and working capital, to engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or to otherwise realize the value of our assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments of interest and principal or to comply with any restrictive terms of our debt;
limitLimit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
impairImpair our ability to obtain additional financing or to refinance our indebtedness in the future; and
placePlace us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have proportionately less debt.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. Further, failure to comply with the covenants under our indebtedness may have a material adverse impact on our operations. If we fail to comply with the covenants under any of our indebtedness, and are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment, such failure may result in an event of default under our indebtedness. We may not have sufficient liquidity to repay or refinance our indebtedness if such indebtedness were accelerated upon an event of default.


18

Table of Contents

Under the terms of our outstanding indebtedness, we may not be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could further exacerbate the risks described above.
The execution of our strategy could depend on our ability to raise capital in the future, and our inability to do so could prevent us from achieving our growth objectives.
We may in the future be required to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements in order to pursue our growth strategy or operate our businesses. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business or ability to execute our strategy. Further debt financing may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.
Our success is dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and other key personnel.
Our success depends on the continuing services of our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bradley S. Jacobs. We believe that Mr. Jacobs possesses valuable knowledge and skills that are crucial to our success and would be very difficult to replicate.
Over time, our success will depend on attracting and retaining qualified personnel, including our senior management team. Competition for senior management is intense, and we may not be able to retain our management team or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of a member of senior management would require our remaining senior officers to divert immediate and substantial attention to fulfilling the duties of the departing executive and to seeking a replacement. The inability to adequately fill vacancies in our senior executive positions on a timely basis could negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely impact our results of operations and prospects.
We depend on third-partiesthird parties in the operation of our business.
In our global forwarding, last mile and freight brokerage operations, we do not own or control the transportation assets that deliver our customers’ freight, and we do not employ the people directly involved in delivering thethis freight. In addition, in our full truckload and freight brokerage businesses (particularly our last mile delivery logistics operations, our over-the-road expedite operations and our intermodal drayage operations), and in our last mile business, we engage independent contractors who own and operate their own equipment. Accordingly, we are dependent on third-partiesthird parties to provide truck, rail, ocean, air and other transportation services and to report certain events to us, including delivery information and cargo claims. This reliance on third parties could cause delays in reporting certain events, including recognizingour ability to recognize revenue and claims. claims in a timely manner.
Our inability to maintain positive relationships with independent transportation providers could significantly limit our ability to serve our customers on competitive terms. If we are unable to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services to meet our commitments to our customers or provide our services on competitive terms, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected, and our customers could switchshift their business to our competitors temporarily or permanently. ManyOur ability to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services to meet our commitments to our customers or provide our services on competitive terms is subject to inherent risks, many of these riskswhich are beyond our control, including the following:
equipmentEquipment shortages in the transportation industry, particularly among contracted truckload carriers and railroads;
interruptions in serviceInterruptions or stoppages in transportation services as a result of labor disputes, seaport strikes, network congestion, weather-related issues, “Acts of God,”God” or acts of terrorism;
changesChanges in regulations impacting transportation;
increasesIncreases in operating expenses for carriers, such as fuel costs, insurance premiums and licensing expenses, that result in a reduction in available carriers; and
changesChanges in transportation rates.

14



Increases in driver compensation and difficulties attracting and retaining drivers could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Our LTL services in North America and Europe and our full truckload operationsservices in Europe are conducted primarily with employee drivers. Recently, there has been intense competition for qualified drivers in the transportation industry due to a nationwide shortage of drivers. The availability of qualified drivers may be affected from time to time by changing workforce demographics, competition from other transportation companies and industries for employees, the availability and affordability of driver training schools, changing industry regulations, and the demand for drivers in the labor market. If the industry-wide shortage of qualified drivers continues, these business lines will likely continue to experience difficulty in attracting and retaining enough qualified drivers to fully satisfy customer demands. As a result of the current highly-competitive labor market for drivers, our LTL and full truckload operations may be required to increase driver compensation and benefits in the future, or face difficulty meeting customer demands, all of which could adversely affect our profitability. Additionally, a shortage of drivers could result in the underutilization of our truck fleet, lost revenue, increased costs for purchased transportation or increased costs for driver recruitment.


19

Table of Contents

Increases in independent contractor driver compensationrates or other difficultiesnecessities in attracting and retaining qualified independent contractor drivers could adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintainreplenish or grow our independent contractor driver fleet.networks.
Our expedited transportationfreight brokerage and intermodal drayage businesses operate through fleets of vehicles that are owned and operated by independent contractors. Our last mile delivery logistics business also operates through a fleet of independent contract carriers that supply their own vehicles, drivers and helpers. These independent contractors are responsible for maintaining and operating their own equipment and paying their own fuel, insurance, licenses and other operating costs. Turnover and bankruptcy among independent contractor drivers often limit the pool of qualified independent contractor drivers and increase competition for their services. In addition, regulations such as the FMCSA Compliance Safety Accountability program may further reduce the pool of qualified independent contractor drivers. Thus, our continued reliance on independent contractor drivers could limit our ability to grow our ground transportation fleet.networks.
We are currently experiencing and expect to continue to experience from time to time in the future, difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified independent contractor drivers.drivers, and we expect to continue to experience this difficulty from time to time in the future. Additionally, our agreements with independent contractor drivers are terminable by either party upon short notice and without penalty. Consequently, we regularly need to regularly recruit new qualified independent contractor drivers to replace those who have left our fleet.networks. If we are unable to retain our existing independent contractor drivers or recruit new independent contractor drivers, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
The compensationrates we offer our independent contractor drivers isare subject to market conditions and we may find it necessary to continue to increase independent contractor drivers’ compensationrates in future periods. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain a sufficient number of independent contractor drivers, we could be required to increase our mileage rates and accessorial pay or operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting shipper demands, all of which would adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintain our size or to pursue our growth strategy.
Our business may be materially adversely affected by labor disputes.
Our business in the past has been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by strikes and labor negotiations affecting seaports, labor disputes between railroads and their union employees, or by a work stoppage at one or more railroads or local trucking companies servicing rail or port terminals, including work disruptions involving owner-operators under contract with our local trucking operations. Port shutdowns and similar disruptions to major points in national or international transportation networks, most of which are beyond our control, could result in terminal embargoes, disrupt equipment and freight flows, depress volumes and revenues, increase costs and have other negative effects on our operations and financial results.
Labor disputes involving our customers could affect our operations. If our customers are unable to negotiate new labor contracts and our customers’ plants experience slowdowns or closures as a result, our revenue and profitability could be negatively impacted. In particular, our Logistics segment derives a substantial portion of its revenue from the operation and management of facilities that are often located in close proximity to a customer’s manufacturing plant and are integrated into the customer’s production line process. We may experience significant revenue loss and shutdown costs, including costs related to early termination of leases, causing our business to suffer if clients are affected by strikes or other labor disputes, close their plants or significantly modify their capacity or supply chains at a plant that our Logistics segment services.
XPO Logistics Europe’s business activities require a large amount of labor, which represents one of its most significant costs, and it is essential that we maintain good relations with employees, trade unions and other staff representative institutions. A deteriorating economic environment may result in tensions in industrial relations, which may lead to industrial action within our European operations and this could have a direct impact on our business operations. Generally, any deterioration in industrial relations in our European operations could have an adverse effect on our revenues, earnings, financial position and outlook.
Efforts by labor organizations to organize employees at certain locations in North America, if successful, may result in increased costs and decreased efficiencies at those locations.
Since 2014, in the United States, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (“Teamsters”) has attempted to organize employees at several of the Company’s LTL locations and two Supply Chain locations, and the International Association of Machinists (“Machinists”) has attempted to organize a small number of mechanics at


20

Table of Contents

three LTL maintenance shops. In 2018, the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (“UAW”) attempted to organize warehouse workers at one Supply Chain location. The majority of our employees involved in these organizing efforts rejected union representation. As of January 1, 2019, our employees have voted in favor of union representation in nine of the 23 union elections held since 2014, with approximately 520 employees voting in favor and 560 employees voting against representation. In October 2017, a majority of the employees of the North Haven, Connecticut Supply Chain location who had voted for Teamsters representation petitioned the Company to withdraw recognition of the Teamsters as the employees’ representative and the Company withdrew this recognition. In addition, the Company continues to challenge the results of one election held in 2014 for an LTL location in Los Angeles, California pursuant to a petition that had been filed by the Teamsters. The remaining seven locations where employees had voted in favor of union representation are in negotiations for an initial collective bargaining agreement. Since 2014, the Teamsters have withdrawn six petitions seeking elections on behalf of approximately 230 LTL employees prior to the election being held, and the Machinists withdrew one petition for an LTL election on behalf of six individuals. We cannot predict with certainty whether further organizing efforts may result in the unionization of any additional locations domestically. If successful, these efforts may result in increased costs and decreased efficiencies at the specific locations where representation is elected. We do not expect the impact, if any, to extend to our larger organization or the service of our customer base.
Certain of our businesses rely on owner-operators and contract carriers to conduct their operations, and the status of these parties as independent contractors, rather than employees, is being challenged.
We are involved in numerous lawsuits, including putative class action lawsuits, multi-plaintiff and individual lawsuits, and state tax and other administrative proceedings that claim that the Company’sour contract carriers or owner-operators or their drivers should be treated as our employees, rather than independent contractors, or that certain of the Company’sour drivers were not paid for all compensable time or were not provided with required meal or rest breaks. These lawsuits and proceedings may seek substantial monetary damages (including claims for unpaid wages, overtime, failure to provide meal and rest periods, unreimbursed business expenses and other items), injunctive relief, or both. We In addition, we incur certain costs, including legal fees, in defending the status of these parties as independent contractors.
While we believe that our contract carriers and owner-operators and their drivers are properly classified as independent contractors rather than as employees, adverse decisions have been rendered recently in certain cases pending against us, including with respect to class certification of certain contract carriers and determinations that certain of our contract carriers and owner-operators are improperly classified. Certain of these decisions are subject to appeal, but we cannot provide assurance that we will determine to pursue any appeal or that any such appeal will be successful. Adverse final outcomes in these matters could, among other things, entitle certain of our contract carriers and owner-operators and their drivers to reimbursement with respect to certain expenses and to the benefit of wage-and-hour laws and result in employment and withholding tax and benefit liability for us, and could result in changes to the independent contractor status of our contract carriers and owner-operators. Changes to state laws governing the definition of independent contractors could also impact the status of our contract carriers and owner-operators. Adverse final outcomes in these matters or changes to state laws could cause us to change our business model, which could have a material adverse effect on our business strategies, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. These claims involve potentially significant classes that could

15



involve thousands of claimants and, accordingly, significant potential damages and litigation costs, and could lead others to bring similar claims.
The independent contractor misclassification matters in which we are currently engaged involve companies that we acquired. Pursuant to the purchase agreements by which we acquired certain private companies, the former owners have agreed to indemnify us for costs and liabilities related to such class action and individual lawsuits, subject to certain limits, and we have retained purchase price holdbacks and escrows as security for such indemnification. Other than with respect to acquisitions for which our acquisition accounting measurement period remains open, we believe that we have adequate purchase price holdbacks or escrows with respect to the potential impact of loss contingencies involving classification matters that are probable and reasonably estimable. However, such holdbacks or escrows may be insufficient to protect us against the full amount of the indemnified liability, in which case we would need to fund any losses from our available liquidity sources. To the extent that we do not have indemnification rights with respect to any such liabilities, or we are unable to collect under any such indemnification agreements, any payments will require utilization of our funds and establishment of reserves.
We do not currently expect any of these matters or these matters in the aggregate to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters or our failure to recover, in full or in part, under the indemnity provisions noted above, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Intermodal Drayage Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries received notices from the California Labor Commissioner, Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (the “DLSE”), that a total of approximately 150 owner operators contracted with these subsidiaries filed claims in 2012 with the DLSE in which they assert that they should be classified as employees, as opposed to independent contractors. These claims seek reimbursement for the owner operators’ business expenses, including fuel, tractor maintenance and tractor lease payments. After a decision was rendered by a DLSE hearing officer in seven of these claims, in 2014, the Company appealed the decision to California Superior Court, San Diego, where a de novo trial was held on the merits of those claims. On July 17, 2015, the court issued a final statement of decision finding that the seven claimants were employees rather than independent contractors, and awarding an aggregate of $2.9 million plus post-judgement interest and attorneys’ fees to the claimants. The Company appealed this judgment, but cannot provide assurance that such appeal will be successful. The remaining DLSE claims (the “Pending DLSE Claims”) have been transferred to California Superior Court in three separate actions involving approximately 200 claimants, including the approximately 150 claimants mentioned above. These matters are in the initial procedural stages. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to the Pending DLSE Claims that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of the Pending DLSE Claims.
One of these intermodal drayage subsidiaries also is a party to a putative class action litigation (Manuela Ruelas Mendoza v. Pacer Cartage, Inc.) brought by Edwin Molina on August 19, 2013 and currently pending in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of California. Mr. Molina asserts that he should be classified as an employee, as opposed to an independent contractor, and seeks damages for alleged violation of various California wage and hour laws. Mr. Molina seeks to have the litigation certified as a class action involving all owner-operators contracted with this subsidiary at any time from August 2009 to the present, which could involve as many as 600 claimants. Certain of these potential claimants also may have Pending DLSE Claims. This matter is in the initial stages of discovery and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company has reached an agreement to settle this litigation with the claimant. The settlement agreement has been approved by the court but remains subject to acceptance by a minimum percentage of members of the purported class. There can be no assurance that the settlement agreement will be accepted by the requisite percentage of members of the purported class.
Another of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries is a party to a putative class action litigation (C. Arevalo v. XPO Port Services, Inc.) brought by Carlos Arevalo in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Los Angeles Central District filed in August 2015. Mr. Arevalo asserts that he should be classified as an employee, as opposed to an independent contractor, and seeks damages for alleged violation of various California wage and hour laws. Mr. Arevalo seeks to have the litigation certified as a class action involving all owner-operators contracted with this subsidiary at any time from August 2011 to the present. Certain of these potential claimants also may have Pending DLSE Claims. This matter is in the initial pleading stage and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, that it may incur as a result of this matter.
Last Mile Logistics Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s last mile logistics subsidiaries are party to several putative class action litigations brought by independent contract carriers contracted with these subsidiaries in which the contract carriers assert that they should be classified as employees, as opposed to independent contractors. The particular claims asserted vary from case to case, but the claims generally allege unpaid wages, overtime, alleged failure to provide meal and rest periods and seek reimbursement of the

16



contract carriers’ business expenses. Putative class actions against the Company’s subsidiaries are pending in Massachusetts (Celso Martins, Alexandre Rocha, and Calvin Anderson v. 3PD, Inc. filed in June 2011, pending in U.S. District Court, Massachusetts), Illinois (Marvin Brandon, Rafael Aguilera, and Aldo Mendez-Etzig v. 3PD, Inc. filed in May 2013, pending in U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois), California (Cesar Ardon et al v 3PD, Inc., filed in September 2013, pending in U.S. District Court, Central District of California and Fernando Ruiz v. Affinity Logistics Corp., filed in May 2005, pending in U.S. District Court, Southern District of California), New Jersey (Leonardo Alegre v. Atlantic Central Logistics, Simply Logistics, Inc., filed in March 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, New Jersey), Pennsylvania (Victor Reyes v. XPO Logistics, Inc., filed in May 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, Pennsylvania) and Connecticut (Carlos Taveras v. XPO Last Mile, Inc., filed in November 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, Connecticut). The Company has completed the settlement of the California (Ardon) litigation. The Company also has reached tentative agreements to settle the Massachusetts and Illinois litigations with the respective claimants, subject to court approval (in the case of the Massachusetts litigation) and acceptance by a minimum percentage of members of the respective purported class. There can be no assurance that the settlement agreements will be finalized and executed, that the respective court will approve any such settlement agreement or that it will be accepted by the requisite percentage of members of the respective purported class. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to the foregoing last mile logistics claims. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of these claims.
Our overseas operations subject us to various operational and financial risks whichthat could adversely affect our business.
The services we provide outside of the United States subject us to risks resulting from changes in tariffs, trade restrictions, trade agreements, tax policies, difficulties in managing or overseeing foreign operations and agents, different liability standards, issues related to compliance with anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, data protection, trade compliance, and intellectual property laws of countries which do not protect our rights in our intellectual property, including our proprietary information systems, to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The occurrence or consequences of any of these factors may restrict our


21

Table of Contents

ability to operate in the affected region and/or decrease the profitability of our operations in that region. As we expand our business in foreign countries, we will also be exposed to increased risk of loss from foreign currency fluctuations and exchange controls.
Our European business heavily relies on subcontracting and we use a large number of temporary employees in these operations. Any failure to properly manage our subcontractors or temporary employees in Europe could have a material adverse impact on XPO Logistics Europe’sour revenues, earnings, financial position and outlook.
We operate in Europe through our majority-owned subsidiary, XPO Logistics Europe SA. Subcontracting plays a key role in our European operations and we subcontract approximately 40%55% of our transport operations there. Wein the region. As a result, we are therefore exposed to various risks arising fromrelated to managing our subcontractors, such as the risk that they do not fulfill their assignments in a satisfactory manner or within the specified deadlines. Such failures could compromise our ability to honorfulfill our commitments to our customers, comply with applicable regulations or otherwise meet our customers’ expectations. In some situations, the poor execution of services by our subcontractors could result in a customer terminating a contract. Such failures by our subcontractors could harm our reputation and ability to win new business and could lead to our being liable for contractual damages. Furthermore, in the event of a failure by our subcontractors to fulfill their assignments in a satisfactory manner, we could be required to perform unplanned work or additional services in line with the contracted service, without receiving any additional compensation. Lastly, some of our subcontractors in Europe may not be insured or may not have sufficient resources available to handle any claims from customers resulting from potential damage and losses relating to their performance of services on our behalf. As a result, the non-compliance by our subcontractors with their contractual or legal obligations by our subcontractors may have a material adverse effect on XPO Logistics Europe’sour business and financial condition.
XPO Logistics Europe also makes significant use of temporary staff. We cannot guarantee that temporary employees are as well-trained as our other employees. Specifically, we aremay be exposed to the risk that temporary employees domay not perform their assignments in a satisfactory manner or domay not comply with our safety rules in an appropriate manner, suchwhether as due toa result of their lack of experience which may cause harm to goods and people.or otherwise. If such risks materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Our business may be materially adversely affected by labor disputes.
Our business in the past has been and in the future could be adversely affected by strikes and labor renegotiations affecting seaports, labor disputes between railroads and their union employees, or by a work stoppage at one or more railroads or local trucking companies servicing rail or port terminals, including work disruptions involving owner operators under contract with our local trucking operations. Port shutdowns and similar disruptions to major points in the transportation network, most of which are beyond our control, could result in terminal embargoes, disrupt equipment and freight flows, depress volumes and revenues, increase costs and have other negative effects on our operations and financial results.

17



XPO Logistics Europe’s business activities require a significant amount of labor, which represents one of our main costs, and it is essential that we maintain good relations with employees, trade unions and other staff representative institutions. A deteriorating economic environment may result in tensions in industrial relations, which may lead to industrial action within our European operations that could have a direct impact on customer services. Generally, any deterioration in industrial relations could have an adverse effect on XPO Logistics Europe’s revenues, earnings, financial position, and outlook.
A significant labor dispute involving one or more of our customers, or a labor dispute that otherwise affects our operations, could reduce our revenues and harm our profitability.
Labor disputes involving our customers could affect our operations. If our customers are unable to negotiate new labor contracts and our clients’ plants experience slowdowns or closures as a result, our revenue and profitability could be negatively impacted. The employees of our customers, suppliers and other service providers may be, or may in the future be, unionized and there may be strikes, lock outs or material labor disputes with respect to our customers or their suppliers in the future that materially affect our performance.
Our Logistics segment derives a substantial portion of revenue from the operation and management of operating facilities, which are often located in close proximity to a client’s manufacturing plant and are integrated into the client’s production line process. We may experience significant revenue loss and shut-down costs, including costs related to early termination of leases, causing our business to suffer if clients suffer strikes or other labor disputes, close their plants or significantly modify their capacity or supply chains at a plant that our Logistics segment services. In such a situation, our operations may be unable to recoup all or any of the related costs that we have incurred. Similarly, a labor dispute or plant closure involving a supplier to our Logistics segment’s clients that results in a slowdown or closure of our clients’ plants could also have a material adverse effect on our business.
Efforts by labor organizations to organize our employees may result in reduced operational flexibility and impair our ability to quickly respond to market conditions.
The International Brotherhood of Teamsters union (the “Teamsters”) and certain other unions have made organizing attempts at a small number of our LTL locations in the United States. The outcomes of those efforts have generally resulted in rejection of union representation, although a very small percentage of our LTL employees have selected Teamsters representation. As of December 31, 2015, elections at only two facilities have been certified in favor of Teamsters union representation out of our nearly 280 LTL operating locations. Further unionizing efforts by the Teamsters or certain other unions are likely to continue, and we cannot predict with certainty whether that activity will result in the unionization of any additional LTL or other business unit locations. A unionized workforce domestically could potentially result in reduced operational flexibility and impair our ability to quickly respond to market conditions with innovative solutions for customers.
We are involved in multiple lawsuits and are subject to various claims that could result in significant expenditures and impact our operations.
The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for various types of claims and litigation. In addition to the matters described in the risk factor “Certain of our businesses rely on owner-operators and contract carriers to conduct their operations, and the status of these parties as independent contractors, rather than employees, is being challenged,” we are subject to claims and litigation related to labor and employment, personal injury, trafficvehicular accidents, cargo and other property damage, business practices, environmental liability and other matters, including with respect to claims asserted under various theories of agency and employer liability notwithstanding our independent contractor relationships with our transportation providers. Claims against us may exceed the amount of insurance coverage that we have or may not be covered by insurance at all. Businesses that we acquire also increase our exposure to litigation. A material increaseMaterial increases in the frequency orseverity of vehicular accidents, liability claims or workers’ compensation claims, or the unfavorable resolutionsresolution of claims, or our failure to recover, in full or in part, under indemnity provisions with transportation providers, could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our involvement in the transportation of certain goods, including but not limited to hazardous materials, could also increase our exposure in the event that we or one of our contracted carriers is involved in an accident resulting in injuries or contamination. In addition, significant increases in insurance costs or the inability to purchase insurance as a result of these claims could reduce our profitability.
In one such lawsuit, the Company is a party to a putative class action litigation (Leung v. XPO Logistics, Inc., filed in May 2015 in the U.S. District Court, Illinois) alleging violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) related to an automated customer call system used by a last mile logistics business that the Company acquired. The Company has asserted indemnity rights pursuant the agreement by which it acquired this business, subject to certain limits. This matter is in the initial pleading stage and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to this matter. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of this matter.

18



An increase in the number and/or severity of self-insured claims or an increase in insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on the Company.us.
We use a combination of self-insurance programs and large-deductible purchased insurance to provide for the costs of employee medical, vehicular collision and accident, cargo and workers'workers’ compensation claims. Our estimated liability for self-retained insurance claims reflects certain actuarial assumptions and judgments, which are subject to a high degree of variability. We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our experience. Estimating the number and severity of claims, as well as related judgment or settlement amounts, is inherently difficult. This, along with legal expenses, incurred but not reported claims, and


22

Table of Contents

other uncertainties can cause unfavorable differences between actual self-insurance costs and our reserve estimates. Accordingly, our ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts. We periodically evaluate our level of insurance coverage and adjust insurance levels based on targeted risk tolerance and premium expense. An increase in the number and/or severity of self-insured claims or an increase in insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on us. We have a captive insurance company that participates in a reinsurance pool to reinsure a portionus, while higher self-insured retention levels may increase the impact of loss occurrences on our workers' compensation and other claims. Each company that participates in the pool cedes premiums and claims to the pool and assumes premiums and claims from the pool. The operating results of the captive insurance company are affected by the number and/or severity of claims and the associated premiums paid or received. Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected by the risk assumed and ceded by the captive insurance company. operations.
In addition, these captive insurance companies are subject to financial and insurance regulation by a foreign regulatory authority and changes in these applicable regulations could affect our liquidity and asset allocation with our captive insurance companies.
We expect costs associated with providing benefits under employee medical plans and postretirement medical plans to increase due to health care reform legislation. Changes made to the design of our medical plans have the potential to mitigate some of the cost impact of the provisions included in the legislation. Ultimately, the cost of providing benefits under our medical plans is dependent on a variety of factors, including governmental laws and regulations, health carehealthcare cost trends, claims experience and health carehealthcare decisions by plan participants. As a result, we are unable to predict how the cost of providing benefits under medical plans will affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We are currently subject to securities class action litigation and may be subject to similar litigation in the future. Such matters can be expensive, time-consuming and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are currently subject to securities class action litigation alleging violations of securities laws, which could harm our business and require us to incur significant costs. In December 2018, two purported class action lawsuits were filed against us and certain of our officers alleging that we made false and misleading statements and purporting to assert claims for violations of the federal securities laws, and seeking unspecified compensatory damages and other relief. One class action lawsuit has since been voluntarily dismissed. While we believe that we have a number of valid defenses to the claims described above and intend to vigorously defend ourselves in the remaining class action lawsuit, the matter is in the early stages of litigation and no assessment can be made as to the likely outcome of the matter or whether it will be material to us. Also, we may be subject to additional suits or proceedings in the future and litigation of this type may require significant attention from management and could result in significant legal expenses, settlement costs or damage awards that could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to risks associated with defined benefit plans for our current and former employees, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and financial position.
Following our acquisitions of ND and Con-way, we nowWe maintain defined benefit pension plans and a postretirement medical plan. Our defined benefit pension plans include funded and unfunded plans in the United States and the United Kingdom. A decline in interest rates and/or lower returns on funded plan assets may cause increases in the expense and funding requirements for these defined benefit pension plans and for our postretirement medical plan. Despite past amendments that froze our defined benefit pension plans to new participants and curtailed benefits, these pension plans remain subject to volatility associated with interest rates, inflation, returns on plan assets, other actuarial assumptions and statutory funding requirements. In addition to being subject to volatility associated with interest rates, our postretirement medical plan remains subject to volatility associated with actuarial assumptions and trends in healthcare costs. Any of the aforementioned factors could lead to a significant increase in the expense of these plans and a deterioration in the solvency of these plans, which could significantly increase the Company’s contribution requirements. As a result, we are unable to predict the effect on our financial statements associated with our defined benefit pension plans and our postretirement medical plan.
Because of our floating rate credit facility,facilities, we may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.
On October 30, 2015, in connection with the Con-way acquisition, we entered into (1) a senior secured term loan credit agreement (the “Term Loan Facility”), which provided for a single borrowing of $1.6 billion, and (2) theThe Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, as amended (the “ABL Facility”) that increased, the commitment to $1.0 billion. Both the ABL Facilitysenior secured term loan credit agreement, as amended (the “Term Loan Facility”) and the Term Loan Facilityunsecured credit agreement (the “Unsecured Credit Agreement”), provide for an interest rate based on LIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a Base Rate, as defined in the agreements, plus an applicable margin. Our European trade receivables securitization program (the “Receivables Securitization Program”) provides for an interest rate at lenders’ cost of funds plus an applicable margin. Our financial position may be affected by fluctuations in interest rates since the ABL Facility, Term Loan Facility, Unsecured Credit Agreement and ABL FacilityReceivables Securitization Program are subject to floating interest rates. ARefer to Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for the impact on interest expense of a hypothetical 100-basis-point100 basis point increase in the interest rate would increase our annual interest expense by $16.0 million under the Term Loan Facility and by $10.0 million under the ABL facility assuming that the full $1.0 billion was drawn.rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political


23

Table of Contents

conditions and other factors beyond our control. A significant increase in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
As a result of the ND and Con-way acquisitions, XPO is moreWe are exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations because the combined company has an increased proportion of its assets, liabilities and earnings denominated in foreign currencies as compared to XPO prior to these acquisitions.
Prior to the ND acquisition, substantially all of XPO’s operations were conducted in U.S. dollars. The ND and Con-way acquisitions significantly increased the potential impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations on our business. As a result of the ND acquisition, the financial results of the combined company are more exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations and an increasedsignificant proportion of our assets, liabilities and earnings are denominated in non-U.S. dollarforeign currencies. The Con-way acquisition also increased our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations as a portion of Con-way’s historic revenues were derived outside the U.S. Despite our efforts to manage the volatility related to exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies through the use of derivative instruments, there can be no assurance that these risks are fully mitigated by our hedging program.

19



We present our financial statements in U.S. dollars, but we have a significant proportion of our net assets and income in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the euro and pounds sterling (“GBP”).British pound sterling. Consequently, a depreciation of non-U.S. dollar currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could have an adverse impact on our financial results. Asresults as further discussed below under Item 7A. Quantitative7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, as of December 31, 2015, the result of a uniform 10% strengthening in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro would have resulted in a decrease in net assets of approximately $31.1 million, and a uniform 10% strengthening in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the GBP would have resulted in a decrease in net assets of approximately $53.9 million.Risk.”
The economic uncertainties relating to eurozone monetary policies may cause the value of the euro to fluctuate against other currencies. Currency volatility contributes to variations in our sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions. For example, in the event that one or more European countries were to replace the euro with another currency, our sales into such countries, or in Europe generally, would likely be adversely affected until stable exchange rates are established. Accordingly, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our business and financial condition and the business of the combined company.
We may not be able to successfully executeThe United Kingdom’s expected exit from the European Union could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy through acquisitions.business and results of operations.
While our primary focusFollowing a referendum in June 2016 is on integrating our recent acquisitions,in which voters in the mid-United Kingdom (“U.K.”) approved an exit from the European Union (“EU”), the U.K. government initiated a process to long-term,leave the EU (a process often referred to as “Brexit”) and has begun negotiating the terms of the U.K.’s future relationship with the EU. The likely exit of the U.K. from the EU will have uncertain impacts on our transportation and logistics operations in Europe. In 2018, we may continue to expand through acquisitions to take advantagederived approximately 38% of market opportunities we perceive in our current markets (transportationrevenue from the U.K. and logistics)Europe, including 12% from the U.K. Any adverse consequences of Brexit, such as well as new markets that we may enter. However, if we choose to make acquisitionsa deterioration in the future, we may experience delays U.K.’s and/or be unable to makeEU’s economic condition, currency exchange rates, bilateral trade agreements or regulation of trade, including the acquisitions we desirepotential imposition of tariffs, could reduce demand for a number of reasons. Suitable acquisition candidates may not be available at purchase prices that are attractive to us our services in the U.K. and/or on terms that are acceptable to us. In pursuing acquisition opportunities, we will compete with other companies, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do.
We are unable to predict the size, timing and number of acquisitions we may complete. In addition, we may incur expenses associated with sourcing, evaluating and negotiating acquisitions (including those that are not completed), and we also may pay fees and expenses associated with obtaining financing for acquisitions and with investment banks and others finding acquisitions for us. Any of these amounts may be substantial, and together with the size, timing and number of acquisitions we pursue, mayEU, negatively impact usthe value of our defined benefit pension plans in the U.K., or otherwise have a negative impact on our operations, financial condition and cause significant volatility in our financial results.results of operations.
Sales or issuances of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We may fund any future acquisitions or our capital requirements from time to time, in whole or part, through sales or issuances of our common stock or equity-based securities, subject to prevailing market conditions and our financing needs. Future equity financing will dilute the interests of our then-existing stockholders, and future sales or issuances of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or other equity-related securities may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We do not own, and may not acquire, all of the outstanding shares of XPO Logistics Europe SA, the majority-owned subsidiary through which we conduct our European operations.
We currently own 86.25% of the outstanding shares of XPO Logistics Europe, the majority-owned subsidiary through which we conduct our European operations. We may not acquire the remaining shares of XPO Logistics Europe. French law only permits “squeeze out” mergers when a holder owns more than 95% of the outstanding shares. IfSince we do not wholly-own XPO Logistics Europe, we will not have access to all of its cash flow to service our debt, as we will only receive a prorated portion of any dividends will be required to be declared pro rata.dividend based on our ownership percentage. In addition, we will be subject to limitations on our ability to enter into transactions with XPO Logistics Europe that are not on arms-length terms, which could limit synergies that we could otherwise achieve between our North American and European operations. We also may not be able to consolidate XPO Logistics Europe with XPO Logistics France SAS, XPO’s 100% owned French holding company, for tax purposes, andpurposes. Moreover, XPO Logistics Europe would be forced to continue as a listed public company in France, thereby incurring certain recurring costs.
Changes in our relationships with our significant customers, including the loss or reduction in business from one or more of them, could have an adverse impact on us.
No single customer accounted for more than 2% of our consolidated pro forma revenue for 2015. We do not believe the loss of any single customer would materially impair our overall financial condition or results of operations; however, collectively, some of our large customers might account for a relatively significant portion of the growth in revenue and margins in a particular quarter or year. Our contractual relationships with customers generally are terminable at will by the customers on short notice and do not require the customer to provide any minimum commitment. Our customers could choose to divert all or a portion of their business with us to one of our competitors, demand rate reductions for our services, require us to assume greater liability that increases our costs, or develop their own logistics capabilities. Failure to retain our existing customers or enter into relationships with new customers could materially impact the growth in our business and the ability to meet our current and long-term financial forecasts.

20



Volatility in fuel prices impacts our fuel surcharge revenues and may impact our profitability.
We are subject to risks associated with the availability and price of fuel, which are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside of our control.
We would be adversely affected by an inability to obtain fuel in the future. Although, historically, we have been able to obtain fuel from various sources and in the desired quantities, there can be no assurance that this would continue to be the case in the future.

24

Table of Contents

Fuel expense constitutes one of the greatest costs to our LTL and full truckload carrier operations, as well as to our fleet of independent contractor drivers and third-party transportation providers who complete the physical movement of freight arranged by our other business operations. Accordingly, we may be adversely affected by the timing and degree of fluctuations and volatility in fuel prices. As is customary in our industry, most of our customer contracts include fuel-surcharge revenue programs or cost-recovery mechanisms to mitigate the effect of the fuel pricesprice increase over base amounts established in the contract. However, these fuel surcharge mechanisms may not capture the entire amount of the increase in fuel prices, and they also feature a lag between the payment for fuel and collection of the surcharge revenue. Market pressures may limit our ability to assess fuel surcharges in the future. The extent to which we are able to recover fuel cost charges in full for fuel costs changes may also vary depending on the degree to which we are not compensated due to empty and out-of-route miles or from engine idling during cold or warm weather.
Decreases in fuel prices reduce the cost of transportation services and accordingly, will reduce our revenues and may reduce margins for certain lines of business. Significant changes in the price or availability of fuel in future periods, or significant changes in our ability to mitigate fuel price increases through the use of fuel surcharges, could have a material adverse impact on our operations, fleet capacity and ability to generate both revenues and profits.
Our intermodal business may be affected by any adverse change to relationships with railroad service providers upon the expirationExtreme or renewalunusual weather conditions can disrupt our operations, impact freight volumes, and increase our costs, all of such contracts.
The rail contracts supporting our intermodal operations, which have varied expiration dates, contain specific contract rates and other negotiated provisions that enable us to provide competitive transportation rates and services to our customers. A loss of one or more of these rail contracts, or failure to enter into renewal or replacement contracts with comparably favorable terms upon expiration of the current contracts, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. While we expect to be able to continue to obtain competitive terms and conditions from our railroad vendors, no assurance can be given that such terms and conditions will be comparable to those in our current rail contracts.
In addition, Union Pacific is a primary supplier and servicer of the 53-foot containers used in our business, as well as the chassis used on the Union Pacific network. We have the ability under our arrangements with Union Pacific to increase or decrease our equipment fleet periodically. The refusal or failure of Union Pacific to provide us with additional containers and chassis when required, or to allow us to return excess equipment when requested, or our failure to adequately and timely service the containers or chassis we use, could have ana material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Network changes, lane closures, carrier consolidation, and other reductions or deterioration in rail services could increase costs, decrease demand for our intermodal services and adversely affect our operating results.
Most of the intermodal transportation services that we provide depend on the major railroads in the United StatesCertain weather conditions such as floods, ice and Mexico, which in many markets is limited to a few railroads or even a single railroad. As a result, any reduction, suspension, interruption or elimination of rail service to a particular market may limitsnow can disrupt our ability to serve some of our customers. Furthermore, reductions in service by the railroads are likely to increase the cost of the rail-based services that we provide and potentially reduce the reliability, timeliness, and overall attractiveness of our intermodal product.operations. Increases in the cost of rail service reduce some of the advantages of intermodal transportation compared to truckour operations, such as snow removal at our locations, towing and other transportation modes, which may reduce demand for our intermodal services. Rail consolidations inmaintenance activities, frequently occur during the past have caused service disruptionswinter months. Natural disasters such as hurricanes and would further reduce service choicesflooding can also impact freight volumes and bargaining power for rail customers. Further consolidation among railroads might adversely affect intermodal transportation and our results of operations.
From time to time, our railroad suppliers have experienced train resource shortages, operating inefficiencies, and high demand for rail transportation that resulted in increased transit times, terminal congestion, and decreased equipment velocity, all of which increase our costs, decrease equipment capacity, impact customer service, and create a challenging operating environment. To the extent that we rely on rail carriers that experience poor service performance, demand for our intermodal services may be adversely affected.
We are subject to changes in markets and our business plans that have resulted, and may in the future result, in write-downs of the carrying value of our assets, potentially in significant amounts, thereby reducing our net income.
As a result of our regular review of the carrying value of our assets, we may in the future be required to recognize impairment charges, potentially in significant amounts. Changes in business strategy, rebranding efforts, government regulations, economic

21



or market conditions, or our operating performance may result in substantial impairments of intangible, fixed or other assets at any time in the future, including with respect to our acquired businesses. While such impairment charges would not impact our cash position, such charges could significantly reduce our net income.costs.
Issues related to the intellectual property rights on which our business depends, whether related to our failure to enforce our own rights or infringement claims brought by others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We use both internally developed and purchased technologytechnologies in conducting our business. Whether internally developed or purchased, it is possible that the userusers of these technologies could be claimed to infringe upon or violate the intellectual property rights of third parties.  In the event that a claim is made against us by a third party for the infringement of intellectual property rights, any settlement or adverse judgment against us, either in the form of increased costs of licensing or a cease and desist order in using the technology, could have an adverse effect on us and our results of operation.operations.
We also rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks, domain names, trade secrets, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights, to establish and protect our intellectual property and technology. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated; our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third-partiesthird parties or we may fail to secure the rights to intellectual property developed by our employees, contractors and others. Efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be time consumingtime-consuming and costly, distract management’s attention and resources and ultimately be unsuccessful. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could adversely affect our market positions and business opportunities.
Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to regulation, which could negatively impact our business.
Our operations are regulated and licensed by various governmental agencies in the United States and in foreign countries in which we operate. These regulatory agencies have authority and oversight of domestic and international transportation services and related activities, licensure, motor carrier operations, safety and security and other matters. We must comply with various insurance and surety bond requirements to act in the capacities for which we are licensed. Our subsidiaries and independent contractors must also comply with applicable regulations and requirements of suchvarious agencies.Through our subsidiaries and business units, we hold various licenses required to carry out our domestic andinternational services. These licenses permit us to provide services as a motor carrier, property broker, indirect air carrier, OTI, NVOCC, freight forwarder, air freight forwarder, and ocean freight


25

Table of Contents

forwarder. We also are subject to regulations and requirements promulgated by, among others, the DOT, FMCSA, DHS, CBP, TSA, FMC, IATA, the Canada Border Services Agency and various other international, domestic, state, and local agencies and port authorities. Certain of our businesses engage in the transportation of hazardous materials, which subjects us to regulations with respect to transportation of such materials and environmental regulations in the case of any accidents thethat occur during the transportation of materials that causesand result in discharge of such materials. Our failure to maintain our required licenses, or to comply with applicable regulations, could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. See the “Regulation” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption entitledtitled “Business” for more information.
Future laws and regulations may be more stringent and require changes into our operating practices that influence the demand for transportation services or require us to incur significant additional costs. We are unable to predict the impact that recently enacted and future regulations may have on our businesses. In particular, it is difficult to predict which and in what form CSA, the ELD mandate or any other FMCSA regulations may be modified or enforced and what impact any such regulation may have on motor carrier operations or the aggregate number of trucks that provide hauling capacity to the Company. Higher costs incurred by us as a result of future new regulations, or incurred by our independent contractors or third-party transportation providers who pass the increased costs on to us, as a result of future new regulations could adversely affect our results of operations to the extent we are unable to obtain a corresponding increase in price from our customers.
Seasonality affectsFailure to comply with trade compliance laws and regulations applicable to our operations may subject us to liability and profitability.result in mandatory or voluntary disclosures to government agencies of transactions or dealings involving sanctioned countries, entities or individuals.
The transportation industry experiences seasonal fluctuations. Our results of operations are typically lower for the first quarter of the calendar year relative to our other quarters. We believe this is due in part to the post- holiday reduction in demand experienced by many of our customers, which leads to more capacity in the non-expedited and service-critical markets and, in turn, less demand for expedited and premium shipping services. In addition, the productivity of our independent contractors and transportation providers generally decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations.
Terrorist attacks, anti-terrorism measures and war could have broad detrimental effects on our business operations.
As a result of our acquisition activities, we acquired companies with business operations outside the potential for terrorist attacks, federal, stateU.S., some of which were not previously subject to certain U.S. laws and municipal authoritiesregulations, including trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). In the course of implementing our compliance processes with respect to the operations of these acquired companies, we have implementedidentified a number of transactions or dealings involving countries and continueentities that are subject to follow various security measures, including checkpoints and travel restrictions on trucking and rail routes and security screeningsU.S. economic sanctions. As disclosed in our reports filed with the SEC, we filed initial voluntary disclosure of air cargo on passenger aircraft and international containers. Such measuressuch matters with OFAC in August 2016. In August 2018, OFAC addressed these matters by responding with a cautionary letter to us. To our knowledge, OFAC is considering no further action in response to the voluntary disclosure filed by us in August 2016. We may, reduce the productivity of our

22



independent contractors and transportation providers or increase the costs associated with their operations, which we could be forced to bear. War, risk of war or a terrorist attack also may have an adverse effect on the economy. A decline in economic activity could adversely affect our revenues or restrict our future growth. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorismfuture, identify additional transactions or war also could impact our abilitydealings involving sanctioned countries, entities or individuals. The transactions or dealings that we have identified to raise capitaldate, or to refinance our indebtedness. In addition, the insurance premiums charged for someother transactions or all of the coverage currently maintained by us could increase dramatically or such coverage could be unavailabledealings that we may identify in the future.future, could result in negative consequences to us, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a large portion of our stock and has substantial control over us, which could limit other stockholders’ ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including changes of control.
OurUnder applicable SEC rules, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bradley S. Jacobs, controls, as the managing member of Jacobs Private Equity, LLC (“JPE”), (i) 67,500 shares of our Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, which are initially convertible into an aggregate of 9,642,857 shares of our common stock, and (ii) 9,642,857 warrants initially exercisable for an aggregate of 9,642,857 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share. Mr. Jacobs also directly owns 105,016 shares of our common stock and has employee stock options and restricted stock units convertible into an additional 545,029 shares of our common stock. Under applicable SEC rules, Mr. Jacobs, beneficially owns approximately 15% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2015.2018. This concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated stockholders. Our preferred stock votes together with our common stock on an “as-converted” basis on all matters, except as otherwise required by law, and separately as a class with respect to certain matters implicating the rights of holders of shares of the preferred stock. Accordingly, Mr. Jacobs can exert substantial influence over our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation, or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders. Additionally, significant fluctuations in the levels of ownership of our largest stockholders, including JPE,shares beneficially owned by Mr. Jacobs, could impact the volume of trading, liquidity and market price of our common stock.


26

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
As of December 31, 2015, XPO2018, the Company and its subsidiaries operated approximately 1,4511,535 locations, primarily in North America and Europe, including 201approximately 331 locations owned or leased by our customers. These facilities are located in all 48 states of the contiguous United States as well as globally.
Segment (Location) Leased Facilities Owned Facilities 
Customer Facilities (2)
 Total
Transportation (North America) 371
 144
 5
 520
Transportation (Europe) 164
 30
 
 194
Transportation (Other) (1)
 10
 
 
 10
Logistics (North America) 200
 1
 131
 332
Logistics (Europe) 210
 9
 173
 392
Logistics (Other) (1)
 55
 
 22
 77
Corporate 9
 1
 
 10
Total 1,019
 185
 331
 1,535
(1)Other represents locations primarily in Asia.
(2)Locations owned and leased by customers.
We lease our current executive office located in Greenwich, Connecticut, as well as our national operations centerscenter in Charlotte, North Carolina and Dublin, Ohio.Carolina. As of December 31, 2015,2018, we owned thea shared-services center in Portland, Oregon the headquarters for our full truckload business in Joplin, Missouri, and the facility at which we conduct a portion of our expedited transportation operations in Buchanan, Michigan. In addition, we owned approximately 146138 freight service centers for our LTL business.business and 39 properties throughout Europe. We believe that our facilities are sufficient for our current needs and are in good condition in all material respects.needs.
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved, and will continue to be involved, in numerous legal proceedings arising out of the conduct of our business. These proceedings may include, among other matters, claims for property damage or personal injury incurred in connection with the transportation of freight, claims regarding anti-competitive practices, and employment-related claims, including claims involving asserted breaches of employee restrictive covenants and tortious interference with contract. These proceedings also include numerous purported class-actionputative class action lawsuits, multi-plaintiff and individual lawsuits and state tax and other administrative proceedings that claim either that our owner operatorsowner-operators or contract carriers should be treated as employees, rather than independent contractors, or that certain of our drivers were not paid for all compensable time or were not provided with required meal or rest breaks. We are currently engaged in several alleged independent contractor misclassification claims or other wage and hour claims involving certain companies that we have acquired in our last mile, LTL, full truckload, and intermodal businesses. These lawsuits and proceedings may seek substantial monetary damages (including claims for unpaid wages, overtime, failure to provide meal and rest periods, unreimbursed business expenses and other items), injunctive relief, or both. Additionally, we are subject to shareholder litigation regarding our public filings with the SEC. For additional information about these matters, please refer to Note 5—17—Commitments and Contingencies of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any matters to which we are presently party will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

23


27




24



PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Price Range of Common Stock
Our common stock is tradedlisted on NYSEthe New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “XPO.” The table below provides the high and low closing sales prices for our common stock for the quarters included within 2015 and 2014.
 High Low
2014
 
1st quarter$32.51
 $23.90
2nd quarter30.50
 23.24
3rd quarter39.72
 26.03
4th quarter42.48
 31.85
2015
 
1st quarter$47.26
 $35.57
2nd quarter50.56
 41.58
3rd quarter46.74
 21.62
4th quarter33.50
 25.04
XPO.
As of February 26, 2016,8, 2019, there were approximately 272210 record holders of our common stock, based upon data available to us from our transfer agent. We have never paid, and have no immediate plans to pay, cash dividends on our common stock. We currently plan to retain future earnings and cash flows for use in the development
Issuer Purchases of our business and to enhance stockholder value through growth and continued focus on improving profitability rather than for paying dividends on our common stock. In addition, our current credit agreement imposes, and we expect that any future credit agreement we enter into will impose, restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. Future payment of dividends on our common stock would depend on our earnings, capital requirements, expansion plans, financial condition and other relevant factors.Equity Securities

25
(In millions, except per share data) Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)
 Average Price Paid
Per Share
 Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs (2)
October 1, 2018 through October 31, 2018 
 $
 
 $
November 1, 2018 through November 30, 2018 
 
 
 
December 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018 10
 53.46
 10
 464
Total 10
 $53.46
 10
 $464
(1)Based on settlement date.
(2)
On December 14, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized share repurchases of up to $1 billion of our common stock. For further details, refer to Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In January and February 2019, we repurchased 8 million shares for an aggregate value of $464 million. This completed the authorized repurchase program. On February 13, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase of up to $1.5 billion of our common stock. We are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares, and may suspend or discontinue the program at any time.


28

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative 5-yearfive-year total return of holders of our common stock with the cumulative total returns, including reinvestment of any dividends, of the Russell 2000 Index, the Dow Jones Transportation Average Index and the Russell MidCap index. The rules of the SEC require that if an index is selected that is different from the index used in the immediately preceding fiscal year, the total return must be compared with both the newly-selected index and the index used in the immediately preceding year. The graph in our 2017 Annual Report on 10-K included a comparison of our common stock with the Russell 2000 Index and the Dow Jones Transportation Average Index. However, the Russell MidCap index, of which we are a component, generally includes companies with more comparable market capitalization to us than the Russell 2000 index. As a result, we believe that the Russell MidCap index is a more appropriate index and have included both the Russell 2000 and the Russell MidCap indices in the graph. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index from December 31, 20102013 to December 31, 2015.2018.
chart-fcea5875c15b433590a.jpg
12/10 12/11 12/12 12/13 12/14 12/15 12/31/13 12/31/14 12/31/15 12/31/16 12/31/17 12/31/18
XPO Logistics, Inc.$100
 $121
 $170
 $257
 $399
 $266
 $100.00
 $155.50
 $103.65
 $164.17
 $348.38
 $216.96
Russell 2000$100
 $95
 $108
 $148
 $154
 $145
 $100.00
 $104.89
 $100.26
 $121.63
 $139.44
 $124.09
Dow Jones Transportation Average$100
 $98
 $104
 $145
 $179
 $147
 $100.00
 $125.07
 $104.11
 $127.36
 $151.58
 $132.90
Russell MidCap $100.00
 $113.22
 $110.46
 $125.70
 $148.97
 $135.48
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
During the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 803,356 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share, to certain holders of the Company’s Convertible Notes in connection with the conversion of $13.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes. The number of shares of our common stock issued in the foregoing transactions equals the number of shares of our common stock presently issuable to holders of the Convertible Notes upon conversion under the original terms of the Convertible Notes. The issuance of these shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) thereof, as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the above transactions. For additional information, refer to Note 9—Debt, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
During the year ended December 31, 2015,2018, pursuant to the Investment Agreement dated as of June 13, 2011 (the “Investment Agreement”), by and among Jacobs Private Equity, LLC (“JPE”), and the other investors party thereto (collectively with JPE, the “Investors”), the Company issued 102,71253,500 unregistered shares of its common stock as a result of the cashless exercise


29

Table of Contents

of warrants by certain shareholders and 7,143 unregistered shares of its common stock as a result of the exercise of warrants by certain shareholders. The Company receivedshareholders for cash resulting in the receipt of $50,001 of total proceeds of $0.7 million as a result ofby the exercise of warrants, whichCompany. The proceeds received by the Company will be used for general corporate purposes. The issuance of these shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) thereof, as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.
As previously disclosed in the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2015, as amended on June 26, 2015, the Company issued 562,525 shares of Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) in a private placement on May 29, 2015. At a Special Meeting of the Company's Stockholders held on September 8, 2015, the stockholders of the Company approved the issuance of 12,500,546 shares of the Company's common stock upon the conversion of 562,525 shares of the Company's outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. Immediately following the Special Meeting, on September 8, 2015, 562,525 shares of Series C Preferred Stock were automatically converted into 12,500,546 shares of the Company's common stock. No additional consideration was received by the Company in connection with the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock into the Company's common stock. The issuance and sale of the Series C Preferred Stock and the issuance of the Company's common stock in connection with the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock are exempt from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any state securities laws. See Note 12—Stockholders’ Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Series C Preferred Stock.

26




ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
This table includesThe following tables set forth our selected historical and quarterly consolidated financial data. During 2014 and 2015, we made a number of acquisitions, including the 2015 acquisitions of Con-way, Inc. and Norbert Dentressangle, and have included the results of operations of the acquired businesses from the date of acquisition. Additionally, we divested our North American Truckload operation in the fourth quarter of 2016. As a result, our period to period results of operations vary depending on the dates and sizes of these acquisitions and divestitures. Accordingly, this selected financial data for the last five years.is not necessarily comparable or indicative of our future results. This financial data should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and other financial data appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.
XPO Logistics, Inc.
(In millions, except per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:         
Revenue$7,623.2
 $2,356.6
 $702.3
 $278.6
 $177.1
Net revenue [a]3,451.8
 654.8
 123.6
 40.8
 29.8
Net (loss) income(191.6) (63.6) (48.5) (20.3) 0.8
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge(52.0) (40.9) 
 
 (44.2)
Cumulative preferred dividends(2.8) (2.9) (3.0) (3.0) (1.1)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders$(245.9) $(107.4) $(51.5) $(23.3) $(44.6)
Basic loss per share$(2.65) $(2.00) $(2.26) $(1.49) $(5.41)
Diluted loss per share$(2.65) $(2.00) $(2.26) $(1.49) $(5.41)
Weighted average common shares outstanding         
Basic92.8
 53.6
 22.8
 15.7
 8.2
Diluted92.8
 53.6
 22.8
 15.7
 8.2
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:         
Working capital$262.8
 $842.8
 $67.7
 $270.5
 $82.1
Total assets$12,643.2
 $2,749.4
 $777.1
 $409.3
 $127.6
Current maturities of long-term debt$135.3
 $1.8
 $2.0
 $0.5
 $1.7
Long-term debt$5,272.6
 $580.3
 $178.6
 $105.1
 $0.5
Preferred stock$42.0
 $42.2
 $42.7
 $42.8
 $42.8
Stockholders' equity$3,060.8
 $1,655.1
 $455.9
 $245.1
 $108.4
  As of or For the Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
Operating Results:          
Revenue $17,279
 $15,381
 $14,619
 $7,623
 $2,357
Operating income (loss) (1)
 704
 582
 464
 (29) (41)
Income (loss) before income taxes 566
 261
 107
 (283) (90)
Net income (loss) (2)
 444
 360
 85
 (192) (64)
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders (3)
 390
 312
 63
 (246) (107)
Per Share Data:          
Basic earnings (loss) per share $3.17
 $2.72
 $0.57
 $(2.65) $(2.00)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 2.88
 2.45
 0.53
 (2.65) (2.00)
Financial Position:          
Total assets $12,270
 $12,602
 $11,698
 $12,643
 $2,749
Long-term debt, less current portion 3,902
 4,418
 4,732
 5,273
 580
Preferred stock 41
 41
 42
 42
 42
Total equity 3,970
 4,010
 3,038
 3,061
 1,655
(1)
Operating income for 2017 and 2016 reflects the retrospective effects from the January 1, 2018 adoption of Accounting Standard Update 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): “Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” See Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information.
(2)As discussed further in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our net income for 2017 included a $173 million benefit related to the revaluation of our net deferred tax liabilities as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”).
(3)Net loss attributable to common shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 reflect beneficial conversion charges of $52 million on Series C Preferred Stock and $41 million on Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, that were recorded as deemed distributions during the third quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2014, respectively.

Results

30

Table of Contents

The Company’s unaudited results of operations for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 20142018 and December 31, 2011 reflect beneficial conversion charges of $52.0 million on the Series C Preferred Stock, $40.9 million on the Series B Preferred Stock and $44.2 million on the Series A Preferred Stock, respectively, that were recorded as deemed distributions during the third quarter of 2015, the fourth quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2011, respectively.2017 are summarized below:
[a] Net revenue is total revenue less the cost of transportation and services. For a reconciliation of net revenue to revenue, please see the XPO Logistics, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations on page 55.

27

(In millions, except per share data) First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter (2) (3)
2018        
Revenue $4,192
 $4,363
 $4,335
 $4,389
Operating income 141
 228
 209
 126
Net income 79
 159
 115
 91
Net income attributable to common shareholders (1)
 67
 138
 101
 84
Basic earnings per share (1)
 0.56
 1.14
 0.81
 0.67
Diluted earnings per share (1)
 0.50
 1.03
 0.74
 0.62
2017        
Revenue $3,540
 $3,760
 $3,887
 $4,194
Operating income 104
 175
 177
 126
Net income 25
 57
 71
 207
Net income attributable to common shareholders (1)
 19
 47
 57
 189
Basic earnings per share (1)
 0.18
 0.43
 0.49
 1.57
Diluted earnings per share (1)
 0.16
 0.38
 0.44
 1.42
(1)The sum of the quarterly Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders and earnings per share may not equal annual amounts due to differences in the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the respective periods and the impact of the two-class method of calculating earnings per share.
(2)The fourth quarter of 2018 included a litigation charge of $26 million, a gain on the sale of an equity investment of $24 million and a restructuring charge of $19 million.
(3)The fourth quarter of 2017 included a debt extinguishment loss of $22 million and a tax benefit of $173 million resulting from the enactment of the Tax Act.


31

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with Part I, including matters set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report, and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements. You should refer to the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report.
Executive SummaryOverview
XPO Logistics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries (“XPO,” the “Company,” “we” or “our”), is a top ten global provider of supply chain solutions. As of December 31, 2015, our integrated network of over 89,000 employees and 1,451 locations operated in 33 countries, and included leading positions in many fast-growing areas of transportation and logistics, representing diverse industry sectors and geographies.
Our service capabilities, capacity and technology enable customers of all sizes to operate their supply chains more efficiently and at lower cost. Among the more than 50,000 customers we served as of December 31, 2015 are many of the world’s largest multinational companies, and these companies depend on us to manage their transportation and logistics needs.
We run our business on a global basis, with two segments: Transportation and Logistics. Within each segment, we have built robust service offerings that respond to fast-growing areas of customer demand. All of our businesses operate under the single brand of XPO Logistics.
In our Transportation segment, we hold industry-leading positions in both North America and Europe. In North America, we are the leader in last mile logistics for heavy goods and expedite shipment management, and we are among the largest providers of freight brokerage and intermodal rail and drayage services. As of December 31, 2015, our truck procurement hubs managed relationships with more than 7,000 owner operator trucks under contract for drayage, expedited, last mile and LTL, as well as an additional 38,000 carriers representing approximately 1,000,000 trucks on the road. In addition, we have a growing position in freight forwarding across our global footprint.
In Europe, we operate the largest ground transportation network in our industry. As of December 31, 2015, we owned and leased approximately 7,800 trucks, which gives us control of critical capacity for our customers; a portion of this fleet is assigned to dedicated carriage. Our trucks are also an important part of our freight brokerage network, which includes 3,400 trucks contracted through independent owner operators and access to another 12,000 independent carriers.
In our Logistics segment, we provide a range of contract logistics services, including highly engineered and customized solutions, value-added warehousing and distribution, cold chain solutions and other inventory solutions. We perform e-commerce fulfillment, warehousing, reverse logistics, storage, factory support, aftermarket support, manufacturing, distribution and packaging and labeling, as well as optimization services, such as supply chain consulting and production flow management.
As of December 31, 2015, we operated approximately 151 million square feet (14.0 million square meters) of contract logistics facility space globally, with about 65.0 million square feet (6.1 million square meters) of that capacity in the United States, making us a top ten global provider of these services.
In a little more than four years, we have taken XPO from a North American business with $177 million of revenue to a top ten global transportation and logistics company. In September 2011, following the equity investment in the Company led by Bradley S. Jacobs, we put a highly skilled management team in place and began the disciplined execution of a growth strategy to acquire and integrate attractive companies and optimize all XPO operations, with the goal of creating dramatic, long-term value for our customers and shareholders.
We offer customers a compelling range of transportation and logistics solutions:
Freight Brokerage: the second largest freight brokerage firm in North America based on net revenue; the third largest provider of door-to-door intermodal rail services in North America, with one of the largest U.S. drayage networks, and a leader in cross-border Mexico intermodal;
Last Mile: the largest provider of home delivery and installation logistics for heavy goods in North America, and a leading last mile provider to the e-commerce industry;
Supply Chain: the second largest global provider of contract logistics based on square footage, with one of the largest e-fulfillment platforms in Europe;
Expedite: the largest manager of time-critical and high-value expedite shipments in North America via ground transportation, air charter and web-based managed transportation services;
Less-Than-Truckload: the second largest provider of LTL services in North America and a leading provider of LTL services in Western Europe. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s LTL service in North America had

28



some of the highest service levels in the industry for on-time performance, offered more next-day and two-day lanes than any other LTL carrier, and covered 99% of U.S. postal codes;
Full Truckload: a top 20 U.S. carrier and a leading cross-border Mexico ground transportation provider;
Managed Transportation: a top five global service provider based on the value of XPO’s freight under management, which was approximately $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2015; and
Global Forwarding: a growing provider of global forwarding services.
We believe that our ability to provide customers with integrated, end-to-end supply chain solutions gives us a competitive advantage. Many customers, particularly large companies, are increasingly turning to multi-modal providers to handle their supply chain requirements. We have built XPO to capitalize on this trend, as well as the trend toward outsourcing in both transportation and logistics, the boom in e-commerce, the adoption of just-in-time inventory practices, and the near-shoring in Mexico.
Our customers are served by well-trained employees who understand the importance of world-class service, and who use our leading-edge, proprietary technology to perform their jobs. We have a global team of approximately 1,500 IT professionals who understand how to drive innovation for the benefit of our customers. Our annual investment in technology is among the highest in our industry, because we see the ongoing development of our proprietary technology as being critical to our ability to continually improve customer service and leverage our scale.
Strategy for Growth
XPO Logistics is a top ten global transportation and logistics company, providing cutting-edge supply chain solutions to the most successful companies in the world. We’ve established leading positions in key areas ofWe are organized into two reportable segments: Transportation and Logistics. The Transportation segment provides freight brokerage, last mile, less-than-truckload (“LTL”), full truckload, global forwarding and managed transportation services. The Logistics segment, which we also refer to as supply chain, provides differentiated and data-intensive contract logistics where there is strong secular demand. We offerservices for customers, including value-added warehousing and distribution, e-commerce fulfillment, cold chain solutions, reverse logistics, packaging and labeling, factory support, aftermarket support, inventory management and personalization services, such as laser etching. In addition, our Logistics segment provides highly engineered, customized solutions through our highly integrated, multi-modal organization that operates under the single XPO Logistics brand. Our strategy is to optimize our global franchise, execute on opportunities to increase our profitability, and create dramatic long-term value for our customerssupply chain optimization services, such as volume flow management, predictive analytics and shareholders.advanced automation.
Our integrated network includes approximately 89,000 employeeschief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), regularly reviews financial information at 1,451 locations in 33 countries serving over 50,000 customers. Our global contract logistics platform includes 151 million square feet of facility space. Our global ground transportation network includes approximately 19,000 owned tractors and 47,000 owned trailers, 10,000 trucks contracted through independent owner operations, and access to more than 50,000 independent carriers.
We intend to continue to grow the business in a disciplined manner, and with a compelling value proposition: integrated solutions for any company, of any size, with any combination of supply chain needs.
Recent Developments
Restructuring
In conjunction with various acquisitions, the Company has initiated a cost savings program aimed at restructuring and leveraging the Company’s businesses to better serve our customers. This includes facility rationalization, severance programs and eliminating redundancies in the workforcereporting segment level in order to improve efficiency and profitability. For additional information refermake decisions about resources to Note 4—Restructuring Charges.
Acquisition of Con-way
On September 9, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Con-way Inc. and Canada Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of XPO (“Merger Subsidiary”). Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, XPO caused Merger Subsidiary to commence a cash tender offer (the “Offer”) for all of Con-way's outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.625 per share (the “Shares”), at a purchase price of $47.60 per Share, netbe allocated to the seller in cash, without interest thereonsegments and less any applicable withholding taxes. Headquartered in Ann Arbor, Michigan, Con-way wasto assess their performance. Segment results that are reported to the CODM include items directly attributable to a Fortune 500 company with a transportation and logistics network of 582 locations and approximately 30,000 employees serving over 36,000 customers. The aggregate consideration paid in the Offer and Merger Agreement was approximately $2.3 billion, without giving effect to related transaction fees and expenses. The acquisition of Con-way closed on October 30, 2015. For additional information refer to Note 3—Acquisitions.
Financing of Con-way Acquisition
In connection with the completion of the acquisition of Con-way, XPO entered into a new $1.6 billion term loan credit agreement, the proceeds of which were used, together with cash on hand, to finance a portion of the acquisition considerationsegment as well as other coststhose that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.
Consolidated Summary Financial Table
  For the Years Ended December 31, Percent of Revenue
(Dollars in millions) 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Revenue $17,279
 $15,381
 $14,619
 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of transportation and services 9,013
 8,132
 7,887
 52.2 % 52.9 % 54.0 %
Direct operating expense 5,725
 5,006
 4,616
 33.1 % 32.5 % 31.6 %
SG&A expense 1,837
 1,661
 1,652
 10.6 % 10.8 % 11.3 %
Operating income 704
 582
 464
 4.1 % 3.8 % 3.2 %
Other expense (income) (109) (57) (34) (0.6)% (0.4)% (0.2)%
Foreign currency loss (gain) 3
 58
 (40)  % 0.4 % (0.3)%
Debt extinguishment loss 27
 36
 70
 0.2 % 0.2 % 0.5 %
Interest expense 217
 284
 361
 1.3 % 1.8 % 2.5 %
Income before income tax provision (benefit) 566
 261
 107
 3.3 % 1.7 % 0.8 %
Income tax provision (benefit) 122
 (99) 22
 0.7 % (0.6)% 0.2 %
Net income $444
 $360
 $85
 2.6 % 2.3 % 0.6 %
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2017
Our consolidated revenue for 2018 increased by 12.3% to $17.3 billion, from $15.4 billion in 2017. The increase primarily was driven by growth in our European and expenses related to the transaction. XPO also entered into a new $1.0 billion asset-based revolving credit facility, which replaced XPO's existing $415.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility. For additional information refer to Note 9—Debt.

29



Acquisition of Majority Interest in Norbert Dentressangle SA
On June 8, 2015, pursuant to the termsNorth American contract logistics businesses, and subject to the conditions of the ND Share Purchase Agreement, Dentressangle Initiatives, Mrs. Evelyne Dentressangle, Mr. Pierre-Henri Dentressangle and Ms. Marine Dentressangle (collectively, the “Sellers”) sold to XPO and XPO purchased from the Sellers (the “Share Purchase”), all of the ordinary shares of ND owned by the Sellers, representing a totalexpansion of approximately 67% of the share capital of NDour transportation businesses, most notably our LTL, freight brokerage and all of the outstanding share subscription warrants granted by ND to employees, directors or other officers of ND and its affiliates. On June 11, 2015, XPO filed with the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”) a mandatory simplified cash offer (the “Tender Offer”) to purchase all of the remaining outstanding ordinary shares of ND (other than the shares already owned by XPO) at a price of €217.50 per share. On June 23, 2015, the Company received the necessary approvals from the AMF to launch the Tender Offer and the Tender Offer was launched on June 25, 2015. The Tender Offer remained open for a period of 16 trading days. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had purchased 1,921,553 shares under the Tender Offer and acquired a total of approximately 86.25% of the share capital of ND, including all of the outstanding share subscription warrants granted by ND to employees, directors or other officers of ND and its affiliates. The fair value of total consideration paid for ND, net of acquired cash, was €2,645.2 million, or $2,955.3 million. For additional information refer to Note 3—Acquisitions.
Redemption of ND’s Euro Private Placement Notes
In conjunction with the acquisition of ND, we assumed ND's Euro private placement debt of €75.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.80% notes due December 20, 2019 (the “Euro Private Placement Notes due 2019”) and €160.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% notes due December 20, 2020 (the “Euro Private Placement Notes due 2020” and together with the Euro Private Placement Notes due 2019, the “Euro Private Placement Notes”). The Company redeemed €223.0 million of the Euro Private Placement Notes at par on July 31, 2015.
Acquisition of Bridge Terminal Transport Services, Inc.
On May 4, 2015, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with BTTS Holding Corporation to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of BTT, a leading asset-light drayage provider in the United States. The fair value of the total consideration paid under the BTT Stock Purchase Agreement was $103.8 million and consisted of $103.1 million of cash paid at the time of closing, including an estimate of the working capital adjustment, and $0.7 million of equity. The closing of the transaction was effective on June 1, 2015. For additional information refer to Note 3—Acquisitions.
Acquisition of UX Specialized Logistics
On February 9, 2015, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement to acquire certain of the assets of UX Specialized Logistics, LLC, a North American provider of last mile logistics and same day delivery services for major retail chains and e-commerce companies. The fair value of the total consideration paid under the UX Asset Purchase Agreement was $58.9 million and consisted of $58.1 million of cash paid at the time of closing, including an estimate of the working capital adjustment, and $0.8 million of equity. For additional information referservice offerings. Foreign currency movement contributed to Note 3—Acquisitions.
Issuance of Senior Notes due 2019, 2021 and 2022
On February 13, 2015, the Company completed an additional private placement of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2019 for a total issuance of $900.0 million. On June 4, 2015, the Company completed a private placement of $1.6 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.50% fixed rate Senior Notes due 2022 and €500.0 million Euro-denominated aggregate principal amount of 5.75% fixed rate Senior Notes due 2021. The Senior Notes due 2019, 2021 and 2022 were offered to qualified institutional buyersrevenue growth by approximately 1.6 percentage points in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The sale of the Senior Notes due 2019, 2021 and 2022 was not registered under the Securities Act. Unless so registered, the Senior Notes due 2019, 2021 and 2022 may not be offered or sold in the United States except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. For additional information refer to Note 9—Debt.
Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock and Common Stock
On May 29, 2015, we entered into fifteen separate Investment Agreements (the “Investment Agreements”) with sovereign wealth funds and institutional investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”). Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, on June 3, 2015, we issued and sold 15,499,445 shares (the “Purchased Common Shares”) in the aggregate of our common stock, and 562,525 shares (the "Purchased Preferred Stock” and, together with the Purchased Common Shares, the “Purchased Securities”) in the aggregate of our Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock in a private placement. The purchase price per Purchased Common Share was $45.00 and the purchase price per share of Purchased Preferred Stock was $1,000. The Purchased Preferred Stock was mandatorily convertible into an aggregate of 12,500,546 additional shares of Company common stock subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. We held a special meeting of stockholders of the Company on September 8, 2015 in which the Company's stockholders approved the issuance of shares of Company common stock upon the conversion of the Purchased Preferred Stock. Immediately following the special meeting, the Purchased Preferred Stock was automatically

30



converted into 12,500,546 shares of Company common stock. No additional consideration was received by the Company in connection with the conversion of the Purchased Preferred Stock into Company common stock.
The Purchased Preferred Stock was issued with an initial conversion price of $45.00 per share. As of May 29, 2015, our common stock price was $49.16. As a result, the conversion feature was issued “in-the-money” and we allocated the beneficial conversion feature of $52.0 million to additional paid-in capital. The beneficial conversion feature was contingent upon receiving approval of our stockholders and was therefore recognized in net loss attributable to common shareholders upon receiving stockholder approval on September 8, 2015. For additional information refer to Note 12—Stockholders’ Equity.
Convertible Debt Conversions2018.
During the year ended December 31, 2015,fourth quarter of 2018, our largest customer curtailed its business with us, resulting in a decrease in revenue of $46 million. In early 2019, this same customer further downsized the balance of its business with us. Based on 2018 data, we entered into transactions pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 3,315,705 shares ofestimate that the downsizing will negatively impact our common stock to certain holdersfull-year 2019 revenue by approximately $600 million, or approximately two-thirds of the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due October 1, 2017 (the “Convertible Notes”) in connection with the conversion of $54.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes. Certain of these transactions included induced conversions pursuant to which we paid the holder a market-based premium in cash. The negotiated market-based premiums, in addition to the difference between the current fair value and the book value of the Convertible Notes, are reflected in interest expense. The number of shares of common stock issued in the foregoing transactions equals the number of shares of common stock presently issuable to holders of the Convertible Notes upon conversion under the original terms of the Convertible Notes.
Rebranding to XPO Logistics
In the second quarter of 2015, we aligned our services under the single global brand of XPO Logistics. The XPO brand unification reflects our ability to serve customers with a highly integrated range of supply chain solutions, including freight brokerage, intermodal, contract logistics, last mile, expedite and global forwarding. In conjunction with the rebranding, we launched a single, cohesive web presence at www.xpo.com. The site serves as the online point of contactrevenue that this customer’s business generated for our customers, carriers, job seekers and other interested parties.Company in 2018.
Other Reporting Disclosures
The following section describes some of our revenue and expense categories and is provided to facilitate investors’ understanding of the discussion of our financial results below.
Revenue
Revenue is generated through the rates and other fees we charge our customers for our portfolio of freight transportation services as well as through contracts for services provided to certain customers and is impacted by changes in volume, product mix, length of haul, route changes and scope of contracted services provided. The freight transportation and logistics services we provide include full truckload, LTL, and intermodal brokerage, last-mile delivery logistics services, time-critical, urgent shipment solutions, freight forwarding, and contract logistics services.
Cost of transportation and services
Cost of transportation and services is primarily attributable to includes the cost of providing or procuring freight transportation services for XPO customers and salaries paid to employee drivers in our full truckload and LTL businesses, commissions paid to independent station owners in our global forwarding business, and insurance and truck leasing expense in our expedited business. Our primary meansbusinesses.


32

Table of providing capacity are through our truck and trailer fleet in North America and Europe as well as our base of variable cost third-party owner operators and contract carriers in North America for ground transportation and air charter services in our expedited business and our network of independent truck, rail, ocean and air carriers in our freight brokerage and global forwarding businesses. In the consolidated statements of operations, costContents

Cost of transportation and services was changed increased by 10.8% in 2018 to $9,013 million, from cost$8,132 million in 2017. As a percentage of purchasedrevenue, Cost of transportation and services decreased to incorporate Con-way’s52.2% in 2018, from 52.9% in 2017. The reduction as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by a higher mix of contract logistics revenue, and ND's trucking fleet costs, such as driver costs, trucking fleet depreciation expense, and truck maintenance costs,by net revenue margin improvement in this line item. The costs included on this line item for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are the same as originally reported.
Net revenue
freight brokerage. Net revenue is total revenuedefined as Revenue less the costCost of transportation and services. This discussion and analysis refers from time to time toNet revenue margin is defined as net revenue margin. We use the term net revenue margin to refer to the quotient, expressed as a percentage of net revenue divided by revenue.Revenue.
Direct operating expense
Direct operating expensess are both fixed and variable expenses directly relating to our intermodal, last mile and contract logistics operations and consist of operating costs related to our contract logistics facilities; intermodal equipment lease expense, depreciation expense, maintenance and repair costs, and property taxes; operating costs of our local drayage andfacilities, last mile warehousing facilities; the direct costs related to thefacilities, LTL service centers and European pallet network, such as direct labor, facilities and forklift trucks, and fixed terminal and cargo handling expenses. OperatingLTL network. Direct operating costs of our contract logistics facilities

31



consist mainly of personnel costs, facility and equipment expenses, such as rent, utilities, equipment maintenance and repair, costs of materials and supplies, information technology expenses, depreciation expense, and othergains and losses on sales of property and equipment.
Direct operating expenses related to ourexpense in 2018 was $5,725 million, or 33.1% of revenue, compared with $5,006 million, or 32.5% of revenue, in 2017. The increase as a percentage of revenue primarily was driven by a higher mix of contract logistics facilities. Intermodal equipment maintenancerevenue and repair costs consist of thehigher temporary labor costs related to an increase in the upkeepnumber of new Logistics contract startups. In 2018, Direct operating expense included $6 million of gains on the intermodal equipment fleet. Operating costssale of our local drayageproperty and last mile warehousing facilities consist mainly of personnel costs, rent, maintenance, utilities and other facility related costs. Operating costs of our LTL facilities consist mainly of personnel costs, rent and depreciation of service center equipment. Fixed terminal and cargo handling costs primarily relate to the fixed rent and storage expense charged by terminal operators.
Sales, general and administrative expense
Sales, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) primarily consists of salary and benefit costs relating to customer acquisition, carrier procurement, billing, customer service, salaries and related expenses of thefor executive and administrative staff, acquisition-related costs, office expenses, technology services,certain administration functions, depreciation and amortization expense, professional fees, facility costs, bad debt expense and other purchased services relating to the aforementioned functions, and depreciation (excluding rail car, container and chassis depreciation related to our intermodal business, depreciation related to LTL service centers and depreciation related to our contract logistics facilities and equipment) and amortization expense. The purchased services category includes professional and consulting fees, legal fees and other services purchased from third-parties. The other costs.
SG&A expense category includes expense related to supplies, travel, communications, facilities, insurance, the provision for allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation and other administrative costs.
XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31,
       Percent of Revenue
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013
Revenue$7,623.2
 $2,356.6
 $702.3
 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of transportation and services4,171.4
 1,701.8
 578.7
 54.7 % 72.2 % 82.4 %
     Net revenue3,451.8
 654.8
 123.6
 45.3 % 27.8 % 17.6 %
Direct operating expense2,367.0
 273.2
 6.4
 31.0 % 11.6 % 0.9 %
SG&A expense

 

   

 

 

Salaries & benefits569.3
 213.8
 100.3
 7.5 % 9.1 % 14.3 %
Other SG&A expense183.9
 72.0
 25.3
 2.4 % 3.1 % 3.6 %
Purchased services159.7
 50.1
 23.3
 2.1 % 2.1 % 3.3 %
Depreciation & amortization200.5
 86.6
 20.6
 2.6 % 3.7 % 2.9 %
Total SG&A expense1,113.4
 422.5
 169.5
 14.6 % 18.0 % 24.1 %
Operating loss(28.6) (40.9) (52.3) (0.3)% (1.8)% (7.4)%
Other expense3.1
 0.4
 0.5
  %  % 0.1 %
Foreign currency loss34.1
 0.4
 
 0.4 %  %  %
Interest expense216.7
 48.0
 18.2
 2.8 % 2.0 % 2.6 %
Loss before income tax benefit(282.5) (89.7) (71.0) (3.5)% (3.8)% (10.1)%
Income tax benefit(90.9) (26.1) (22.5) (1.2)% (1.1)% (3.2)%
Net loss$(191.6) $(63.6) $(48.5) (2.3)% (2.7)% (6.9)%
Consolidated Results
Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014
Our consolidated revenue for 2015 increased 223.5% to $7,623.2 million from $2,356.6was $1,837 million in 2014. This increase was driven by the acquisitions2018, or 10.6% of ND, Con-way, BTT and UX and the inclusion of a full year of results from 2014 acquisitions New Breed Holding Company (“New Breed”) and Simply Logistics, Inc. d/b/a Atlantic Central Logistics (“ACL”), as well as organic growth. ND and Con-way’s revenue, included in the year ended December 31, 2015 was $3,463.1 million and $896.2 million, respectively.
Net revenue for 2015 increased 427.2% to $3,451.8 million from $654.8 million in 2014. Net revenue margin was 45.3% in 2015 as compared to 27.8% in 2014. The increase in net revenue margin primarily relates to the acquisitions of ND, Con-way, BTT and UX, the inclusion of a full year of New Breed and ACL’s results, and year-over-year margin improvements in the Company’s existing businesses.

32



Direct operating expense for 2015 was $2,367.0with $1,661 million, or 31.0%10.8% of revenue, in 2017. The improvement in SG&A as a percentage of revenue primarily reflects lower professional fees and lower bonus and share-based compensation expenses, partially offset by costs of $26 million for independent contractor matters incurred in late 2018.
Other expense (income) for 2018 was $109 million of income, compared to $273.2with $57 million or 11.6% as a percentage of revenue, for 2014. Direct operatingincome in 2017. Components of Other expense increased due(income) that contributed to the acquisitionsincrease were: net periodic pension income of ND and Con-way, and the inclusion of a full year of New Breed’s results.
SG&A expense increased by $690.9$72 million in 20152018, compared to 2014. Aswith $42 million in 2017; a percentagegain of revenue, SG&A expense decreased to 14.6% in 2015 as compared to 18.0% in 2014.SG&A increased primarily due to SG&A expense associated with new acquisitions and increased intangible amortization$24 million related to acquisitions.the sale of an equity investment in a private company; and a gain of $9 million related to a terminated swap.
Foreign currency loss increased to $34.1 million from $0.4was $3 million in 2014. The increase was2018, compared with $58 million in 2017. Foreign currency loss in 2018 primarily due toreflects realized losses on foreign currency option and forward contracts, as well as foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses, almost entirely offset by unrealized gains on the cash held to purchase ND and the impact of other foreign currency transactions.option and forward contracts. Foreign currency loss in 2017 primarily reflects unrealized and realized losses on foreign currency option and forward contracts, partially offset by foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses. For additional information on our foreign currency option and forward contracts, see Note 10—Derivative Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Debt extinguishment losses were $27 million and $36 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Debt extinguishment losses in 2018 included $17 million for the partial redemption of our 6.50% senior notes due 2022 (“Senior Notes due 2022”) and $10 million for the refinancing of our senior secured term loan credit agreement, as amended (the “Term Loan Facility”). Debt extinguishment losses in 2017 includes $8 million for the refinancing of our Term Loan Facility, $23 million for the redemption of the 5.75% senior notes due June 2021 (“Senior Notes due 2021”) and $5 million for the redemption of the 7.25% senior notes due 2018 (“Senior Notes due 2018”). See Liquidity and Capital Resources below for further information.
Interest expense for 2015 increased 351.5%2018 decreased 23.6% to $216.7$217 million, from $48.0$284 million in 2014. Interest2017. The decrease in interest expense reflects a reduction in 2015 relatesaverage total indebtedness, as well as lower rates attributable to our Senior Notes, Senior Debentures, Term Loan Facility, Convertible Notes, Euro Private Placement Notes, Asset Financing2018 refinancings.
Our consolidated income before income taxes in 2018 was $566 million, compared with $261 million in 2017. The increase was driven by higher operating income in our Transportation and Logistics segments, primarily due to revenue growth, reduced interest expense, lower foreign currency losses and higher pension income. With respect to our U.S. operations, income before taxes increased by $41 million in 2018, compared with the prior year, primarily reflecting a $78 million increase in operating income, a $73 million decrease in borrowing costs and a $50 million increase in other debt facilities. Interest expenseincome, including a gain of $24 million from the sale of an equity investment, partially offset by $166 million of foreign currency losses. With respect to our non-U.S. operations, income before taxes increased by


33

Table of Contents

$264 million, reflecting $220 million of foreign currency gain. The foreign currency gain realized by our non-U.S. operations in 2014 relates2018 was partially offset by the foreign currency loss in our U.S. operations due to a portionhedging strategies, and to naturally offsetting positions of intercompany loans between the Senior Notes, Convertible Notes, and debt commitment fees.entities.
Our effective income tax benefit rates in 20152018 and 20142017 were 32.2%21.6% and 29.1%(38.2)%, respectively. Primary impacts to the 2018 effective tax rate were: $26 million of excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation; and a $4 million benefit associated with the deduction of foreign taxes paid in prior years. Primary impacts to the 2017 effective tax rate were: a $173 million tax benefit related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”); an $18 million benefit due to differences between foreign tax rates and the U.S. tax rate; $13 million of incremental expense due to changes in uncertain tax positions; a $10 million benefit due to the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities resulting from enacted tax law changes in France and Belgium that lowered the statutory tax rates; and $9 million of excess benefit from stock-based compensation.
The Tax Act includes numerous changes to existing U.S. tax law. We recognizedhave carefully evaluated the Tax Act, and although we anticipate that ongoing regulatory guidance will be issued, our accounting for the enactment date effects is complete. We have analyzed the various provisions of the Tax Act and their impact on our operations and financial statements, and have reached the following final conclusions:
The reduction in the U.S. corporate federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% required a one-time revaluation of our net deferred tax liabilities which resulted in a tax benefit in 2015 and 2014 due to the net losses incurred. Our effective tax benefit rate was influenced by various non-deductible costs (including those related to the Company’s acquisitions and interest related to conversions of our convertible debt) the change in valuation allowances, various non-taxable items (including those related to the 3PD Holding, Inc. (“3PD”) holdback liability and certain fuel and employment tax credits), and the mix of income among the various jurisdictions in which the Company does business. For both periods, our effective income tax rates reflect the Company’s intention and ability to permanently reinvest earnings of its foreign subsidiaries.
As$173 million recorded as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents held by its foreign subsidiaries. As2017. No modifications were required during 2018.
The Tax Act required a result of our intention to permanently reinvest these earnings, the Company has not provided any additional U.S. taxesone-time tax on the undistributedmandatory deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We did not incur a tax liability on the balance sheet dates, except on those earnings that are subject tomandatory repatriation.
We did not incur U.S. tax without regardliabilities from the Tax Act provision for the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (“BEAT”) as of December 31, 2018.
We did incur U.S. tax liabilities from the Tax Act provision for the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as of December 31, 2018 in the amount of $8 million. We made a policy decision to whether those earnings are actually distributed. If these earnings were repatriated,record GILTI as part of period cost.
Fourth Quarter 2018 Items
Fourth quarter 2018 includes the Company would needpreviously discussed litigation costs of $26 million (see also Note 17—Commitments and Contingencies to accruethe Consolidated Financial Statements) and pay taxes baseda gain on the tax rulessale of an equity investment of $24 million. Additionally, our fourth quarter 2018 results reflect a restructuring charge of $19 million (see also Note 6—Restructuring Charges to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and a decrease in place atstock compensation expense of $44 million, compared with fourth quarter 2017. The restructuring charge and stock compensation expense have been reflected within SG&A in the timeConsolidated Statements of repatriation.Income. Upon successful completion of the restructuring initiatives in 2019, we expect to achieve annualized pre-tax cost savings of approximately $55 million to $60 million.
The increase in net loss was due primarily to transaction and integration costs, higher interest expense, foreign currency loss and other expense and increased intangible amortization related to acquisitions.
Year Ended December 31, 20142017 Compared towith Year Ended December 31, 20132016
Our consolidated revenue for 20142017 increased 235.6%by 5.2% to $2,356.6$15.4 billion, from $14.6 billion in 2016. The increase primarily was driven by growth in our European contract logistics business, improvement in weight per day in our North American LTL business, and by the expansion of our North American truck brokerage and last mile businesses. These benefits to 2017 revenue were partially offset by the October 2016 divestiture of our North American Truckload operation, which had revenue of $432 million in 2016.
Cost of transportation and services increased by 3.1% in 2017 to $8,132 million, from $702.3$7,887 million in 2013. This increase was driven largely by the acquisitions2016. As a percentage of Pacer International, Inc. (“Pacer”), 3PD, New Breedrevenue, Cost of transportation and National Logistics Management (“NLM”) as well as the organic growth of our freight brokerage cold-start locations.
Total net revenue for 2014 increased 429.8%services decreased to $654.8 million52.9% in 2017, from $123.6 million54.0% in 2013. Net revenue margin was 27.8% in 2014 as compared to 17.6% in 2013.2016. The increase in net revenue margin primarily relates to the acquisitions of New Breed, Pacer, 3PD and NLM as well as organic improvement to net revenue margin at our freight brokerage locations.
Direct operating expense for 2014 was $273.2 million, or 11.6%reduction as a percentage of revenue compared to $6.4was primarily driven by a lower mix of managed transportation revenue in North America and a higher mix of contract logistics revenue in Europe, partially offset by higher third-party transportation costs in freight brokerage and last mile operations.
Direct operating expense in 2017 was $5,006 million, or 0.9%32.5% of revenue, compared with $4,616 million, or 31.6% of revenue, in 2016. The increase as a percentage of revenue primarily was driven by higher costs for 2013. Direct operating expense, which includespayroll and


34

Table of Contents

temporary labor to support growth in our contract logistics business, and by the expensesale of certain intermodal, drayagethe truckload business. These impacts were partially offset by our implementation of cost-saving initiatives and warehousing operations, increased due to the acquisitions of New Breed, Pacer and 3PD. Prior to the acquisitions of New Breed, Pacer and 3PD,improved dock efficiency we had no such operations. The direct operating expense for 2013 represented 3PD’s expense for the post-acquisition period only.realized in our North American LTL business.
SG&A expense increased by $253.0was $1,661 million in 20142017, or 10.8% of revenue, compared to 2013. Aswith $1,652 million, or 11.3% of revenue, in 2016. The improvement in SG&A as a percentage of revenue SG&Aprimarily reflects savings from shared services, centralized procurement initiatives, lower professional fees, and technology-enabled labor efficiencies in our North American brokerage and intermodal businesses.
Other expense decreased to 18.0%(income) for 2017 was $57 million of income, compared with $34 million of income in 2014 as2016. The primary driver of the increase was net periodic pension income of $42 million in 2017, compared to 24.1%with $24 million in 2013. SG&A expense increased2016.
Foreign currency impact was a loss of $58 million in 2017, compared with a gain of $40 million in 2016. The loss in 2017 primarily reflects a $49 million loss on unrealized foreign currency option and forward contracts, due to acquisitions; increased sales force recruitment costs; investments in information technology;the strengthening of the euro and costs associated with expanding new and existing freight brokerage offices. SG&A expense also included restructuring, integration and transaction costs relatedthe British pound sterling relative to the acquisitionsU.S. dollar. The gain in 2016 primarily was due to a $40 million gain on unrealized foreign currency option and forward contracts.
Debt extinguishment losses were $36 million and $70 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Debt extinguishment losses in 2017 include $8 million for the refinancing of New Breed, Pacerour Term Loan Facility, $23 million for the redemption of the Senior Notes due 2021 and ACL as well as $48.4$5 million for the redemption of increased intangible asset amortization related to acquisitions.the Senior Notes due 2018. Debt extinguishment losses in 2016 include $35 million from the redemption of the Senior Notes due 2019, $18 million from the refinancing of the Term Loan Facility, and $17 million from the repurchase of Term Loan Facility debt.
Interest expense for 2014 increased 163.7%2017 decreased 21.3% to $48.0$284 million, from $18.2$361 million in 2013. Interest2016. The decrease in interest expense included $14.4 million of debt commitment feesreflects a reduction in relation to our acquisitions of New Breed and Paceraverage total indebtedness, as well as $5.5lower rates attributable to our recent refinancings. The reduction in average total indebtedness reflects our utilization of the proceeds from the sale of our North American Truckload operation in October 2016 to repurchase $555 million of expense relatedoutstanding indebtedness.
Our consolidated income before income taxes for 2017 was $261 million, compared with $107 million for 2016. The increase was driven by significantly higher operating income in our Transportation and Logistics segments, primarily due to the conversion of our Convertible Notes. The remainder ofrevenue growth, cost-saving initiatives and technology-enabled labor efficiencies, and by reduced interest expense, was relatedpartially offset by foreign currency losses. With respect to our Senior NotesU.S. operations, income before taxes increased by $348 million in 2017, compared with the prior year, reflecting a $127 million increase in foreign currency gain, a $110 million decrease in borrowing costs, a $92 million increase in operating income, and a $19 million increase in other income. With respect to our non-U.S. operations, income before taxes decreased by $194 million, reflecting a $208 million increase in foreign currency loss. The foreign currency loss realized by our non-U.S. operations in 2017 was partially offset by a gain in our U.S. operations due 2019, Convertible Notesto hedging strategies and other debt facilities.naturally offsetting positions of intercompany loans between the entities. The significant difference between U.S. income before tax of $278 million and non-U.S. loss before tax of $17 million reflects the fact that foreign currency movements benefited our U.S. operations and negatively impacted our non-U.S. operations in 2017.
Our effective income tax rates in 20142017 and 20132016 were 29.1%(38.2)% and 31.7%20.9%, respectively. We recognizedPrimary impacts to the 2017 effective tax rate were: a $173 million benefit related to the Tax Act; an $18 million benefit due to differences between foreign tax benefitrates and the U.S. tax rate; $13 million of incremental expense due to changes in both 2014 and 2013uncertain tax positions; a $10 million benefit due to the net operating losses incurred. Ourrevaluation of deferred tax liabilities resulting from enacted tax law changes in France and Belgium that lowered the statutory tax rates; and $9 million of excess benefit from stock-based compensation. Primary impacts to the 2016 effective tax rate was reduced by various non-deductible costs (including those relatedwere: a $13 million benefit due to the Company’s acquisitions, interest related to conversionsrevaluation of our convertible debt anddeferred tax liabilities resulting from an enacted tax law change in valuation allowance)France that lowered the statutory tax rate; and the mix of income among the various jurisdictions in which the Company does business.a $5 million benefit from stock-based compensation.

33
35

Table of Contents


The increase in net loss was due primarily to higher SG&A expenses associated with acquisitions; sales force recruitment; information technology costs; costs associated with our new and existing freight brokerage offices; transaction and integration costs; an increase in intangible asset amortization; and higher interest expense.
Transportation Segment
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31,Summary Financial Table
       Percent of Revenue
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013
Revenue$4,924.4
 $2,140.0
 $702.3
 100.0% 100.0% 100.0 %
Cost of transportation and services3,718.8
 1,701.8
 578.7
 75.5% 79.5% 82.4 %
     Net revenue1,205.6
 438.2
 123.6
 24.5% 20.5% 17.6 %
Direct operating expense507.1
 90.0
 6.4
 10.3% 4.2% 0.9 %
SG&A expense

 

   

 

 

Salaries & benefits340.7
 175.0
 78.3
 6.9% 8.2% 11.1 %
Other SG&A expense129.4
 56.4
 19.6
 2.6% 2.6% 2.8 %
Purchased services44.7
 20.4
 6.9
 0.9% 1.0% 1.0 %
Depreciation & amortization132.1
 77.5
 19.6
 2.7% 3.6% 2.8 %
Total SG&A expense646.9
 329.3
 124.4
 13.1% 15.4% 17.7 %
Operating income (loss)$51.6
 $18.9
 $(7.2) 1.1% 0.9% (1.0)%
  For the Years Ended December 31, Percent of Transportation Revenue
(In millions) 
2018 (1)
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 2018 2017 2016
Revenue $11,343
 $10,276
 $9,976
 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Operating income 646
 547
 459
 5.7% 5.3% 4.6%
(1)Certain minor organizational changes were made in 2018 related to our managed transportation business. Managed transportation previously had been included in the Logistics segment; as of January 1, 2018, it is reflected in the Transportation segment. Prior period information was recast to conform to the current year presentation.
Note: Total depreciation and amortization for the Transportation reportable segment included in costCost of transportation and services direct, Direct operating expense and SG&A was $226.5$461 million, $79.5$447 million and $19.7$456 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014,2018, 2017 and 2013,2016, respectively.
Transportation
Year Ended December 31, 20152018 Compared towith Year Ended December 31, 20142017
Revenue in our Transportation segment increased by 130.1%10.4% to $4,924.4 million$11.3 billion in 20152018, compared to $2,140.0 millionwith $10.3 billion in 2014. This2017. The increase was driven largelyled by the acquisitions of ND, Con-way, BTTgrowth in our freight brokerage, LTL and UX,last mile businesses in North America, as well as organic growth.our transportation business in the United Kingdom. Foreign currency movement contributed to revenue growth by approximately 1.2 percentage points in 2018.
Total net revenue for 2015Operating income in our Transportation segment increased 175.1% to $1,205.6 million from $438.2$646 million in 2014. Net2018, compared with $547 million in 2017. The improvement primarily was driven by revenue growth, improved profitability in our global freight brokerage business, operating margin was 24.5%improvement in 2015 as compared to 20.5% in 2014. The increase in net revenue is primarily attributable to acquisitions, price optimization, lower purchased transportation costsour North America LTL business, and the shedding of unprofitable business. We improved our margin percentages in mostexpansion of our transportation businesses from a year ago, including freight brokerage, last mile, expedite and global forwarding.dedicated truckload business in Europe.
Direct operating expense for 2015 was $507.1 million, or 10.3% as a percentage of revenue, compared to $90.0 million, or 4.2% as a percentage of revenue, for 2014. Direct operating expense increased primarily due to the acquisitions of ND, Con-way, BTT and UX.
SG&A expense increased by 96.4% to $646.9 million in 2015 from $329.3 million in 2014. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expense decreased to 13.1% in 2015 as compared to 15.4% in 2014. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to the contribution of SG&A associated with new acquisitions and transaction and integration costs.
Our Transportation segment generated operating income of $51.6 million in 2015 compared to operating income of $18.9 million in 2014, primarily due to increased net revenue and lower SG&A as a percentage of revenue.
Management’s growth strategy for the Transportation segment is to:
Market our broader multi-modal offering to customers of all sizes, both new business and existing accounts;
Expand our footprint by opening new sales offices;
Recruit sales and service representatives and improve employee productivity with state-of-the-art training and information technology;
Focus on carrier recruitment and retention, as well as improved utilization of the current carrier fleet;
Build leadership positions in the fastest-growing areas of transportation;
Integrate industry best practices, with specific focus on better leveraging our scale and lowering administrative overhead; and
Continue to integrate our information technology platform.

34



Year Ended December 31, 20142017 Compared towith Year Ended December 31, 20132016
Revenue in our Transportation segment increased by 204.7%3.0% to $2,140.0$10.3 billion in 2017, compared with $10.0 billion in 2016. This increase primarily was driven by 16.6% revenue growth in our U.S. last mile business, 16.8% growth in U.S. freight brokerage business, and a 5.1% increase in weight per day in our North American LTL business. The impact of these items was partially offset by the divestiture of our North American Truckload operation, which had revenue of $432 million in 20142016, and lower revenue in our global forwarding and managed transportation businesses.
Operating income in our Transportation segment increased in 2017 to $547 million, compared to $702.3with $459 million in 2013. This increase2016. The improvement was primarily driven largely by the acquisitions of Pacer, 3PD and NLM as well as the organicstrong revenue growth, of our freight brokerage locations.
Total net revenue for 2014 increased 254.5% to $438.2 million from $123.6 milliona reduction in 2013. Net revenue margin was 20.5% in 2014 as compared to 17.6% in 2013. The increase in net revenue margin primarily relates to the acquisitions of Pacer, 3PD and NLM as well as improvement in net revenue margin at our freight brokerage locations.
Directdirect operating expense for 2014 was $90.0 million, or 4.2% as a percentage of revenue, compared to $6.4 million, or 0.9% as a percentage of revenue, for 2013. Direct operating expense, which includes the expense of certain intermodal, drayage and warehousing operations, increasedexpenses due to the acquisitionsimplementation of Pacer and 3PD. Prior to the acquisitions of Pacer and 3PD, we had no such operations. The direct operating expense for 2013 represented 3PD’s expense for the post-acquisition period only.
SG&A expense increased by 164.7% to $329.3 million in 2014 from $124.4 million in 2013. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expense decreased to 15.4% in 2014 as compared to 17.7% in 2013. The increase in SG&A expense was due to acquisitions, sales force expansion costs, technology and training costs, as well as $42.7 million of increased intangible asset amortization related to acquisitions.
Our Transportation segment generated operating income of $18.9 million in 2014 compared to an operating loss of $7.2 million in 2013. The increase in operating income was primarily attributable to our acquisitions of Pacer and 3PDcost-saving initiatives and the organic growth ofimproved dock efficiency we realized in our existingNorth American LTL business, and lower SG&A from centralized support functions in European transportation and technology-enabled labor efficiencies in our North American freight brokerage locations.business. These gains were partially offset by our sale of the North American Truckload operation.
Logistics Segment
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31,Summary Financial Table

    Percent of Revenue
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2015 2014
Revenue$2,768.4
 $216.6
 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of transportation and services521.6
 
 18.8% %
    Net revenue2,246.8
 216.6
 81.2% 100.0%
Direct operating expense1,859.5
 183.2
 67.2% 84.6%
SG&A expense       
  Salaries & benefits165.1
 6.3
 6.0% 2.9%
  Other SG&A expense34.3
 1.8
 1.2% 0.8%
  Purchased services39.3
 1.1
 1.4% 0.5%
  Depreciation & amortization67.0
 6.6
 2.4% 3.0%
Total SG&A expense305.7
 15.8
 11.0% 7.2%
Operating income$81.6
 $17.6
 3.0% 8.2%
  For the Years Ended December 31, Percent of Logistics Revenue
(In millions) 
2018 (1)
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 2018 2017 2016
Revenue $6,065
 $5,229
 $4,761
 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Operating income 216
 202
 165
 3.5% 3.9% 3.5%
(1)Certain minor organizational changes were made in 2018 related to our managed transportation business. Managed transportation previously had been included in the Logistics segment; as of January 1, 2018, it is reflected in the Transportation segment. Prior period information was recast to conform to the current year presentation.


36

Table of Contents

Note: Total depreciation and amortization for the Logistics reportable segment included in costCost of transportation and services direct, Direct operating expense and SG&A was $136.9$244 million, $203 million and $16.3$185 million for the years ended December 31, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively.
Logistics
Year Ended December 31, 20152018 Compared towith Year Ended December 31, 20142017
Revenue in our Logistics segment increased by 1,178.1%16.0% to $2,768.4 million$6.1 billion in 20152018, compared to $216.6 millionwith $5.2 billion in 2014. This2017. The increase in revenue primarily was driven by strong demand for contract logistics in Europe and North America, led by the acquisitionsgrowth of NDe-commerce logistics. In Europe, the largest gains came from the fashion, food and Con-way,beverage, and retail sectors. In North America, the inclusion of a full year of New Breed’s results.largest gains came from the omnichannel retail and consumer packaged goods sectors. Foreign currency movement contributed to revenue growth by approximately 2.4 percentage points in 2018.
Net revenue increased 937.3% to $2,246.8 million in 2015 from $216.6 million in 2014. The increase in net revenue is attributable to the acquisitions of ND and Con-way, and the inclusion of a full year of New Breed's results.
Direct operating expense in 2015 was $1,859.5 million, or 67.2% as a percentage of revenue, compared to $183.2 million, or 84.6% as a percentage of revenue, in 2014. Direct operating expense increased due to the acquisitions of ND and Con-way, and the inclusion of a full year of New Breed's results.
SG&A expense increased to $305.7 million in 2015 from $15.8 million in 2014. The increase in SG&A expense was due to the contribution of SG&A associated with the acquisitions of ND and Con-way, and the inclusion of a full year of New Breed's results. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expense increased to 11.0% in 2015 compared to 7.2% in 2014.

35



Our Logistics segment generated operating income of $81.6 million in 2015 compared to $17.6 million in 2014, due to the acquisition of ND and the inclusion of a full year of New Breed's results. Operating income in 2015 was reduced by transaction and integration costs.
Management’s growth strategy for theour Logistics segment is to:increased in 2018 to $216 million, compared with $202 million in 2017. The improvement primarily was driven by strong revenue growth and site productivity improvements. This was partially offset by higher direct operating costs, largely related to new contract startups that required more temporary labor, payroll and purchased services, and higher bad debt expense.
Focus sales and marketing investments to capture additional business by leveraging the segment’s proprietary technology, network of facilities and industry-specific experience;
Increase share of spend with existing contract logistics customers who may outsource more of this business to XPO, and who have broader transportation needs we can service; and
Cross-sell technology-enabled contract logistics and managed transportation services to customers of our Transportation segment.
Year Ended December 31, 20142017 Compared towith Year Ended December 31, 20132016
Net revenueRevenue in our Logistics segment increased by 9.8% to $5.2 billion in 2017, compared with $4.8 billion in 2016. The increase in revenue primarily was $216.6 milliondriven by strong demand for contract logistics in 2014. Direct operating expense for 2014 was $183.2 million, or 84.6% asEurope and North America. European logistics revenue growth reflected a percentage of revenue. SG&A expense was $15.8 millionsignificant benefit from new e-commerce and cold chain contract startups in 2014, or 7.2% as a percentage of revenue. the United Kingdom, Italy and the Netherlands. In North America, the largest gains came from the e-commerce, industrial and consumer packaged goods sectors.
Operating income was $17.6 million for 2014. Our Logistics segment was established through the acquisition of New Breed in September 2014, and as a result, we have no financial results for our Logistics segment increased in 2013.
XPO Corporate
Summary of Sales, General and Administrative Expense
For the Year Ended December 31,
       Percent of Revenue
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013
SG&A expense
 
   
 
 
Salaries & benefits$62.8
 $32.5
 $22.0
 0.8% 1.4% 3.1%
Other SG&A expense21.7
 13.8
 5.7
 0.3% 0.6% 0.8%
Purchased services76.0
 28.6
 16.4
 1.0% 1.2% 2.3%
Depreciation and amortization1.5
 2.5
 1.0
 % 0.1% 0.1%
Total SG&A expense$162.0
 $77.4
 $45.1
 2.1% 3.3% 6.3%
Corporate
Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared2017 to Year Ended December 31, 2014
Corporate SG&A expense in 2015 increased by $84.6$202 million, compared to 2014with $165 million in 2016. The improvement primarily due towas driven by strong revenue growth. This was partially offset by an increase in restructuring, legaldirect operating costs and acquisition-related transaction costs.
Corporate SG&A, for 2015 included $74.3 million of transaction and integration costs; $6.2 million of non-cash stock-based
compensation; and $6.5 million of litigation-related legal costs.
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Corporate SG&A expense in 2014 increased by $32.3 million compared to 2013. Salaries and benefits increased due to the costs of restructuring in our intermodal business unit and an increase in headcount in IT and corporate shared services. Purchased services increased in 2014 due largely to acquisition-related transaction costs. Other SG&A expense increased largely due to the costs of restructuring facility leases in our intermodal business unit.
Corporate SG&A for 2014 included: $14.3 million of acquisition-related transaction costs; $11.4 million of restructuring charges related to the acquisition of Pacer, including $0.8 million of non-cash share based compensation; $5.7 million of additional shared services costs related to the acquisition of Pacer; $5.9 million of litigation-related legal costs;new contract startups that required more temporary labor and $6.7 million of other non-cash share based compensation.

36



Intersegment Eliminationspayroll.
Intersegment eliminations represent intercompany activity between our reportable segments that is eliminated upon consolidation. Intercompany activity is the result of recent acquisitions and no activity occurred in 2014 and 2013. The difference between operating loss component line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the sum of the respective line items from the Transportation and Logistics Statement of Operations tables above represents intercompany eliminations between our reportable segments. The following table summarizes the intersegment eliminations by line item.
Intersegment Eliminations
Summary Financial Table
For the Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Revenue$(69.6) $
 $
Cost of transportation and services(69.0) 
 
    Net revenue(0.6) 
 
Direct operating expense0.4
 
 
SG&A expense
 
  
  Salaries & benefits0.7
 
 
  Other SG&A expense(1.5) 
 
  Purchased services(0.3) 
 
  Depreciation & amortization(0.1) 
 
Total SG&A expense(1.2) 
 
Operating income$0.2
 $
 $
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
AsOur principal existing sources of December 31 2015, we had $262.8 millioncash are cash generated from operations, borrowings available under the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) and proceeds from the issuance of working capital, including cash and cash equivalentsother debt. Availability under the ABL Facility of $289.8 million, compared to working capital of $842.8 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $644.1$704 million as of December 31, 2014. This2018 is based on a borrowing base of $934 million, as well as outstanding letters of credit of $230 million. In addition, we use trade accounts receivable securitization and factoring programs as part of managing our cash flows and to offset the impact of certain customers extending payment terms.
  December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017
Cash and cash equivalents $502
 $397
Working capital 375
 591
The decrease of $580.0 million in working capital of $216 million during the period2018 was mainlyprimarily due to using the fundshigher short-term borrowings, including an unsecured credit facility entered into in December 2018 (“Unsecured Credit Agreement”) described below, and an accrual as of December 31, 2018 related to purchase Con-way, ND, BTT and UX,our share repurchases, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of Senior Notes, the Term Loan Facilityhigher cash and common and preferred stockcash equivalents in the equity private placement.
In 2016, we anticipate net capital expenditures to be in the range of $475 million to $500 million. Our actual 2016 capital expenditures may differ from the estimated amount depending on factors such as the availability and timing of delivery of equipment. We will continue to evaluate our investments in critical long-term strategic projects to ensure our capital expenditures generate high returns on investments and are balanced with our outlook for global economic conditions.2018.
We continually evaluate our liquidity requirements, capital needs and the availability of capital resources based on our operating needs and our planned growth initiatives. In addition to our existing cash balances and net cash provided by operating activities, in certain circumstances we may also use debt financings and issuances of equity or equity-related securities to fund our operating needs and growth initiatives. See the discussion below in the Debt Facilities section regarding our multicurrency secured revolving loan credit facility.
We believe that our existing cash balance and availability under our revolving credit facilitysources of liquidity will be sufficient to financesupport our existing operations over the next 12 months.
Unsecured Credit Facility
In December 2018, we entered into a $500 million Unsecured Credit Agreement with Citibank, N.A., which matures on December 23, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, we had borrowed $250 million under the Unsecured Credit


37

Table of Contents

Agreement. We made a second borrowing of $250 million in January 2019. We used the proceeds of both borrowings to finance a portion of our share repurchases as described below. Our borrowings under the Unsecured Credit Agreement will initially bear interest at a rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) plus an applicable margin of 3.50%, in the case of LIBOR loans, and 2.50% in the case of ABR loans. The margin is subject to two increases, of 50 basis points each, if any amounts remain outstanding under the Unsecured Credit Agreement on certain dates. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2018 was 6.01%.
Redemption of Senior Notes due 2022
In July 2018, we redeemed $400 million of the then $1.6 billion outstanding Senior Notes due 2022 that were originally issued in 2015. The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2022 was 103.25% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was primarily funded using proceeds from the settlement of the forward sale agreements, described below. In connection with the redemption, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $17 million in 2018.
Refinancing of Term Loans
In February 2018, we entered into a Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement) (the “Third Amendment”), pursuant to which, the outstanding $1,494 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Former Term Loans”) were replaced with $1,503 million in aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “Present Term Loans”). The Present Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Former Term Loans, except with respect to the interest rate and maturity date applicable to the Present Term Loans, prepayment premiums in connection with certain voluntary prepayments and certain other amendments to the restrictive covenants. Proceeds from the Present Term Loans were used to refinance the Former Term Loans and to pay interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith.
The interest rate margin applicable to the Present Term Loans was reduced from 1.25% to 1.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 2.25% to 2.00%, in the case of LIBOR loans (with the LIBOR floor remaining at 0.0%). The interest rate on the Present Term Loans was 4.51% as of December 31, 2018. The Present Term Loans will mature on February 23, 2025. The refinancing resulted in a debt extinguishment charge of $10 million, which was recognized in 2018.
In March 2017, we entered into a Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement) (the “Second Amendment”), pursuant to which the outstanding $1,482 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Existing Term Loans”) were replaced with $1,494 million in aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “Current Term Loans”). The Current Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Existing Term Loans, other than the applicable interest rate and prepayment premiums in respect to certain voluntary prepayments. Proceeds from the Current Term Loans were used primarily to refinance the Existing Term Loans and to pay interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith.
The interest rate margin applicable to the Current Term Loans was reduced from 2.25% to 1.25%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 3.25% to 2.25%, in the case of LIBOR loans and the LIBOR floor was reduced from 1.0% to 0%. The refinancing resulted in a debt extinguishment charge of $8 million in 2017.
In August 2016, we entered into a Refinancing Amendment (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which the outstanding $1,592 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Old Term Loans”) were replaced with a like aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “New Term Loans”). The New Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Old Term Loans, other than the applicable interest rate and prepayment premiums in respect to certain voluntary prepayments. Of the $1,592 million of term loans that were refinanced, $1,197 million were exchanged and represent a non-cash financing activity. The interest rate margin applicable to the New Term Loans was reduced from 3.50% to 2.25%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 4.50% to 3.25%, in the case of LIBOR loans. In connection with this refinancing, various lenders exited the syndicate and we recognized a debt extinguishment loss of $18 million in 2016.
In addition, pursuant to the First Amendment, we borrowed $400 million of Incremental Term B-1 Loans (the “Incremental Term B-1 Loans”) and an additional $50 million of Incremental Term B-2 Loans (the “Incremental


38

Table of Contents

Term B-2 Loans”). The New Term Loans, Incremental Term B-1 Loans and Incremental Term B-2 Loans all have identical terms, other than with respect to the original issue discounts, and will mature on October 30, 2021.
Redemption of Senior Notes due 2021
In December 2017, we redeemed all of our outstanding Senior Notes due 2021 that were originally issued in 2015. The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2021 was 102.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was funded using cash on hand at the date of the redemption. The loss on debt extinguishment of $23 million was recognized in 2017.
Redemption of Senior Notes due 2018
In August 2017, we redeemed all of our outstanding Senior Notes due 2018. The Senior Notes due 2018 were assumed in connection with our 2015 acquisition of Con-way, Inc. (“Con-way”). The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2018 was 102.168% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was funded using cash on hand at the date of the redemption. The loss on debt extinguishment of $5 million was recognized in 2017.
Receivables Securitization and Factoring
We use trade accounts receivable securitization and factoring programs as part of managing our cash flows. We account for transfers under our factoring arrangements as sales because we sell full title and ownership in the underlying receivables and have met the criteria for control of the receivables to be considered transferred. We account for transfers under our securitization program as either sales or secured borrowings based on an evaluation of whether we have transferred control.
In October 2017, XPO Logistics Europe SA (“XPO Logistics Europe”), in which we hold an 86.25% controlling interest, entered into a European trade receivables securitization program for a term of three years co-arranged by Crédit Agricole and HSBC. Under the terms of the program, XPO Logistics Europe, or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom or France, sells trade receivables to XPO Collections Designated Activity Company Limited (“XCDAL”), a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote special purpose entity of XPO Logistics Europe. The receivables are funded by senior variable funding notes denominated in the same currency as the corresponding receivables. XCDAL is considered a variable interest entity and it is consolidated by XPO Logistics Europe based on its control of the entity’s activities.The receivables balance under this program are reported as Accounts receivable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related notes are included in our Long-term debt.The receivables securitization program provides additional liquidity to fund XPO Logistics Europe’s operations.
In the first quarter of 2018, the aggregate maximum amount available under the program was increased from €270 million to €350 million (approximately $401 million as of December 31, 2018). Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2018, the program was amended and a portion of the receivables transferred from XCDAL are now accounted for as sales. As of December 31, 2018, the remaining borrowing capacity, which considers receivables that are collateral for the notes as well as receivables which have been sold, was $0. The weighted-average interest rate as of December 31, 2018 for the program was 1.09%.
As of December 31, 2018, in connection with the securitization program, we sold receivables of $231 million and received cash of $179 million and a deferred purchase price receivable of $52 million. For our factoring programs, as of December 31, 2018, we sold receivables of $248 million and received cash of $246 million. As of December 31, 2017, for our factoring programs, we sold receivables of $119 million and received cash of $119 million.
Share Repurchases
On December 14, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized share repurchases of up to $1 billion of our common stock. The repurchase authorization permits us to repurchase shares in both open market and private repurchase transactions, with the timing and number of shares repurchased dependent on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, alternative investment opportunities and funding considerations. Through December 31, 2018, based on the settlement date, we purchased and retired 10 million shares of our common stock having an aggregate value of $536 million at an average price of $53.46 per share. In January and February 2019,


39

Table of Contents

based on the settlement date, wepurchased and retired 8 million shares of our common stock having an aggregate value of $464 million at an average price of $59.47 per share, which completed the authorized repurchase program. The share repurchases were funded by the unsecured credit facility and available cash.On February 13, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase of up to $1.5 billion of our common stock. We are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares, and may suspend or discontinue the program at any time.
Equity Offering and Forward Sale Agreements
In July 2017, we completed a registered underwritten offering of 11 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $60.50 per share (the “Offering”). Of the 11 million shares of common stock, five million shares were offered directly by us and six million shares were offered in connection with forward sale agreements (the “Forward Sale Agreements”) described below. The Offering closed on July 25, 2017.
We received proceeds of $290 million ($288 million net of fees and expenses) from the sale of five million shares of common stock in the Offering. We used the net proceeds of the shares issued and sold by us in the Offering for general corporate purposes.
In connection with the Offering, we entered into separate Forward Sale Agreements with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (the “Forward Counterparties”) pursuant to which we agreed to sell, and each Forward Counterparty agreed to purchase, three million shares of our common stock (or six million shares of our common stock in the aggregate) subject to the terms and conditions of the Forward Sale Agreements, including our right to elect cash settlement or net share settlement. The initial forward price under each of the Forward Sale Agreements is $58.08 per share (which was the public offering price of our common stock for the primary offering of the five million shares described above, less the underwriting discount) and was subject to certain adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Forward Sale Agreements. Consistent with our strategy to grow our business in part through acquisitions, we entered into the Forward Sale Agreements to provide additional available cash for such acquisitions, among other general corporate purposes. In July 2018, we physically settled the forwards in full by delivering six million shares of common stock to the Forward Counterparties for net cash proceeds to us of $349 million. As a part of our ordinary course treasury management activities, we applied these net cash proceeds to the repayment of the Senior Notes due 2022 as described above, thereby reducing our overall outstanding debt and interest expense.
Loan Covenants and Compliance
As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants and other provisions of our debt agreements. Any failure to comply with any material provision or covenant of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, are summarized as follows:
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Net cash provided by operating activities $1,102
 $785
 $622
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (400) (386) 142
Net cash used in financing activities (620) (366) (681)
Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (17) 16
 (4)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $65
 $49
 $79
During 2018, we: (i) generated cash from operating activities of $1,102 million, (ii) received proceeds of $349 million from our forward sale settlement and (iii) generated proceeds from sales of assets of $143 million. We used cash during this period principally to: (i) purchase property and equipment of $551 million, (ii) repurchase common stock of $536 million, (iii) make payments on long-term debt and capital leases of $119 million, (iv) make


40

Table of Contents

payments, net of proceeds, of $100 million on our ABL facility, (v) make payments for tax withholdings on restricted shares of $53 million and (vi) make repurchases, net of proceeds, of $151 million on our debt.
During 2017, we: (i) generated cash from operating activities of $785 million, (ii) generated proceeds from sales of assets of $118 million, (iii) generated proceeds from common stock offerings of $288 million and (iv) received proceeds of $70 million, net of repayments, on our ABL facility. We used cash during this period principally to: (i) purchase property and equipment of $504 million, (ii) make repurchases, net of proceeds, of $568 million on our debt, (iii) make payments on long-term debt and capital leases of $106 million, (iv) make payments for debt issuance costs in connection with the European trade securitization program of $17 million and (v) make payments for tax withholdings on restricted shares of $17 million.
Cash flows from operating activities for 2018 increased by $317 million compared with 2017, due to higher cash-related net income of $196 million and net movements in operating assets and liabilities of $121 million. The increase in cash-related net income was due primarily to higher revenues in our transportation and logistics segments. The changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities in 2018 compared with 2017 resulted primarily from a lower accounts receivable position on a year-over-year basis, partially offset by the timing of working capital payments. As discussed above, the lower accounts receivable position in 2018 as compared with 2017 reflects higher sales of trade receivables under our securitization and factoring programs in 2018. In particular, in exchange for the sales, we received cash of $179 million (securitization) and $246 million (factoring) as of December 31, 2018, and $119 million (factoring) as of December 31, 2017. Additionally, cash flows from operating activities was favorably impacted by $41 million of lower interest payments in 2018 compared with 2017, due to lower average debt balances and lower interest rates in 2018 due to refinancings.
Cash Flowflows from operating activities for 2017 increased by $163 million compared with 2016, due to higher cash-related net income of $239 million, partially offset by net movements in operating assets and liabilities of $76 million. The increase in cash-related net income was due primarily to higher revenues in our transportation and logistics segments. The changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities in 2017 compared with 2016 resulted primarily from higher revenues, which led to a higher accounts receivable position on a year-over-year basis, partially offset by the timing of working capital payments. Additionally, cash flows from operating activities was favorably impacted by lower interest of $89 million paid in 2017 compared with 2016, due to lower average debt balances and more favorable interest rates in 2017, primarily from the redemption of our Senior Notes due 2019 and advantageous debt refinancings.
During 2015, $90.8Investing activities used $400 million of cash was provided by operationsin 2018 compared to $21.3with $386 million used in 20142017 and $66.3$142 million generated in 2016. During 2018, we used $551 million of cash to purchase fixed assets and received $143 million of cash from the sale of assets. During 2017, we used $504 million of cash to purchase fixed assets and received $118 million of cash from the sale of assets. During 2016, we received $548 million of cash from the sale of our North American Truckload operation, used $483 million to purchase fixed assets and received $69 million of cash from the sale of assets.
Financing activities used $620 million of cash in 2018, compared with $366 million used for 2013. Cash flow increases from operations between the period ended December 31, 2015in 2017 and 2014 related to businesses acquired, including larger non-cash charges related to depreciation and amortization$681 million used in 2015.2016. The primary use of cash for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013in 2018 was the payment$1,225 million repurchase of outstanding accounts payable.
Cash generated from revenue equaled $7,631.0debt, consisting of the refinancing of the Former Term Loans and the partial redemption of our Senior Notes due 2022, the $536 million for 2015 as compared to $2,212.8repurchase of common stock and the $119 million in 2014repayment of debt and $665.3 million for 2013 and correlates directly with the revenue increase between periods. Cash flow increases are related primarily to acquisitions and margin increases between the periods ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

37



Cash used for payment of transportation services and direct operating expenses in 2015 equaled $6,417.9 million as compared to $1,929.9 million in 2014 and $585.1 million for 2013. The increase in cash outflows between the periods directly correlates to the increase in revenues between the periods ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Other operating uses of cash included SG&A items, which equaled $1,058.8 million, $299.7 million and $134.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Payroll represents the most significant SG&A item. In 2015, cash used for payroll equaled $769.1 million as compared to $138.3 million and $74.9 million for the same period for 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Investing activities used $4,085.4 million in 2015 compared to a use of $858.3 million in 2014 and $470.3 million in 2013. During 2015, $3,887.0 million was used for acquisitions, $249.0 million was used to purchase fixed assets and $9.7 million was used to settle a forward contract related to the acquisition of ND. The Company received $60.3 million from the sale of assets in 2015. During 2014, $814.0 million was used in acquisitions and $44.6 million was used to purchase fixed assets. During 2013, $458.8 million was used for acquisitions and $11.6 million was used to purchase fixed assets while $0.1 million was provided by other investing activities.
Financing activities generated $3,644.9 million in 2015 compared to $1,502.2 million and $305.7 milliongenerated in 2014 and 2013, respectively.capital leases. The main sources of cash from financing activities in 20152018 was the $4,108.9$1,064 million of net proceeds from the issuance of debt, consisting of the refinancing of the term loan, amounts received from secured borrowing transactions under our European trade securitization program and amounts received under the Unsecured Credit Agreement, and $349 million of proceeds from our forward sale settlement. In 2017, our primary use of cash was the $1,387 million repurchase of debt and the $106 million repayment of debt and capital leases. The main source of cash from financing activities in 2017 was the $802 million of net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, and $1,228.1$288 million of net proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock. The primary uses of cash were a repayment of long-term debt of $1,215.6 million and purchases of a portion of ND noncontrolling interests of $459.7 million. In 2014,2016, our primary sourceuse of cash was the $1,097.4$1,889 million repurchase of net proceedsdebt and the $151 million repayment of debt and capital leases. The main source of cash from financing activities in 2016 was the issuance of preferred and common stock, $489.6$1,352 million of net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debtdebt.


41


Defined Benefit Pension Plans
We maintain defined benefit plans for certain employees in the U.S. and $130.0internationally. The largest of these plans include the funded U.S. plan and the unfunded U.S. plan (collectively, the “U.S. Plans”) and the funded U.K. plan, which we refer to as defined benefit pension plans. Historically, we have realized income, rather than expense, from these plans. We generated aggregate income from our U.S. and U.K. plans of $74 million borrowed againstin 2018, $44 million in 2017 and $28 million in 2016. The plans have been generating income due to their funded status and because they do not allow for new plan participants or additional benefit accruals.
Defined benefit pension plan amounts are calculated using various actuarial assumptions and methodologies. Assumptions include discount rates, inflation rates, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. The assumptions used in recording the projected benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets represent our revolving credit facility. Our primary usebest estimates based on available information regarding historical experience and factors that may cause future expectations to differ. Differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially impact our obligation and future expense or income.
Discount Rate
In determining the appropriate discount rate, we are assisted by actuaries who utilize a yield-curve model based on a universe of cash washigh-grade corporate bonds (rated AA or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch rating services). The model determines a single equivalent discount rate by applying the $205.0yield curve to expected future benefit payments.
The discount rates used in determining the net periodic benefit costs and benefit obligations are as follows:
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
  2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Discount rate - net periodic benefit costs 3.14% - 3.38% 3.83% - 4.35% 2.84% - 3.21% 4.35% 2.21% 2.70%
Discount rate - benefit obligations 4.18% - 4.39% 3.55% - 3.71% 3.93% - 4.28% 3.21% - 3.60%
 2.85% 2.53%
An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would decrease or increase our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $2 million each for the U.S. qualified plans and U.K. plan, respectively.
In 2018, we changed how we estimate the interest cost component of net periodic cost for our U.S. and U.K. pension benefit plans. Previously, we estimated the interest cost component utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to repay borrowingsmeasure the benefit obligation. The new estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the estimation of this component by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to each of the underlying projected cash flows based on time until payment. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of interest costs by improving the revolving credit facility. During 2013,correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of our main sourcesU.S. and U.K. pension benefit obligation and has been accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and thus applied prospectively.
Rate of cash from financing activities wereReturn on Plan Assets
We estimate the $239.5expected return on plan assets using current market data as well as historical returns. The expected return on plan assets is based on estimates of long-term returns and considers the plans’ anticipated asset allocation over the course of the next year. The plan assets are managed pursuant to a long-term allocation strategy that seeks to mitigate volatility in the plans’ funded status by increasing participation in fixed-income investments over time. This strategy was developed by analyzing a variety of diversified asset-class combinations in conjunction with the projected liabilities of the plans.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, our expected return on plan assets was $92 million for the U.S. Plans and $67 million for the U.K. plan, compared to the actual return on plan assets of net proceeds$(113) million for the U.S. Plans and $(35) million for the U.K. plan. The actual annualized return on plan assets for the U.S. Plans for 2018 was approximately (6)%, which was below the expected return on asset assumption for the year due to negative performance in a challenging long duration fixed income market environment, which represented over 80% of the


42


portfolio, and negative performance from the issuancedomestic and international equity markets. The actual annualized return on plan assets for the U.K. plan for 2018 was approximately (3)%, which was below the expected return on asset assumption for the year due to a fall in the plan’s liability driven investments portfolio, which represents approximately 50% of common stockthe plan’s assets due to a rise in nominal and real gilt yields over the $73.3year, as well as negative performance from equity and credit markets over the year. An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the expected return on plan assets would increase or decrease our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $4 million of net proceeds from borrowing on our revolving credit facility while our primary uses of cash were the dividends paid to preferred stockholders of $3.0 million, $1.6 million used to pay tax withholdings on restricted shares and $2.5 million related to other financing activities.
Debt Facilities
On October 30, 2015, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) among XPO and certain of XPO’s U.S. and Canadian wholly owned subsidiaries (which includefor the U.S. subsidiaries ofqualified plans and $3 million for the former Con-way), as borrowers, the other credit parties from time to time party thereto, the lenders party theretoU.K. plan.
Actuarial Gains and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as agent for such lenders. The ABL Facility replaced XPO’s existing Amended Credit Agreement, and, among other things, (i) increased the commitments under the ABL Facility to $1.0 billion, (ii) permitted the acquisition of Con-way and the transactions relating thereto, (iii) reduced the margin on loans under the ABL Facility by 0.25% from that containedLosses
Changes in the existing Amended Credit Agreementdiscount rate and/or differences between the expected and (iv) maturesactual rate of return on October 30, 2020 (subject,plan assets results in certain circumstances, to a springing maturity inunrecognized actuarial gains or losses. For our defined benefit pension plans, accumulated unrecognized actuarial losses were $53 million for the event that XPO’s Senior Notes due 2019 are not repaid or subjected to a cash reserve three months prior toU.S. Plans and gains of $5 million for the maturity date thereof). Up to $350 million of the ABL Facility is available for issuance of letters of credit, and up to $50 million of the ABL Facility is available for swing line loans. At December 31, 2015, the Company had a borrowing base of $932.9 million and availability under the ABL Facility of $692.3 million after considering outstanding letters of credit of $240.6 million. AsU.K. plan as of December 31, 2015,2018. The portion of the Company wasunrecognized actuarial gain/loss that exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year is amortized and recognized as income/expense over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of plan participants. We do not expect to recognize any amortization of actuarial gain or loss in complianceour net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2019.
Lump Sum Payout
During 2017, we offered eligible former employees who had not yet commenced receiving their pension benefit an opportunity to receive a lump sum payout of their vested pension benefit. On December 1, 2017, in connection with this offer, one of our pension plans paid $142 million from pension plan assets to those who accepted this offer, thereby reducing our pension benefit obligations. The transaction had no cash impact on us but did result in a non-cash pre-tax pension settlement gain of $1 million. As a result of the ABL Facility’s financial covenants. Total unamortized debt issuance costs relatedlump sum payout, we re-measured the funded status of our pension plan as of the settlement date. To calculate this pension settlement gain, we utilized a discount rate of 4.35% through the measurement date and 3.83% thereafter.
Effect on Results
The effects of the defined benefit pension plans on our results consist primarily of the net effect of the interest cost on plan obligations for the U.S. Plans and the U.K. plan, and the expected return on plan assets. We estimate that the defined benefit pension plans will contribute annual pre-tax income in 2019 of $24 million for the U.S. Plans and $30 million for the U.K. plan.
Funding
In determining the amount and timing of pension contributions for the U.S. Plans, we consider our cash position, the funded status as measured by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and generally accepted accounting principles, and the tax deductibility of contributions, among other factors. We made $5 million of contributions to the ABL Facility classifiedU.S. Non-Qualified Plans in other long-term assets at December 31, 2015 were $9.6 million. 2018 and $5 million of contributions in 2017; we estimate that we will make $5 million of contributions to the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans in 2019. We made no contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plans in 2018 and 2017. We do not anticipate making any contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plans in 2019.
For the U.K. plan, the amount and timing of pension contributions are determined in accordance with U.K. pension codes and trustee negotiations. We made contributions of $3 million and $13 million to the U.K. plan in 2018 and 2017, respectively. We estimate that we will make $3 million of contributions to the U.K. plan in 2019.
For additional information, refer to Note 9—Debt12—Employee Benefit Plans. to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

38
43

Table of Contents


Contractual ObligationsDiscount Rate
In determining the appropriate discount rate, we are assisted by actuaries who utilize a yield-curve model based on a universe of high-grade corporate bonds (rated AA or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch rating services). The model determines a single equivalent discount rate by applying the yield curve to expected future benefit payments.
The discount rates used in determining the net periodic benefit costs and benefit obligations are as follows:
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
  2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Discount rate - net periodic benefit costs 3.14% - 3.38% 3.83% - 4.35% 2.84% - 3.21% 4.35% 2.21% 2.70%
Discount rate - benefit obligations 4.18% - 4.39% 3.55% - 3.71% 3.93% - 4.28% 3.21% - 3.60%
 2.85% 2.53%
An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would decrease or increase our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $2 million each for the U.S. qualified plans and U.K. plan, respectively.
In 2018, we changed how we estimate the interest cost component of net periodic cost for our U.S. and U.K. pension benefit plans. Previously, we estimated the interest cost component utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation. The following table reflectsnew estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the estimation of this component by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to each of the underlying projected cash flows based on time until payment. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of our contractual obligationsU.S. and U.K. pension benefit obligation and has been accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and thus applied prospectively.
Rate of Return on Plan Assets
We estimate the expected return on plan assets using current market data as well as historical returns. The expected return on plan assets is based on estimates of long-term returns and considers the plans’ anticipated asset allocation over the course of the next year. The plan assets are managed pursuant to a long-term allocation strategy that seeks to mitigate volatility in the plans’ funded status by increasing participation in fixed-income investments over time. This strategy was developed by analyzing a variety of diversified asset-class combinations in conjunction with the projected liabilities of the plans.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, our expected return on plan assets was $92 million for the U.S. Plans and $67 million for the U.K. plan, compared to the actual return on plan assets of $(113) million for the U.S. Plans and $(35) million for the U.K. plan. The actual annualized return on plan assets for the U.S. Plans for 2018 was approximately (6)%, which was below the expected return on asset assumption for the year due to negative performance in a challenging long duration fixed income market environment, which represented over 80% of the


42


portfolio, and negative performance from the domestic and international equity markets. The actual annualized return on plan assets for the U.K. plan for 2018 was approximately (3)%, which was below the expected return on asset assumption for the year due to a fall in the plan’s liability driven investments portfolio, which represents approximately 50% of the plan’s assets due to a rise in nominal and real gilt yields over the year, as well as negative performance from equity and credit markets over the year. An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the expected return on plan assets would increase or decrease our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $4 million for the U.S. qualified plans and $3 million for the U.K. plan.
Actuarial Gains and Losses
Changes in the discount rate and/or differences between the expected and actual rate of return on plan assets results in unrecognized actuarial gains or losses. For our defined benefit pension plans, accumulated unrecognized actuarial losses were $53 million for the U.S. Plans and gains of $5 million for the U.K. plan as of December 31, 2015:
(Dollars in millions)Payments Due by Period
Contractual ObligationsTotal Less than 1
Year
 1 to 3
Years
 3 to 5
Years
 More than 5
Years
Capital leases payable$60.9
 $22.0
 $29.1
 $6.2
 $3.6
Notes payable3.5
 3.5
 
 
 
Operating leases2,206.8
 537.0
 741.7
 426.0
 502.1
Purchase commitments200.1
 99.5
 82.4
 18.2
 
Employment contracts13.4
 6.6
 4.5
 2.3
 
Severance55.7
 55.4
 0.3
 
 
Convertible senior notes56.6
 2.4
 54.2
 
 
Euro Private Placement Notes due 202015.7
 0.5
 1.1
 14.1
 
Asset financing269.4
 97.5
 144.3
 25.3
 2.3
Senior Notes due 20222,276.0
 104.0
 208.0
 208.0
 1,756.0
Senior Notes due 2021716.5
 31.3
 62.6
 62.6
 560.0
Senior Notes due 20191,159.9
 70.9
 141.8
 947.2
 
Senior Notes due 2018305.9
 19.3
 286.6
 
 
Senior Debentures due 2034668.5
 20.1
 40.2
 40.2
 568.0
Term loan facility2,112.9
 103.7
 204.7
 201.2
 1,603.3
Total contractual cash obligations$10,121.8
 $1,173.7
 $2,001.5
 $1,951.3
 $4,995.3
Actual amounts2018. The portion of contractual cash obligations may differ fromthe unrecognized actuarial gain/loss that exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year is amortized and recognized as income/expense over the estimated amounts due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.average remaining life expectancy of plan participants. We do not haveexpect to recognize any other material commitments that haveamortization of actuarial gain or loss in our net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2019.
Lump Sum Payout
During 2017, we offered eligible former employees who had not been disclosed elsewhere.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statementsyet commenced receiving their pension benefit an opportunity to receive a lump sum payout of their vested pension benefit. On December 1, 2017, in conformityconnection with accounting principles generallythis offer, one of our pension plans paid $142 million from pension plan assets to those who accepted this offer, thereby reducing our pension benefit obligations. The transaction had no cash impact on us but did result in the United Statesa non-cash pre-tax pension settlement gain of America. These principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date$1 million. As a result of the Consolidated Financial Statementslump sum payout, we re-measured the funded status of our pension plan as of the settlement date. To calculate this pension settlement gain, we utilized a discount rate of 4.35% through the measurement date and the reported amounts3.83% thereafter.
Effect on Results
The effects of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
We review our estimates for, including but not limited to: recognition of revenue, costs of transportation and services, direct operating expenses, recoverability of long-lived assets, estimated legal accruals, estimated restructuring accruals, valuation allowances for deferred taxes, reserve for uncertain tax positions, derivative instruments, self-insurance accruals, defined benefit pension plans and allowance for doubtful accounts, on a regular basis and make adjustments based on historical experiences and existing and expected future conditions. These evaluations are performed and adjustments are made as information is available. Management believes that these estimates are reasonable and has discussed them with the audit committee of our board of directors. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summaryconsist primarily of the significant accounting policies and methods used innet effect of the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. There were no significant changes to our critical accounting policies in 2015. The following is a brief discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generally recognizes revenue atinterest cost on plan obligations for the point in time when delivery is completedU.S. Plans and the shipping termsU.K. plan, and the expected return on plan assets. We estimate that the defined benefit pension plans will contribute annual pre-tax income in 2019 of $24 million for the contract have been satisfied, orU.S. Plans and $30 million for the U.K. plan.
Funding
In determining the amount and timing of pension contributions for the U.S. Plans, we consider our cash position, the funded status as measured by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and generally accepted accounting principles, and the tax deductibility of contributions, among other factors. We made $5 million of contributions to the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans in 2018 and $5 million of contributions in 2017; we estimate that we will make $5 million of contributions to the case ofU.S. Non-Qualified Plans in 2019. We made no contributions to the Company’s Logistics segment business, based on specific, objective criteria within the provisions of each contract as described below. XPO LTL recognizes revenue based on relative transit timeU.S. Qualified Plans in each period2018 and recognizes expense as incurred. Related costs of delivery and service are accrued and expensed in the same period the associated revenue is recognized. Revenue is recognized once the following criteria have been satisfied:
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
Services have been rendered;
The sales price is fixed and determinable; and
Collectability is reasonably assured.

39



The Company’s Logistics segment recognizes a significant portion of its revenue based on objective criteria that2017. We do not require significant estimates or uncertainties. Revenues on cost-reimbursable contracts are recognized by applying a factor to costs as incurred, such factor being determined by the contract provisions. Revenues on unit-price contracts are recognized at the contractual selling prices of work completed. Revenues on time and material contracts are recognized at the contractual rates as the labor hours and direct expenses are incurred. Revenues from fixed-price contracts are recognized as services are provided, unless revenues are earned and obligations fulfilled in a different pattern. Certain contracts provide for labor handling charges to be billed for both incoming and outgoing handling of goods at the time the goods are received in a warehouse. For these contracts, revenue is recognized immediately for the amounts representing handling of incoming goods and deferred revenue is recorded for the performance of services relatedanticipate making any contributions to the handlingU.S. Qualified Plans in 2019.
For the U.K. plan, the amount and timing of outgoing goods, which is recognized once the related goods leave the warehouse. Storage revenue is recognized as it is earned based on the length of time the related product is stored in the warehouse. Generally, the contracts contain provisions for adjustments to future pricing based upon changes in volumes, services and other market conditions, such as inflation. Revenues relating to such incentive or contingency paymentspension contributions are recorded when the contingency is satisfied, and the Company concludes the amounts are earned.
For all lines of business (other than the Company’s managed expedited freight business and the Company’s Logistics segment with respect to those transactions where its contract logistics business is serving as the customer’s agent in arranging purchased transportation), the Company reports revenue on a gross basisdetermined in accordance with U.K. pension codes and trustee negotiations. We made contributions of $3 million and $13 million to the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Reporting Revenue Gross as Principal Versus Net as an Agent.” The Company believes presentation on a gross basis is appropriate under ASC Topic 605U.K. plan in light2018 and 2017, respectively. We estimate that we will make $3 million of contributions to the following factors:
The Company is the primary obligor and is responsible for providing the service desired by the customer.
The customer holds us responsible for fulfillment, including the acceptability of the service (requirements may include, for example, on-time delivery, handling freight loss and damage claims, establishing pick-up and delivery times, tracing shipmentsU.K. plan in transit, and providing contract-specific services).
For the Company’s expedited, freight brokerage, last mile and intermodal businesses, we have complete discretion to select contractors or other transportation providers (collectively, “service providers”). For its freight forwarding business, the Company enters into agreements with significant service providers that specify the cost of services, among other things, and have ultimate authority in providing approval for all service providers that can be used by its independently-owned stations. Independently-owned stations may further negotiate the cost of services with approved service providers for individual customer shipments.
The Company has complete discretion to establish sales and contract pricing. North American independently-owned stations within its global forwarding business have the discretion to establish sales prices.
The Company bears credit risk for all receivables. In the case of global forwarding, the North American independently-owned stations reimburse the Company for a portion (typically 70-80%) of credit losses. The Company retains the risk that the independent station owners will not meet this obligation.
For certain of the Company’s subsidiaries in both of its segments, revenue is recognized on a net basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605 because the Company does not serve as the primary obligor. The Company’s global forwarding operations collects certain taxes and duties on behalf of their customers as part of the services offered and arranged for international shipments. The Company presents these collections on a net basis.
Derivative Instruments2019.
The Company records all derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. The accounting treatment for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the instruments have been designated and qualify as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, we must designate the derivative based upon the exposure being hedged. The effective portions of cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The effective portions of net investment hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets as a part of the cumulative translation adjustment. The ineffective portions of cash flow hedges and net investment hedges are recorded in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are adjusted to fair value through earnings and are recorded in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For additional information, refer to Note 15—Derivative Instruments.12—Employee Benefit Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Defined benefit pension plan benefits are calculated using various actuarial assumptions and methodologies. Assumptions include discount rates, inflation rates, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. The assumptions used in recording the projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets represent our best estimates based


4043



on information available regarding historical experience and factors that may cause future expectations to differ from past experiences. Differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially impact our obligation and future expense amounts.
Discount Rate
In determining the appropriate discount rate, for U.S. Plans (which consist of a primary qualified defined benefit pension plan and another qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “U.S. Qualified Plans”)) and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (collectively, the “U.S. Non-Qualified Pension Plans” and together with the U.S. Qualified Plans, the “U.S. Plans”)), we are assisted by actuaries who utilize a yield-curve model based on a universe of high-grade corporate bonds (rated AA or better by Moody's or S&P rating services). The model determines a single equivalent discount rate by applying the yield curve to expected future benefit payments.
In determining the appropriate discount rate for UK Plans (which consist of the Christian Salvesen Pension Scheme (“CSPS”) and TDG Pension Scheme (“TDGPS” and together with the CSPS, the “UK Plans”)), we are assisted by consultants who utilize a yield-curve model based on the iBoxx universe of high-grade corporate bonds (rated AA or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch rating services). The model determines a single equivalent discount rate by applying the yield curve to expected future benefit payments.
The discount raterates used in determining the net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2015 iscosts and benefit obligations are as follows (prior to June 2015, the Company did not have a defined benefit pension plan):follows:
 2015
 U.S. Plans UK Plans
Discount rate on plan obligations4.65% 3.75%
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
  2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Discount rate - net periodic benefit costs 3.14% - 3.38% 3.83% - 4.35% 2.84% - 3.21% 4.35% 2.21% 2.70%
Discount rate - benefit obligations 4.18% - 4.39% 3.55% - 3.71% 3.93% - 4.28% 3.21% - 3.60%
 2.85% 2.53%
An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would decrease or increase our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $2 million each for the U.S. qualified plans and U.K. plan, respectively.
In 2018, we changed how we estimate the interest cost component of net periodic cost for our U.S. and U.K. pension benefit plans. Previously, we estimated the interest cost component utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation. The new estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the estimation of this component by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to each of the underlying projected cash flows based on time until payment. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of our U.S. and U.K. pension benefit obligation and has been accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and thus applied prospectively.
Rate of Return on Plan Assets
For the U.S. Qualified Plans, XPO setsWe estimate the expected return on plan assets using current market expectations anddata as well as historical returns. The expected return on plan assets is based on estimates of long-term expected returns and considers the plans'plans’ anticipated asset allocation over the course of the next year. The expected return includes the effect of actively managing the plan assets, and is net of fees and expenses. The plan assets are managed pursuant to a long-term allocation strategy that seeks to mitigate volatility in the plans'plans’ funded status volatility by increasing the plans' investmentparticipation in fixed-income investments over time. This strategy was developed by analyzing a variety of diversified asset-class combinations in conjunction with the projected liabilities of the plans.
For the UK Plans, we set the expected return on plan assets using market expectations and historical returns. The expected return on plan assets is based on estimates of long-term expected returns and considers the plans’ anticipated asset allocation over the course of the next year. The expected return includes the effect of actively managing the plan assets and is net of fees and expenses.
Significant Assumption Sensitivity
The sensitivity analysis below shows the effect on net periodic benefit expense (income) and the projected benefit obligation from a 25 basis point change in the assumed discount rate:
(Dollars in millions)25 Basis Point Increase 25 Basis Point Decrease
Discount rateU.S. Plans UK Plans U.S. Plans UK Plans
Effect on 2015 net periodic benefit expense (income)$0.3
 $0.7
 $(0.3) $(0.9)
Effect on December 31, 2015 projected benefit obligation(58.6) (47.9) 61.9
 51.0
The funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is less sensitive to a 25 basis point change in the assumed discount rate, given that the fixed-income investments held by some of these plans would also experience a corresponding change in value.

41



For the year ended December 31, 2015,2018, our expected return on plan assets was $15.4$92 million for the U.S. Qualified Plans and $34.6$67 million for UK Plans,the U.K. plan, compared to the actual lossesreturn on plan assets of $29.8$(113) million for the U.S. Qualified Plans and $30.3$(35) million for UK Plans.the U.K. plan. The sensitivity analysisactual annualized return on plan assets for the U.S. Plans for 2018 was approximately (6)%, which was below shows the effectexpected return on net periodic benefit expense (income)asset assumption for the year due to negative performance in a challenging long duration fixed income market environment, which represented over 80% of the


42

Table of Contents

portfolio, and negative performance from the domestic and international equity markets. The actual annualized return on plan assets for the U.K. plan for 2018 was approximately (3)%, which was below the expected return on asset assumption for the year due to a fall in the plan’s liability driven investments portfolio, which represents approximately 50% of the plan’s assets due to a rise in nominal and real gilt yields over the year, as well as negative performance from equity and credit markets over the year. An increase or decrease of 25 basis point changepoints in the expected return on plan assets:
(Dollars in millions)25 Basis Point Increase 25 Basis Point Decrease
Expected return on plan assetsU.S. Qualified Plans UK Plans U.S. Qualified Plans UK Plans
Effect on 2015 net periodic benefit expense (income)$(0.7) $(1.8) $0.7
 $1.8
assets would increase or decrease our 2018 pre-tax pension income by $4 million for the U.S. qualified plans and $3 million for the U.K. plan.
Actuarial Gains and Losses
Changes in the discount rate and/or differences between the expected and actual rate of return on plan assets results in unrecognized actuarial gains or losses. For our defined benefit pension plans, accumulated unrecognized actuarial losses were $21.5$53 million for the U.S. Plans and actuarial gains of $0.5$5 million for UK Plans atthe U.K. plan as of December 31, 2015.2018. The portion of the unrecognized actuarial gain/loss that exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year is amortized and recognized as income/expense over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of plan participants. We do not expect to recognize any amortization of actuarial gain or loss in our net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2019.
Lump Sum Payout
During 2017, we offered eligible former employees who had not yet commenced receiving their pension benefit an opportunity to receive a lump sum payout of their vested pension benefit. On December 1, 2017, in connection with this offer, one of our pension plans paid $142 million from pension plan assets to those who accepted this offer, thereby reducing our pension benefit obligations. The transaction had no cash impact on us but did result in a non-cash pre-tax pension settlement gain of $1 million. As a result of the lump sum payout, we re-measured the funded status of our pension plan as of the settlement date. To calculate this pension settlement gain, we utilized a discount rate of 4.35% through the measurement date and 3.83% thereafter.
Effect on Operating Results
The effects of the defined benefit pension plans on our operating results consist primarily of the net effect of the interest cost on plan obligations for the U.S. Plans and UK Plans,the U.K. plan, and the expected return on plan assets for the funded defined benefit pension plans and the amortization of gains or losses.assets. We estimate that the defined benefit pension plans will resultcontribute annual pre-tax income in annual income2019 of $9.3$24 million for the U.S. Plans and $14.1$30 million for the UK Plans in 2016. We recognized net periodic benefit income of $2.2 million for U.S. Plans and $6.0 million for UK Plans in 2015.U.K. plan.
Funding
In determining the amount and timing of pension contributions for the U.S. Plans, we consider our cash position, the funded status as measured by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”) and generally accepted accounting principles, and the tax deductibility of contributions, among other factors. We made $5 million of contributions to the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans in 2018 and $5 million of contributions in 2017; we estimate that we will make $5 million of contributions to the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans in 2019. We made no contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plans in 2015.2018 and 2017. We estimate that we will make $5.2 million ofdo not anticipate making any contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plans in 2016.2019.
For the UK Plans,U.K. plan, the amount and timing of pension contributions isare determined in accordance with UKU.K. pension codes and trustee negotiations. We made contributions of $10.3$3 million and $13 million to the UK PlansU.K. plan in 2015.2018 and 2017, respectively. We estimate that we will make $16.3$3 million of contributions to the UK PlansU.K. plan in 2016.2019.
The impact of plan amendments and actuarial gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, and are generally amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of the active employees covered by the defined benefit pension plans. Unamortized gains and losses are amortized only to the extent they exceed 10% of the higher of the fair value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation of the respective plan. For additional information, refer to Note 10—12—Employee Benefit Plans.Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Valuations for Accounts Receivable
Allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based upon the aging

43

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
The following table reflects our receivables, our historical experience of uncollectible accounts, and any specific customer collection issues that we have identified. The allowance of $16.9 millioncontractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 increased compared to the allowance of $9.8 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company believes that the recorded allowance is sufficient and appropriate based on our customer aging trends, the exposures XPO has identified and our historical loss experience. A 10% deviation from the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts would have resulted in an increase or decrease of SG&A expense by approximately $1.7 million.2018:
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation based on the equity instrument’s grant date fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 718,Compensation—Stock Compensation.” The fair value of each stock-based payment award is established on the date of grant. For grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) subject to service- or performance-based vesting conditions only, the fair value is established based on the market price on the date of the grant. For grants of RSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions, the fair value is established using the Monte Carlo simulation lattice model. For grants of options, we use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards. The determination of the fair value of stock-based awards is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.
  Payments Due by Period
(In millions) Total 2019 2020-2021 2022-2023 Thereafter
Contractual obligations          
Capital leases payable $310
 $61
 $115
 $95
 $39
Operating leases 2,436
 577
 827
 509
 523
Purchase commitments 97
 49
 41
 7
 
Debt (excluding capital leases) 4,126
 322
 262
 1,737
 1,805
Interest on debt (1)
 1,200
 228
 400
 282
 290
Total contractual cash obligations $8,169
 $1,237
 $1,645
 $2,630
 $2,657
(1)Estimated interest payments have been calculated based on the principal amount of debt and the applicable interest rates as of December 31, 2018.
The weighted-average fair value of each stock option recorded in expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is amortized over the requisite

42



service period of the option. We have used one grouping for the assumptions, as our option grants have similar characteristics. The expected term of options granted has been derived based upon our history of actual exercise behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Historical data was also used to estimate option exercises and employee terminations. Estimated volatility is based upon our historical market price at consistent points in a period equal to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and the expected dividend yield is zero.
For the performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”), we recognize expense on a straight line basis over the awards’ requisite service period based on the number of awards expected to vest according to actual and expected financial results of the individual performance periods compared to set performance targets for those periods. If achievement of the performance targets for a PRSU award is not considered to be probable, then no expense will be recognized until achievement of such targets becomes probable.
Income Taxes
Our annual effective tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining our tax expense and in evaluating our tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balances as new information becomes available. Our income tax rate is affected by the tax rate on our foreign operations as well as the mix of income between our domestic and foreign operations. In addition to local country tax laws and regulations, this rate depends on the extent earnings are indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. Indefinite reinvestment is determined by management’s judgment about and intentions concerning the future operations of the Company. In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2015,2018, our Consolidated Balance Sheet reflects a long-term liability of $444 million for deferred taxes and $29 million for gross unrecognized tax benefits. As the Company had not made a provisiontiming of future cash outflows for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes for financial reporting overthese liabilities is uncertain, they are excluded from the tax basisabove table. Actual amounts of investmentscontractual cash obligations may differ from estimated amounts due to changes in foreign subsidiariescurrency exchange rates. We anticipate net capital expenditures to be between $400 million and $450 million in 2019.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A summary of our significant accounting policies is contained in Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In applying many accounting principles, we make assumptions, estimates and/or judgments that are essentially permanentoften subjective and may change based on changing circumstances or changes in duration, if any exists. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investmentsour analysis. Material changes in these foreign subsidiaries.assumptions, estimates and/or judgments have the potential to materially alter our results of operations. We have identified below our accounting policies that we believe could potentially produce materially different results if we were to change underlying assumptions, estimates and/or judgments. Although actual results may differ from estimated results, we believe the estimates are reasonable and appropriate.
Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. Such assets arise becauseEvaluation of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits by assessing all available evidence, including the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, carrybacks available and historical and projected pre-tax profits generated by our operations. These sources of income rely heavily on estimates. The future settlement of deferred tax liabilities, which will enable the Company to realize its existing deferred tax assets when they reverse, was the most significant factor in our determination of the valuation allowance under the “more likely than not” criteria. To the extent we do not consider it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is established.
Goodwill
Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. We followGoodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the provisionsgoodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of ASC Topic 350, “reporting units, the assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, the assignment of goodwill to reporting units, and a determination of the fair value of each reporting unit.
As more fully described in Intangibles—Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, (Topic 350): “Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment,” which requires anwe adopted in connection with our annual goodwill impairment test for goodwill. We perform the annual impairment testing as of August 31, 2017, dictates that goodwill impairment, if any, is measured at the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
Accounting guidance allows entities to perform a qualitative assessment (a “step-zero” test) before performing a quantitative analysis. If an entity determines that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carry amount, the entity does not need to perform a quantitative analysis for that reporting unit. The qualitative assessment includes review of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, internal cost factors and overall financial performance, among other factors.


44


For our 2018 goodwill assessment, we performed a step-zero qualitative analysis for all six of our reporting units. For our 2017 goodwill assessment, we performed a step-zero qualitative analysis for five of our reporting units and elected to proceed directly to a step one quantitative analysis for one reporting unit. Based on the qualitative assessments performed each year, unless events or circumstances indicate impairmentwe concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting units was less than their carrying amounts, and therefore further quantitative analysis was not performed. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we did not recognize any goodwill may have occurred before that time. impairment.
We determineestimate the fair values for eachvalue of theour reporting units using an income approach. For purposes of the income approach fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. The discount rates reflect management’s judgment and are based on a risk adjusted weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market data of businesses similar to the reporting units. Inherent in our preparation of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, business plans, expected growth rates, cost of capital and tax rates. We use our internalalso make certain forecasts to estimateabout future cash flowseconomic conditions, interest rates and include another market data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for our business. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We derive our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing public company market data for our industry to estimate the weighted average cost of capital. We use discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. Discount rates used in our reporting unit valuations ranged from 9.6% to 10.2%. Required rates of return, along with uncertainty inherent in the forecasts of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. For the periods presented, we did not recognize any goodwill impairment as the estimated fair value of our reporting units with goodwill exceeded the book value of these reporting units.
Estimating the fair value of a reporting units requiresunit, and therefore could affect the use of estimateslikelihood and significant judgments that are based on a number of factors including actual operating results. If current conditions persist longer or deteriorate further than expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described above could change in future periods.
Intangible Assets with Definite Lives
The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” which establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization. The Company reviews long-lived assets to be held-and-used for impairment whenever events or changes in

43



circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows of the asset, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. The Company uses internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on the most recent views of the long-term outlook for the business. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. The Company derives our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing public company market data for the industry to estimate the weighted average cost of capital. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty associated with the recovery of the asset. Required rates of return, along with uncertainty inherent in the forecasts of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. Determining whether an impairment loss has occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows over the remaining useful life of a long-lived asset group is less than its carrying amount, the asset is considered to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset. For the periods presented, there was no impairment of the intangible assets with definite lives.
Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of customer relationships, carrier relationships, trade names, non-compete agreements, and other intangible assets. Customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line or an accelerated basis over the period of economic benefit based on the estimated cash flows attributable to the related intangible assets. Trade names are amortized on an accelerated basis over the period of economic benefit based on the estimated cash flows attributable to the related intangible assets. Non-compete agreements, carrier relationships and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related intangible asset.
Property, Plant and Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets
In accounting for property, plant and equipment, the Company makes estimates about the expected useful lives and the expected residual values of these assets, and the potential for impairment based on the fair values of the assets and the cash flows generated by these assets.
The depreciation of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives and the determination of any salvage values require management to make judgments about future events. The Company periodically evaluates whether changes to estimated useful lives or salvage values are necessary to ensure these estimates accurately reflect the economic use of the assets. The periodic evaluation may result in changes in the estimated lives and/or salvage values used to depreciate the assets, which can affect the amount of periodic depreciation expense recognized and, ultimately, the gain or loss on the disposal of the asset.
Long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, an impairment charge is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than the carrying value. If impairment exists, a charge is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and the fair value. Fair values are determined using quoted market values, discounted cash flows or external appraisals, as applicable. Assets held for disposal are carried at the lower of carrying value or estimated net realizable value.
Each quarter, the Company considers events that may trigger an impairment of long-lived assets. Indicators of impairment that we consider include such factors as a significant decrease in market value of the long-lived asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which the long-lived asset is being used, and current-period losses combined with a history of losses or a projection of continuing losses associated with the use of the long-lived asset.impairment.
Self-Insurance Accruals
The Company usesWe use a combination of self-insurance programs and large-deductible purchased insurance to provide for the costs of medical, casualty, liability, vehicular, cargo and workers'workers’ compensation claims. The long-term portion of self-insurance accruals relates primarily to workers' compensation and vehicular claims that are expected to be payable over several years. The CompanyWe periodically evaluatesevaluate the level of insurance coverage and adjustsadjust our insurance levels based on risk tolerance and premium expense. The measurement and classification of self-insured costs requires the consideration of historical cost experience, demographic and severity factors, and judgments about the current and expected levels of cost per claim and retention levels. These methods provide estimates of the undiscounted liability associated with claims incurred as of the balance sheet date, including estimates of claims incurred but not reported. The Company believesWe believe the actuarial methods are appropriate for measuring these highly judgmental self-insurance accruals. However, based on the magnitudenumber of claims and the length of time from incurrence of the claims to ultimate settlement, the use of any estimation method is sensitive to the assumptions and factors described above. Accordingly, changes in these assumptions and factors can materially affect the estimated liability and those amounts may be different than the actual costs paid to settle the claims.
Off-balance Sheet ArrangementsIncome Taxes
The Company guaranteesOur annual effective tax rate is based on our income and statutory tax rates in the lease paymentsvarious jurisdictions in which we operate. Judgment and estimates are required in determining our tax expense and in evaluating our tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties. We review our tax positions quarterly and as new information becomes available. Our effective tax rate in any financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and/or level of certain tractorearnings by taxing jurisdiction.
Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable in future years. Such assets arise because of temporary differences between the financial reporting and trailer equipment utilizedtax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits by subcontract drivers. The guarantee continues throughassessing all available evidence, including the endreversal of deferred tax liabilities, carrybacks available, and historical and projected pre-tax profits generated by operations. Valuation allowances are established when, in management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the lease of the equipment, typically four years. The maximum amount of the guarantee

44



is limited to the unpaid principal and interest amounts. As of December 31, 2015, the maximum amount of the guarantees was approximately $13.8 million.
New Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies, of Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data"need for a discussionvaluation allowance, management weighs the available positive and negative evidence, including limitations on the use of recently issued accounting standardstax losses and other carryforwards due to changes in ownership, historic information, and projections of future sources of taxable income that are relevant to XPO.include and exclude future reversals of taxable temporary differences.
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The following discussion about our market risk disclosures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in thesuch forward-looking statements. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity price risk.


45


Interest Rate Risk
Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2015, we held $321.0 million of cash and restricted cash in cash depository and money market funds held in depository accounts at 121 financial institutions. The primary market risk associated with these investments is liquidity risk.
In conjunction with our June 2015 acquisition of ND, we assumed ND's asset financing arrangements. At December 31, 2015,2018, we had outstanding $262.5 millionan aggregate principal amount outstanding of Asset Financing. Approximately 7% of the Asset Financing has fixed interest rates and approximately 93% has floating interest rates. Our floating rate Asset Financing subjects us to risk resulting from changes in short-term (primarily Euribor) interest rates. We use interest rate swaps (exchanging a variable rate for a fixed rate) to manage the fixed and floating interest rate mix of our Asset Financing and limit our exposure to interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2015, the notional amount of Asset Financing interest rate swaps designated as cash flows hedges was $228.6 million. Assuming a hypothetical 100-basis-point increase in the interest rate, annual interest expense would increase by approximately $0.2$1,503 million on our floating rate Asset Financing that is not hedged with interest rate swaps. For additional information on the Asset Financing, refer to Note 9—Debt of the consolidated financial statements included within. For additional information on the interest rate swaps, refer to Note 15—Derivative Instruments of the consolidated financial statements included within.
We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our revolving credit facility. The interest rates on our revolving credit facility fluctuate based on LIBOR or a Base Rate plus an applicable margin. Assuming our $1.0 billion revolving credit facility was fully drawn at December 31, 2015, a hypothetical 100-basis-point change in the interest rate would have increased our annual interest expense by $10.0 million.
On October 30, 2015, XPO entered into the Term Loan Facility that provided for a single borrowing of $1.6 billion.Facility. The interest rate on the Term Loan Facility fluctuates based on LIBOR or a Base Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin of 4.50%2.00%, in the case of LIBOR loans, and 3.50%1.00%, in the case of Base Rate loans. AAssuming an average annual aggregate principal amount outstanding of $1,503 million, a hypothetical 100-basis-point1% increase in the interest rate would have increased our annual interest expense by $15 million.
ABL Facility. We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our ABL Facility. The interest rates on our ABL Facility fluctuate based on LIBOR or a Base Rate plus an applicable margin. Assuming our $1.0 billion ABL Facility was fully drawn throughout 2018, a hypothetical 1% change in the interest rate would have increased our annual interest expense by $10 million.
Trade Securitization Program. As of December 31, 2018, our trade securitization program had an outstanding debt balance of $283 million. The interest rates on our Trade Securitization Program fluctuate based on lenders’ cost of funds plus an applicable margin. Assuming our $401 million trade securitization program was fully drawn through secured borrowings throughout 2018, a hypothetical 1% increase in the interest rate would have increased our annual interest expense by $4 million.
Unsecured Credit Facility. We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our Unsecured Credit Facility. The interest rates on our Unsecured Credit Facility fluctuate based on LIBOR or a Base Rate plus an applicable margin. Assuming our $500 million Unsecured Credit Facility was fully drawn as of December 31, 2018, a hypothetical 1% change in the interest rate would have increased our annual interest expense by $5 million.
Asset Financing. As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding $55 million aggregate principal amount of Asset Financing. Most of the Asset Financing has floating interest rates that subject us to risk resulting from changes in short-term (primarily Euribor) interest rates. Assuming an average annual aggregate principal amount outstanding of $55 million, a hypothetical 1% increase in the interest rate would increase our annual interest expense by $16.0less than $1 million.
Convertible Debt Outstanding. The fairWe also have risk related to our fixed-rate debt. As of December 31, 2018, we had an aggregate of $2.1 billion of indebtedness (excluding capital leases) that bears interest at fixed rates. A 1% decrease in market value of our outstanding issue of Convertible Notes is subject to interest rate and market price risk due to the convertible feature of the notes and other factors. Generally the fair market value of fixed interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The fair market value of the Convertible Notes may alsoDecember 31, 2018 would increase as the market price of our stock rises and decrease as the market price of our stock falls. Interest rate and market value changes affect the fair market value of the Convertible Notes, and may affect the prices at which we would be able to repurchase such Convertible Notes were we to do so. These changes do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. For additional information on the fair value of our outstanding Convertible Notes, refer tofixed-rate indebtedness by approximately 4%. For additional information concerning our debt, see Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies11—Debt ofto the Consolidated Financial Statements included within.Statements.
Senior Notes due 2018, 2019, 2021 and 2022 and Senior Debentures due 2034. The fair market value of our outstanding issue of Senior Notes due 2018, Senior Notes due 2019, Senior Notes due 2021, and Senior Notes due 2022 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) and Senior Debentures due 2034 (the “Senior Debentures”) is subject to interest rate risk. Generally the fair market value of fixed interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Interest rate changes affect the fair market value of the Senior Notes and Senior Debentures, and may affect the prices at which we would be able to repurchase such notes were we to do so. These changes do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. For additional information on the fair value of our outstanding Senior Notes and Senior Debentures, refer to Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of the consolidated financial statements included within.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Following the ND acquisition, weRisk
We have a significant proportion of our net assets and income in non-U.S. dollar (“USD”) currencies, primarily the EUReuro (“EUR”) and British Pound Sterlingpound sterling (“GBP”). We are exposed to currency risk from the potential changes in functional currency values of our foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities and cash flows. Consequently, a depreciation of the EUR andor the GBP relative to the U.S. dollarUSD could have an adverse impact on our financial results.

45



In connection with the issuanceissuances of the Senior Notes due 2023 and the Senior Notes due 2022, we entered into certain cross-currency swap agreements to partially manage the related foreign currency exchange risk by effectively converting a portion of the fixed-rate USD-denominated Senior Notes due 2023 and the Senior Notes due 2022, including the semi-annual interest payments, to fixed-rate, EUR-denominated debt. The risk management objective is to manage a portion of the foreign currency risk relating to net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies. In addition to the cross-currency swaps, we use foreign currency denominated notes as nonderivative hedging instruments of our net investments in foreign operations with the same risk management objective as the cross-currency swaps.
In order to manage the short-term effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in connection with a portion of the cash consideration paid in EUR to acquire a majority interest in the outstanding share capital of ND, we entered into a short-term foreign currency forward contract in the second quarter of 2015. The foreign currency forward contract allowed us to purchase fixed amounts of EUR in the future at an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.13. As of September 30, 2015, the full notional amount of the foreign currency forward contract was settled.
In order to mitigate against the risk of a reduction in the value of foreign currency earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) from the Company’s internationalfor those Company operations withthat use the EUR andor the GBPas thetheir functional currency, the Company entered intowe use foreign currency option contracts in the fourth quarter of 2015.
For additional information on the cross-currency swap agreements and the foreign currency forward contract and option contracts, refer to Note 15—Derivative Instruments of the consolidated financial statements included within.contracts.
As of December 31, 2015,2018, a uniform 10% strengthening in the value of the USD relative to the EUR would have resulted in a decrease in net assets of approximately $31.1$52 million. As of December 31, 2015,2018, a uniform 10% strengthening in the value of the USD relative to the GBP would have resulted in a decrease in net assets of approximately $53.9$30 million. These theoretical calculations assume that an instantaneous, parallel shift in exchange rates occurs, which is not consistent with our actual experience in foreign currency transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates also affect the volume of sales or the foreign currency sales price as competitors'competitors’ services become more or less attractive. The sensitivity


46


analysis of the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates does not factor in a potential change in sales levels or local currency prices.
The following table sets forth the low and high exchange rates for EUR expressed in USD and the exchange rate at the end of the quarter based on the European Central Bank rates, which are based on a regular daily procedure between central banks across Europe and worldwide and normally takes place at 2:15 PM Central European Time. The exchange rates set forth below are provided for reference only and are not intended to demonstrate trends in exchange rates. They should not be relied upon as an indicator of future exchange rates.
 Quarter ended
 March 31, 2015 June 30, 2015 September 30, 2015 December 31, 2015
High1.2043
 1.1419
 1.1506
 1.1439
Low1.0557
 1.0552
 1.0852
 1.0579
Rate at end of period1.0759
 1.1189
 1.1203
 1.0887
Commodity Price Risk.Risk
We are exposed to the impact of market fluctuations in the price of diesel fuel purchased for use in Company-owned vehicles. From June through December 2015, the price of diesel in France varied by 28.2% and the price of diesel in the United Kingdom varied by 20.6%. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the price of2018, diesel prices fluctuated by as much as 17.4% in France, 17.7% in the United States varied by 28.7%.Kingdom, and 14.2% in the United States. However, the Company includeswe include price adjustmentsadjustment clauses or cost-recovery mechanisms in many of itsour customer contracts in the event of a change in the fuelcost to purchase price.fuel. The clauses mean that substantially all fluctuations in the purchase price of diesel, except for short-term economic fluctuations, can be passed on to customers in the sales price. Therefore, a hypothetical 10% change in the price of diesel would not be expected to materially alteraffect our financial performance over the long term.
For additional information on commodity price risk, refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors”.

47


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The Consolidated Financial Statements and supplementary data of the Company required by this Item are included at pages 54-108 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

46



ITEM 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We carried out an evaluation, as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2015. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2015.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer), and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on management’s assessment, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
We completed the acquisitions of UX Specialized Logistics, Bridge Terminal Transport Services, Inc., Norbert Dentressangle SA, and Con-way Inc. during 2015. Due to the proximity of these acquisitions to year-end, we excluded them from our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. These acquired businesses are associated with total assets of $10.6 billion and total revenues of $4.6 billion included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of XPO Logistics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. For additional information on these acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. Such report is included on page 52 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Except as described below, there have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting. On February 9, 2015, June 1, 2015, June 8, 2015 and October 30, 2015, the Company completed its acquisitions of UX Specialized Logistics, Bridge Terminal Transport Services, Inc., Norbert Dentressangle SA, and Con-way Inc., respectively, and is integrating the acquired businesses into the Company’s overall internal control over financial reporting process. Our management is in the process of assessing the internal control over financial reporting at these acquired businesses and is implementing or revising internal controls where necessary. For additional information on these acquisitions, see Note 3—Acquisitions, of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
ITEM 9B.     OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.

47



PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 of Part III of Form 10-K (other than certain information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our executive officers, which is provided under Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) will be set forth in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
We have adopted a Senior Officer Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”), which is applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and other senior officers. The Code is available on our website at www.xpo.com, under the heading “Corporate Governance” within the “Investors” tab. In the event that we amend or waive any of the provisions of the Code that relate to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, we intend to disclose the same on our website.
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 of Part III of Form 10-K, including information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

48



PART IV

Item 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
The list of Consolidated Financial Statements provided in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference. Such Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto.
Exhibits
The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index starting on page 109 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
Certain of the agreements listed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (including the exhibits to such agreements), which have been filed to provide investors with information regarding their terms, contain various representations, warranties and covenants of XPO Logistics, Inc. and the other parties thereto. They are not intended to provide factual information about any of the parties thereto or any subsidiaries of the parties thereto. The assertions embodied in those representations, warranties and covenants were made for purposes of each of the agreements, solely for the benefit of the parties thereto. In addition, certain representations and warranties were made as of a specific date, may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from what a security holder might view as material, or may have been made for purposes of allocating contractual risk among the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. Investors should not view the representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements (or any description thereof) as disclosures with respect to the actual state of facts concerning the business, operations, or condition of any of the parties to the agreements (or their subsidiaries) and should not rely on them as such. In addition, information in any such representations, warranties or covenants may change after the dates covered by such provisions, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in the public disclosures of the parties. In any event, investors should read the agreements together with the other information concerning XPO Logistics, Inc. contained in reports and statements that we file with the SEC.


49



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
February 29, 2016
XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:/s/ Bradley S. Jacobs
Bradley S. Jacobs
(Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer)
By:/s/ John J. Hardig
John J. Hardig
(Chief Financial Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Bradley S. JacobsChairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)February 29, 2016
Bradley S. Jacobs
/s/ John J. HardigChief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)February 29, 2016
John J. Hardig
/s/ Lance A. RobinsonGlobal Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)February 29, 2016
Lance A. Robinson
/s/ G. Chris Anderson
Director
February 29, 2016
G. Chris Andersen
/s/ Louis DeJoy
Director
February 29, 2016
Louis DeJoy
/s/ Michael G. Jesselson
Director
February 29, 2016
Michael G. Jesselson
/s/ Adrian P. Kingshott
Director
February 29, 2016
Adrian P. Kingshott
/s/ James J. Martell
Director
February 29, 2016
James J. Martell
/s/ Jason D. Papastavrou
Director
February 29, 2016
Jason D. Papastavrou
/s/ Oren G. Shaffer
Director
February 29, 2016
Oren G. Shaffer

50




 
Page
No.
  
  
  
  
  
  



51



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
XPO Logistics, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of XPO Logistics, Inc. (the Company) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of XPO Logistics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), XPO Logistics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(signed) KPMG LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 29, 2016

52


48



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

TheTo the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders
of XPO Logistics, Inc.:
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of XPO Logistics, Inc.’s and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015,2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). XPO Logistics, Inc.’sCommission.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal ControlControls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on XPO Logistics, Inc.’sthe Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our auditaudits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures thatthat: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations


49


of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, XPO Logistics Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
XPO Logistics, Inc. acquired UX Specialized Logistics (UX), Bridge Terminal Transport Services, Inc. (BTT), Norbert Dentressangle SA (ND), and Con-way Inc. (Con-way) during 2015, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of XPO Logistics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, UX’s, BTT’s, ND’s, and Con-way’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $10.6 billion and total revenues of $4.6 billion, included in the consolidated financial statements of XPO Logistics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of XPO Logistics, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of UX, BTT, ND and Con-way./s/ KPMG LLP
We also have audited, in accordance withserved as the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of XPO Logistics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated February 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

(signed) KPMG LLPCompany’s auditor since 2011.
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 29, 201614, 2019


53


50


XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share and per share data)December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$289.8
 $644.1
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $16.9 and $9.8, respectively2,266.4
 543.8
Other current assets401.0
 36.0
Total current assets2,957.2
 1,223.9
Property and equipment, net of $209.3 and $47.3 in accumulated depreciation, respectively2,852.2
 221.9
Goodwill4,610.6
 929.3
Identifiable intangible assets, net of $224.5 and $74.6 in accumulated amortization, respectively1,876.5
 341.5
Deferred tax asset113.6
 9.2
Other long-term assets233.1
 23.6
Total long-term assets9,686.0
 1,525.5
Total assets$12,643.2
 $2,749.4
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
Current liabilities:   
Accounts payable$1,063.7
 $252.7
Accrued expenses1,291.8
 119.9
Current maturities of long-term debt135.3
 1.8
Other current liabilities203.6
 6.7
Total current liabilities2,694.4
 381.1
Long-term debt5,272.6
 580.3
Deferred tax liability933.3
 74.5
Employee benefit obligations312.6
 
Other long-term liabilities369.5
 58.4
Total long-term liabilities6,888.0
 713.2
Commitments and contingencies
 
Stockholders’ equity:   
Convertible perpetual preferred stock, $.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 72,885 and 73,335 of Series A shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively42.0
 42.2
Common stock, $.001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 109,523,493 and 77,421,683 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively0.1
 0.1
Additional paid-in capital3,212.3
 1,831.9
Accumulated deficit(465.0) (219.1)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(72.3) 
Noncontrolling interests343.7
 
Total stockholders’ equity3,060.8
 1,655.1
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$12,643.2
 $2,749.4

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 Year Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)2015 2014 2013
Revenue$7,623.2
 $2,356.6
 $702.3
Operating expenses     
Cost of transportation and services4,171.4
 1,701.8
 578.7
Direct operating expense2,367.0
 273.2
 6.4
Sales, general and administrative expense1,113.4
 422.5
 169.5
              Total operating expenses7,651.8
 2,397.5
 754.6
Operating loss(28.6) (40.9) (52.3)
Other expense3.1
 0.4
 0.5
Foreign currency loss34.1
 0.4
 
Interest expense216.7
 48.0
 18.2
Loss before income tax benefit(282.5) (89.7) (71.0)
Income tax benefit(90.9) (26.1) (22.5)
Net loss(191.6) (63.6) (48.5)
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge(52.0) (40.9) 
Cumulative preferred dividends(2.8) (2.9) (3.0)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests0.5
 
 
Net loss attributable to common shareholders$(245.9) $(107.4) $(51.5)
      
Basic loss per share$(2.65) $(2.00) $(2.26)
Diluted loss per share$(2.65) $(2.00) $(2.26)
      
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding92.8
 53.6
 22.8
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding92.8
 53.6
 22.8
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


55



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)2015 2014 2013
Net loss$(191.6) $(63.6) $(48.5)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests0.5
 
 
Net loss attributable to the Company$(191.1) $(63.6) $(48.5)
      
Other comprehensive (loss) income     
Foreign currency translation losses$(68.5) $
 $
Unrealized gains on cash flow and net investment hedges, net of tax effect of $2.2, $0.0 and $0.06.9
 
 
Change in defined benefit plans liability, net of tax effect of $9.8, $0.0 and $0.0(17.0) 
 
Other comprehensive loss(78.6) 
 
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests6.3
 
 
Other comprehensive loss attributable to the Company$(72.3) $
 $
      
Comprehensive loss$(270.2) $(63.6) $(48.5)
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests6.8
 
 
Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company$(263.4) $(63.6) $(48.5)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


56



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)2015 2014 2013
Operating activities
 
 
Net loss$(191.6) $(63.6) $(48.5)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities
 
 
Provisions for allowance for doubtful accounts12.9
 6.9
 2.6
Depreciation and amortization364.9
 98.3
 20.8
Stock compensation expense27.9
 7.5
 4.7
Accretion of debt6.4
 7.3
 6.0
Deferred tax benefit(91.9) (30.0) (22.7)
(Gain) Loss on sale of assets(11.8) 0.3
 (0.2)
(Gain) Loss on foreign currency transactions(0.4) 0.3
 (0.9)
Other9.7
 3.7
 2.4
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
 
 
Accounts receivable7.8
 (143.9) (37.0)
Income tax receivable(29.2) 2.1
 0.1
Prepaid expense and other assets(6.1) 7.1
 (3.0)
Accounts payable(51.3) 53.9
 5.2
Accrued expenses and other liabilities43.5
 28.8
 4.2
Cash flows provided (used) by operating activities90.8
 (21.3) (66.3)
Investing activities
 
 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired(3,887.0) (814.0) (458.8)
Loss on forward contract related to acquisition(9.7) 
 
Payment for purchases of property and equipment(249.0) (44.6) (11.6)
Proceeds from sale of assets60.3
 
 
Other
 0.3
 0.1
Cash flows used by investing activities(4,085.4) (858.3) (470.3)
Financing activities

 

 

Proceeds from preferred stock and common stock offerings1,260.0
 1,131.3
 253.6
Payment for equity issuance costs(31.9) (33.9) (14.1)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt4,151.8
 500.0
 
Payment of debt issuance costs(42.9) (10.4) 
Repayment of long-term debt(1,215.6) 
 
Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facility
 130.0
 73.3
Repayment of borrowings on revolving credit facility
 (205.0) 
Bank overdrafts(12.3) 
 
Purchase of noncontrolling interests(459.7) 
 
Dividends paid to preferred stockholders(2.8) (2.9) (3.0)
Other(1.7) (6.9) (4.1)
Cash flows provided by financing activities3,644.9
 1,502.2
 305.7
Effect of exchange rates on cash(4.6) 
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash(354.3) 622.6
 (230.9)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period644.1
 21.5
 252.4
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$289.8
 $644.1
 $21.5
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

Cash paid for interest$168.2
 $19.0
 $12.4
Cash paid for income taxes$14.5
 $2.3
 $0.2
Equity portion of acquisition purchase price$19.1
 $138.2
 $10.4
Equity issued upon conversion of debt$55.6
 $27.1
 $
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


57



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 Series A Preferred Stock Series B Preferred Stock Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated
Deficit
 Total
(Dollars in millions)Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount 
Balance at December 31, 201274
 $42.8
 
 $
 18,003
 $
 (45) $(0.1) $262.7
 $(60.2) $245.2
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (48.5) $(48.5)
Tax withholdings on restricted shares and other issuances of common stock
 
 
 
 192
 
 
 
 (1.8) 
 $(1.8)
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
 (0.1) 
 
 14
 
 
 
 0.1
 
 $
Proceeds from common stock offering, net of issuance costs
 
 
 
 11,148
 
 
 
 239.5
 
 $239.5
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
 
 
 
 617
 
 
 
 10.4
 
 $10.4
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of senior notes, net of tax
 
 
 
 609
 
 
 
 9.4
 
 $9.4
Dividend paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (3.0) $(3.0)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4.7
 
 $4.7
Balance at December 31, 201374
 42.7
 
 
 30,583
 
 (45) (0.1) 525.0
 (111.7) $455.9
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (63.6) $(63.6)
Exercise of warrants and stock options and other
 
 
 
 293
 
 
 
 (4.5) 
 $(4.5)
Conversion of Series A preferred stock to common stock(1) (0.5) 
 
 120
 
 
 
 0.5
 
 $
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 
 400
 363.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 $363.6
Conversion of Series B preferred stock to common stock
 
 (400) (363.6) 12,128
 
 
 
 363.6
 
 $
Deemed distribution for recognition of beneficial conversion feature on preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40.9
 (40.9) $
Proceeds from common stock offering, net of issuance costs
 
 
 
 27,953
 0.1
 
 
 733.7
 
 $733.8
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
 
 
 
 4,704
 
 45
 0.1
 138.1
 
 $138.2
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible senior notes, net of tax
 
 
 
 1,641
 
 
 
 27.1
 
 $27.1
Dividend paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (2.9) $(2.9)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7.5
 
 $7.5
Balance at December 31, 201473
 $42.2
 
 $
 77,422
 $0.1
 
 $
 $1,831.9
 $(219.1) $1,655.1
  December 31,
(In millions, except per share data) 2018 2017
ASSETS    
Current assets:    
Cash and cash equivalents $502
 $397
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $52 and $42, respectively 2,596
 2,725
Other current assets 590
 466
Total current assets 3,688
 3,588
Property and equipment, net of $1,585 and $1,110 in accumulated depreciation, respectively 2,605
 2,664
Goodwill 4,467
 4,564
Identifiable intangible assets, net of $706 and $560 in accumulated amortization, respectively 1,253
 1,435
Other long-term assets 257
 351
Total long-term assets 8,582
 9,014
Total assets $12,270
 $12,602
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities:    
Accounts payable $1,258
 $1,251
Accrued expenses 1,480
 1,526
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt 367
 104
Other current liabilities 208
 116
Total current liabilities 3,313
 2,997
Long-term debt 3,902
 4,418
Deferred tax liability 444
 419
Employee benefit obligations 153
 162
Other long-term liabilities 488
 596
Total long-term liabilities 4,987
 5,595
Stockholders’ equity:    
Convertible perpetual preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10 shares authorized; 0.07 of Series A shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively 41
 41
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300 shares authorized; 116 and 120 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively 
 
Additional paid-in capital 3,311
 3,590
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) 377
 (43)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (154) 16
Total stockholders’ equity before noncontrolling interests 3,575
 3,604
Noncontrolling interests 395
 406
Total equity 3,970
 4,010
Total liabilities and equity $12,270
 $12,602
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


51



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data) 2018 2017 2016
Revenue $17,279
 $15,381
 $14,619
Operating expenses      
Cost of transportation and services 9,013
 8,132
 7,887
Direct operating expense 5,725
 5,006
 4,616
Sales, general and administrative expense 1,837
 1,661
 1,652
Total operating expenses 16,575
 14,799
 14,155
Operating income 704
 582
 464
Other expense (income) (109) (57) (34)
Foreign currency loss (gain) 3
 58
 (40)
Debt extinguishment loss 27
 36
 70
Interest expense 217
 284
 361
Income before income tax provision (benefit) 566
 261
 107
Income tax provision (benefit) 122
 (99) 22
Net income 444
 360
 85
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (22) (20) (16)
Net income attributable to XPO $422
 $340
 $69
       
Earnings per share data (Note 16):      
Net income attributable to common shareholders $390
 $312
 $63
       
Basic earnings per share $3.17
 $2.72
 $0.57
Diluted earnings per share $2.88
 $2.45
 $0.53
       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding      
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 123
 115
 110
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding 135
 128
 123
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


52



XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
58

  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Net income $444
 $360
 $85
       
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax      
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain, net of tax effect of $(6), $47 and $- $(100) $180
 $(138)
Unrealized (loss) gain on financial assets/liabilities designated as hedging instruments, net of tax effect of $(1), $(1) and $- (6) 5
 (7)
Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of tax effect of $23, $(29) and $(4) (91) 90
 4
Other comprehensive (loss) income (197) 275
 (141)
Comprehensive income (loss) $247
 $635
 $(56)
Less: Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests (5) 72
 (3)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to XPO $252
 $563
 $(53)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


53


XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Operating activities      
Net income $444
 $360
 $85
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities      
Depreciation and amortization 716
 658
 643
Stock compensation expense 49
 79
 55
Accretion of debt 15
 19
 17
Deferred tax expense (benefit) 45
 (158) (21)
Debt extinguishment loss 27
 36
 70
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency option and forward contracts (20) 49
 (40)
Gain on sale of equity investment (24) 
 
Other 
 13
 8
Changes in assets and liabilities:      
Accounts receivable (13) (320) (154)
Other assets (49) (92) 13
Accounts payable 35
 140
 2
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (123) 1
 (56)
Net cash provided by operating activities 1,102
 785
 622
Investing activities      
Payment for purchases of property and equipment (551) (504) (483)
Proceeds from sale of assets 143
 118
 69
Proceeds from sale of business, net of $11 cash divested 
 
 548
Other 8
 
 8
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (400) (386) 142
Financing activities      
Proceeds from issuance of debt 1,074
 819
 1,378
Repurchase of debt (1,225) (1,387) (1,889)
Proceeds from borrowings on ABL facility 1,355
 995
 360
Repayment of borrowings on ABL facility (1,455) (925) (330)
Repayment of long-term debt and capital leases (119) (106) (151)
Payment of debt issuance costs (10) (17) (26)
Proceeds from forward sale settlement 349
 
 
Proceeds from common stock offerings 
 288
 
Repurchase of common stock (536) 
 
Change in bank overdrafts 
 (3) (17)
Payment for tax withholdings for restricted shares (53) (17) (11)
Dividends paid (8) (7) (5)
Other 8
 (6) 10
Net cash used in financing activities (620) (366) (681)
Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (17) 16
 (4)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 65
 49
 79
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year 449
 400
 321
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year $514
 $449
 $400
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:      
Cash paid for interest $233
 $274
 $363
Cash paid for income taxes $70
 $79
 $41
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


54


XPO Logistics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 20132016
  Series A Preferred Stock Common Stock            
(Shares in thousands, dollars in millions) Shares Amount Shares Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated
Deficit
 Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Total Stockholders’
Equity
 Non-controlling Interests Total Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2015 73
 $42
 109,523
 $
 $3,212
 $(465) $(72) $2,717
 $344
 $3,061
Net income 
 
 
 
 
 69
 
 69
 16
 85
Other comprehensive loss 
 
 
 
 
 
 (122) (122) (19) (141)
Repurchase of noncontrolling interest 
 
 
 
 3
 
 
 3
 
 3
Exercise and vesting of stock compensation awards 
 
 1,298
 
 10
 
 
 10
 
 10
Tax withholdings related to vesting of stock compensation 
 
 
 
 (11) 
 
 (11) 
 (11)
Conversion of Series A preferred stock to common stock (1) 
 93
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible senior notes, net of tax 
 
 173
 
 3
 
 
 3
 
 3
Dividend paid 
 
 
 
 
 (3) 
 (3) (3) (6)
Adoption of stock compensation standard 
 
 
 
 1
 6
 
 7
 
 7
Stock compensation expense 
 
 
 
 27
 
 
 27
 
 27
Balance as of December 31, 2016 72
 $42
 111,087
 $
 $3,245
 $(393) $(194) $2,700
 $338
 $3,038
Net income 
 
 
 
 
 340
 
 340
 20
 360
Other comprehensive income 
 
 
 
 
 
 223
 223
 52
 275
Exercise and vesting of stock compensation awards 
 
 728
 
 1
 
 
 1
 
 1
Tax withholdings related to vesting of stock compensation awards 
 
 
 
 (17) 
 
 (17) 
 (17)
Issuance of common stock from offering 
 
 5,000
 
 288
 
 
 288
 
 288
Conversion of Series A preferred stock to common stock 
 (1) 103
 
 1
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible senior notes, net of tax 
 
 3,002
 
 49
 
 
 49
 
 49
Dividend paid 
 
 
 
 
 (3) 
 (3) (4) (7)
Impact of tax reform act 
 
 
 
 
 13
 (13) 
 
 
Stock compensation expense 
 
 
 
 23
 
 
 23
 
 23
Balance as of December 31, 2017 72
 $41
 119,920
 $
 $3,590
 $(43) $16
 $3,604
 $406
 $4,010


55


 Series A Preferred Stock Series C Preferred Stock Common Stock     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)    
(In millions)Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated
Deficit
 Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Cash Flow & Net Investment Hedges Employee Benefit Plans Non-controlling Interests Total
Balance at December 31, 201473
 $42.2
 
 $
 77,422
 $0.1
 $1,831.9
 $(219.1) $
 $
 $
 $
 $1,655.1
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (191.6) 
 
 
 
 $(191.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of $7.6 total tax effect
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (68.5) 6.9
 (17.0) 
 $(78.6)
Transfer to noncontrolling interest from redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 
 4.2
 
 
 
 
 320.4
 $324.6
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest and activity during the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0.5
 6.7
 (0.2) (0.2) 23.3
 $30.1
Exercise of warrants and stock options and other
 
 
 
 683
 
 2.9
 
 
 
 
 
 $2.9
Conversion of Series A preferred stock to common stock
 (0.2) 
 
 64
 
 0.2
 
 
 
 
 
 $
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 
 563
 548.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 $548.5
Conversion of Series C preferred stock to common stock
 
 (563) (548.5) 12,501
 
 548.5
 
 
 
 
 
 $
Deemed distribution for recognition of beneficial conversion feature on preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 52.0
 (52.0) 
 
 
 
 $
Proceeds from common stock offering, net of issuance costs
 
 
 
 15,499
 
 679.6
 
 
 
 
 
 $679.6
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
 
 
 
 38
 
 1.5
 
 
 
 
 
 $1.5
Awards assumed in acquisition
 
 
 
 
 
 17.6
 
 
 
 
 
 $17.6
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible senior notes, net of tax
 
 
 
 3,316
 
 55.6
 
 
 
 
 
 $55.6
Dividend paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (2.8) 
 
 
 
 $(2.8)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 18.3
 
 
 
 
 
 $18.3
Balance at December 31, 201573
 $42.0
 
 $
 109,523
 $0.1
 $3,212.3
 $(465.0) $(61.8) $6.7
 $(17.2) $343.7
 $3,060.8

  Series A Preferred Stock Common Stock            
(Shares in thousands, dollars in millions) Shares Amount Shares Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated
Deficit
 Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Total Stockholders’
Equity
 Non-controlling Interests Total Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2017 72
 $41
 119,920
 $
 $3,590
 $(43) $16
 $3,604
 $406
 $4,010
Net income 
 
 
 
 
 422
 
 422
 22
 444
Other comprehensive loss 
 
 
 
 
 
 (170) (170) (27) (197)
Exercise and vesting of stock compensation awards 
 
 995
 
 1
 
 
 1
 
 1
Tax withholdings related to vesting of stock compensation awards 
 
 
 
 (53) 
 
 (53) 
 (53)
Issuance of common stock from forward sale settlement 
 
 6,000
 
 349
 
 
 349
 
 349
Retirement of common stock 
 
 (11,314) 
 (608) 
 
 (608) 
 (608)
Dividend paid 
 
 
 
 
 (3) 
 (3) (6) (9)
Stock compensation expense 
 
 
 
 30
 
 
 30
 
 30
Other 
 
 82
 
 2
 1
 
 3
 
 3
Balance as of December 31, 2018 72
 $41
 115,683
 $
 $3,311
 $377
 $(154) $3,575
 $395
 $3,970
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59


56


XPO Logistics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years endedEnded December 31, 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 20132016
1. Organization
Nature of BusinessOperations
XPO Logistics, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“XPO” or the “Company”) provide comprehensiveuses an integrated network of people, technology and physical assets to help customers manage their goods most efficiently through their supply chain solutions to itschains. The Company’s customers which are multinational, national, mid-size and small enterprises, and include many of the most prominent companies in the world.enterprises. XPO runs its business on a global basis, with two reportable segments: Transportation and Logistics.
In the Transportation segment, the Company provides multiple services to facilitate the movement of raw materials, parts and finished goods. The Company accomplishes this by using its proprietary transportation management technology, third-party carriers and Company-owned trucks. XPO’s transportation services include: freight brokerage, last mile, expedite, intermodal, less-than-truckload (“LTL”), full truckload, and global forwarding services. Freight brokerage, last mile, expedite and global forwarding are all non-asset or asset-light businesses. LTL and full truckload are asset-based.
In our Logistics segment, which we refer to as supply chain, the Company provides a range of contract logistics services, including highly engineered and customized solutions, value-added warehousing and distribution, and other inventory solutions. The Company performs e-commerce fulfillment, reverse logistics, storage, factory support, aftermarket support, integrated manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution and transportation. In addition, we utilize technology and expertise to solve complex supply chain challenges and create transformative solutions for world-class customers, while reducing their operating costs and improving production flow management.
Substantially all of the Company’s businesses operate as the single global brand of XPO Logistics. Under the Company’s cross-selling customer service initiative, all services are offered to all customers to fulfill their supply chain requirements.
For specific financial information relating to the above segments, refer to See Note 20—4—Segment Reporting and Geographic Information. to our consolidated financial statements for further information on the Company’s segments.
2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and judgmentsassumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information, but actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Where
If the presentation of these intercompany eliminations differs between the consolidated and reportable segment financial statements, reconciliations of certain line items are provided. The results of operations of acquired companies are included in the Company’s results from the closing date of the acquisition and forward. Income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests is deducted from net income/loss to determine net income/loss attributable to common shareholders.
Consolidation
The Company's financial statements consolidate all of its affiliates in whichCompany determines that it has a controlling financialvariable interest most often becausein a VIE, the Company holds a majority voting interest. To determine if the Company holds a controlling financial interest in an entity, the Company firstthen evaluates if it is required to apply the variable interest entity (“VIE”) model toprimary beneficiary of the entity; otherwise the entity is evaluated under the voting interest model.
WhereVIE. The evaluation assesses whether the Company holds current or potential rights that give ithas the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impactaffect the VIE'sVIE’s economic performance, combined with a variable interest that givesincluding having operational control over each VIE and operating the CompanyVIEs under the right to receive potentially significant benefitsXPO brand or the obligation to absorb potentially significant losses, the Company has a controlling financial interest in that VIE. Rights held by others to remove the party with power over the VIE are not considered unless one party can exercise those rights unilaterally.policies. When changes occur to the design of an entity, the Company reconsiders whether it is subject to the VIE model. The Company continuously evaluates whether it has a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Investors in these entities only have recourse to the assets owned by the entity and not to the Company’s general credit. The Company does not have implicit support arrangements with any VIE. Other than the special purpose entity which the Company consolidates related to the European Trade Securitization Program discussed in Note 11—Debt, assets and liabilities of VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary are not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company holdshas a controlling financial interest in other entities where it currently holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights or where it exercises control through substantive participating rights or as a general partner. Where the Company is a general partner, it considers substantive removal rights held by other partners in determining if it holds a controlling financial interest. The Company reevaluates whether it has a controlling financial interest in these entities when its voting or substantive participating rights change.
Associated companies are unconsolidated VIE's and other entities Income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests is deducted from net income/loss to determine net income/loss attributable to XPO. The noncontrolling interests reflected in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest, but over which it has significant influence, most often because the Company holds a voting interest of 20% to 50%. Associated companies are accounted for as equity method investments. Results of associated companies are presented on a one-line basis, net of tax, in other income/expense. Investments in, and advances to, associated companies are presented on a one-line basis in the other long-term assets line item in the consolidated balance sheet, net of allowance for losses, which represents the Company's best estimate of probable losses inherent in such assets.
Use of Estimates
The Company prepares itsour consolidated financial statements primarily relate to the 13.75% minority interest in conformity with accounting principles generally acceptedNorbert Dentressangle SA (“ND”).
Recast of Financial Information Due to Adoption of New Accounting Guidance
In March 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): “Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension


57


Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” The ASU changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension and/or other postretirement benefit plans present the cost of the benefits in the United StatesConsolidated Statements of America. These principles require managementIncome. This cost, commonly referred to make estimates and assumptionsas the “net periodic benefit cost,” is comprised of several components that impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the datereflect different aspects of the consolidated financial statementsarrangement with the employee, including the effect of the related funding. Previously, the Company aggregated the various components of the net periodic benefit cost (including interest cost and the reported amountsexpected return on plan assets) for presentation purposes and had included these costs within Operating income in the Consolidated Statements of revenue and expense duringIncome. Under the reporting period.new guidance, these costs are presented below Operating income. The Company reviews its estimatesadopted the standard on a regular basisJanuary 1, 2018 and makes adjustments based on historical experience and existing and expected future conditions. Estimates are made with respectrecast prior periods to among other matters, recognition of revenue, costs of transportation and services, direct operating expenses, recoverability of long-lived assets, valuation of acquired assets and liabilities, impairment of goodwill, estimated legal accruals, estimated restructuring accruals, valuation allowances for deferred taxes, reserve for uncertain tax positions, probability of achieving performance targets for vesting of performance-based restricted stock units, self-insurance accruals, pension plan and postretirement obligations, and allowance for doubtful accounts. These evaluations are performed and adjustments are made as information is available. Management believes that these estimates, which have been discussed withreflect the Audit Committeenew presentation. The adoption of the Company’s Boardstandard had no impact on Net income. The amount of Directors, are reasonable; however, actual results could differ from these estimates.
Consolidated Balance Sheetsnet periodic pension income included in Other expense (income) was $72 million, $42 million and Statements of Cash Flows Presentation
Certain line items from the December 31, 2014 consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of cash flows$24 million for the years ended December 31, 20142018, 2017 and 2013 have been conformed to2016, respectively.
In November 2016, the 2015 presentation. As a resultFASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): “Restricted Cash.” The ASU requires that the retrospectivestatement of cash flows reconcile the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and applied its provisions retrospectively. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifyingthis standard reduced cash flows provided by operating activities by $14 million and $3 million for the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” debt issuance costs of $11.8 million atyears ended December 31, 2014 are now recognized as a direct deduction from2017 and 2016, respectively, and reduced cash flows used by investing activities by $39 million on the carrying amountConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the related debt liability rather than as a long-term asset. Additionally, as a result of the retrospective application of ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes,” the current portion of deferred tax assets of $9.2 million atyear ended December 31, 2014 is now classified as noncurrent. The conformed line items had no impact on previously reported results.2017.
Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services.
Performance Obligations
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in Topic 606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The following is a description of the Company’s performance obligations for the transportation and logistics reportable segments.
Transportation
The Company’s transportation segment generates revenue from providing freight brokerage and other transportation services for its customers. Certain accessorial services may be provided to customers under their transportation contracts, such as unloading and other incidental services. The transaction price is based on the consideration specified in the customer’s contract.
A performance obligation is created when a customer under a transportation contract submits a bill of lading for the transport of goods from origin to destination. These performance obligations are satisfied as the shipments move from origin to destination. Transportation revenue is recognized proportionally as a shipment moves from origin to destination and the related costs are recognized as incurred. Some of the customer contracts contain a promise to stand ready, as the Company is obligated to provide transportation services for the customer. For these contracts, the Company recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract because the pattern of benefit to the customer, as well as the Company’s efforts to fulfill the contract, are generally distributed evenly throughout the period. Performance obligations are short-term, with transit days less than one week. Generally, customers are billed either upon shipment of the freight or on a monthly basis, and remit payment according to approved payment terms. The Company recognizes revenue aton a net basis when the point inCompany does not control the specific services.
Logistics
The Company’s logistics segment generates revenue from providing supply chain services for its customers, including warehousing, distribution, order fulfillment, packaging, reverse logistics and inventory management contracts ranging from a few months to a few years. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over time when delivery is completedas customers simultaneously receive and consume the shipping terms of the contract have been satisfied, or in the casebenefits of the Company’s Logistics segment, based on specific, objective criteria withinservices. The contracts contain a single performance obligation, as the provisions of each contract as described below. XPO LTL recognizes revenue based on relative transit time in each period and recognizes expense as incurred. Related costs of delivery and service are accrued and expensed indistinct services provided remain substantially the same period over time and possess


58


the associated revenue is recognized. Revenue is recognized once the following criteria have been satisfied:
Persuasive evidencesame pattern of an arrangement exists;
Services have been rendered;
transfer. The salestransaction price is fixed and determinable; and
Collectability is reasonably assured.
The Company’s Logistics segment recognizes a significant portion of its revenue based on objective criteria that do not require significant estimates or uncertainties. Revenue on cost-reimbursable contracts is recognized by applying a factor to costs as incurred, such factor being determined by the contract provisions. Revenue on unit-price contracts is recognized at the contractual selling prices or as work is completed. Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized at the contractual rates as the labor hours and direct expenses are incurred. Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as services are provided, unless revenue is earned and obligations fulfilled in a different pattern. Certain contracts provide for labor handling charges to be billed for both incoming and outgoing handling of goods at the time the goods are received in a warehouse. For these contracts, revenue is recognized immediately for the amounts representing handling of incoming goods and deferred revenue is recorded for the performance of services related to the handling of outgoing goods, which is recognized once the related goods leave the warehouse. Storage revenue is recognized as it is earned based on the length of time the related product is storedconsideration specified in the warehouse. contract with the customer and contains fixed and variable consideration. In general, the fixed consideration component of a contract represents reimbursement for facility and equipment costs incurred to satisfy the performance obligation and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. The variable consideration component is comprised of cost reimbursement, per-unit pricing or time and materials pricing and is determined based on the costs, units or hours of services provided, respectively, and is recognized over time based on the level of activity.
Generally, the Company’s contracts contain provisions for adjustments to future pricing based uponon achieving agreed-upon performance metrics, changes in volumes, services and other market conditions, such as inflation.conditions. Revenue relating to such incentivethese pricing adjustments is estimated and included in the consideration if it is probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur in the future. The estimate of variable consideration is determined either by the expected value or contingency payments is recorded when the contingency is satisfiedmost likely amount method and the Company concludes the amounts are earned.

60



For all lines of business (other than the Company’s managed expedited freight businessfactors in current, past and the Company’s Logistics segment with respect to those transactions where its contract logistics business is serving as the customer’s agent in arranging purchased transportation), the Company reports revenue on a gross basis in accordanceforecasted experience with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Reporting Revenue Gross as Principal Versus Net as an Agent.” The Company believes presentationcustomer. Customers are billed based on a gross basis is appropriate under ASC Topic 605terms specified in light of the following factors:
The Company is the primary obligorrevenue contract and is responsible for providing the service desired by the customer.
The customer holds the Company responsible for fulfillment, including the acceptability of the service (requirements may include, for example, on-time delivery, handling freight loss and damage claims, establishing pick-up and delivery times, tracing shipments in transit, and providing contract-specific services).
For the Company’s expedited, freight brokerage, last mile and intermodal businesses, the Company has complete discretionremit payment according to select contractors or other transportation providers (collectively, “service providers”). For its freight forwarding business, the Company enters into agreements with significant service providers that specify the cost of services, among other things, and has ultimate authority in providing approval for all service providers that can be used by its independently-owned stations. Independently-owned stations may further negotiate the cost of services with approved service providers for individual customer shipments.
The Company has complete discretion to establish sales and contract pricing. North American independently-owned stations within its global forwarding business have the discretion to establish sales prices.
The Company bears credit risk for all receivables. In the case of global forwarding, the North American independently-owned stations reimburse the Company for a portion (typically 70-80%) of credit losses. The Company retains the risk that the independent station owners will not meet this obligation.
For certain of the Company’s subsidiaries in both of its segments, revenue is recognized on a net basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605 because the Company does not serve as the primary obligor. The Company’s global forwarding operations collects certain taxes and duties on behalf of their customers as part of the services offered and arranged for international shipments. The Company presents these collections on a net basis.
Under certain supply chain contracts, billings in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as unearned revenue. Unearned revenue is recognized over the contract period as services are provided. In addition, the Company has deferred certain recoverable direct and incremental costs related to the setup of logistics operations under long-term contracts. These deferred setup costs are recognized as expense over the contract term.payment terms.
Cash, and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less as of the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the total amount of restricted cash included in Other long-term assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $12 million, $52 million and $26 million, respectively. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2017 was primarily comprised of tax-deferred proceeds from a property sale in 2017; this amount was reclassified in 2018. As discussed above, in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2016-18, restricted cash was included with cash and cash equivalents unlesswhen reconciling the investments are legally or contractually restrictedbeginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for more than three months.the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoice amount or incontractual amount. In determining the case of unbilled amounts at the expected invoice amount. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts, based upon its assessment of various factors. Thethe Company considers historical collection experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of the Company’s customers, any specific customer collection issues that have been identified, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances that have aged significantly once all collection efforts have been exhausted and the receivables are no longer deemed collectible from the customer. collectible.
The rollforwardroll-forward of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Beginning balance$9.8
 $3.5
 $0.6
Provision, charged to expense12.9
 6.9
 2.6
Write-offs, less recoveries, and other adjustments(5.8) (0.6) 0.3
Ending balance$16.9
 $9.8
 $3.5
Other Current Assets
Other current assets consist primarily of prepaid expenses, value-added taxes and income taxes receivable, miscellaneous receivables and inventory. Prepaid expenses are amortized over the respective contract term or other applicable time period.

61



Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the weighted-average cost method and consist primarily of diesel fuel, vehicle spare parts and various consumable supplies. The following table outlines the Company’s other current assets:
 December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Prepaid expenses$142.3
 $13.2
Value-added tax and income tax receivables115.8
 15.4
Miscellaneous receivables50.5
 5.4
Inventory48.9
 1.3
Other current assets43.5
 0.7
Total Other Current Assets$401.0
 $36.0
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Beginning balance $42
 $26
 $17
Provision charged to expense 36
 24
 15
Write-offs, less recoveries, and other adjustments (26) (8) (6)
Ending balance $52
 $42
 $26
Receivables securitization and factoring
The Company uses trade accounts receivables securitization and factoring programs in the normal course of business as part of managing its cash flows. The Company accounts for transfers under its factoring arrangements as sales because the Company sells full title and ownership in the underlying receivables and has met the criteria for control of the receivables to be considered transferred. The Company accounts for transfers under its securitization program as either sales or secured borrowings based on an evaluation of whether it has transferred control. In instances where the Company does not meet the criteria for surrender of control, the transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing. For these transactions, the receivables remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company and the notes are reflected within debt, see Note 11—Debt for additional information related to the Company’s receivables securitization secured borrowing program. For transfers in the securitization program where the Company has surrendered control, the transactions are accounted for as sales and the receivables are derecognized from the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the date of transfer. In the securitization and factoring arrangements, any


59


continuing involvement is limited to servicing the receivables. The fair value of any servicing assets and liabilities is immaterial.
For transfers under the securitization program which are accounted for as sales, the consideration received includes a simultaneous cash payment and a deferred purchase price receivable. The deferred purchase price receivable is not a trade receivable and it is recorded based on its fair value and reported within Other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The cash payment which the Company receives on the date of the transfer is reflected within Net cash provided by operating activities. As the Company receives cash payments on the deferred purchase price receivable, it is reflected as an investing activity. As of December 31, 2018, the balance of deferred purchase price receivable reflected within Other current assets was $52 million. There was no deferred purchase price receivable balance as of December 31, 2017.
As of December 31, 2018, in connection with the securitization program, the Company sold receivables of $231 million and received cash of $179 million and a deferred purchase price receivable of $52 million. For the Company’s factoring programs, as of December 31, 2018, the Company sold receivables of $248 million and received cash of $246 million. As of December 31, 2017, for the Company’s factoring programs, the Company sold receivables of $119 million and received cash of $119 million. The cost of participating in these programs was immaterial to the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are generally recorded at cost, or in the case of acquired property and equipment, at fair value at the date of acquisition. Maintenance and repair expenditures are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are sold, the applicable costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in income. For internally-developed computer software, the Company has adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 350-40, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Accordingly, certainall costs incurred in theduring planning and evaluation stage of internally-developed computer software are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and included in property and equipment. Capitalized internally-developed software also includes the fair value of acquired internally-developed technology.
Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
ClassificationEstimated Useful Life
Buildings and leasehold improvementsTerm of lease to 40 years
Vehicles, containers, tractors, trailers and tankers3 to 14 years
Rail cars container and chassis15 to 30 years
Machinery and equipment5 to 10 years
Office and warehouse equipment3 to 10 years
Computer software and equipment31 to 56 years
Asset Retirement Obligations
A liability for an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded in the period in which it is incurred. When an ARO liability is initially recorded, the Company capitalizes the cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. For additional information refer to Note 6—Propertyeach subsequent period, the liability is increased for accretion expense and Equipment.the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate an impairment. Under ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, (Topic 350): “Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment,” which requires anthe Company adopted in connection with its annual goodwill impairment test foras of August 31, 2017, goodwill impairment, if any, is measured at the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company may first choose
Accounting guidance allows entities to perform a qualitative evaluation of the likelihood of goodwill impairment. If the Company determinesassessment (a “step-zero” test) before performing a quantitative evaluationanalysis. If an entity determines that it is necessary,not more-likely-than-not that the goodwill at the reporting unit is subject to a two-step impairment test. The first step compares the bookfair value of a reporting unit includingis less than its carrying amount, the entity does not need to perform the quantitative analysis. The qualitative assessment includes a review of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, internal cost factors, and overall financial performance, among other factors.


60


For the 2018 goodwill with its fair value. If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,assessment, the Company completesperformed a step-zero qualitative analysis for all six reporting units. For the second step in order to determine the amount of2017 goodwill impairment loss that should be recorded. In the second step,assessment, the Company determines an implied fair valueperformed a step-zero qualitative analysis for five of its reporting units and elected to proceed directly to a step one quantitative analysis for one reporting unit. Based on the reporting unit’s goodwill by allocatingqualitative assessments performed each year, the Company concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit to all ofunits was less than their carrying amounts, and therefore, further quantitative analysis was not performed. For the assetsyears ended December 31, 2018 and liabilities other than goodwill. The amount of impairment is equal to the excess of the book value of goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The Company performs the annual impairment testing during the third quarter each year unless events or circumstances indicate impairment of the goodwill may have occurred before that time.
For goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of 2015,2017, the Company elected to bypass the qualitative evaluation, except for the reporting units associated with Norbert Dentressangle SA, as described below. did not recognize any goodwill impairment.
The Company determines fair values for each of the reporting units using an income approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on its most recent views of the long-term outlook for the business. Actual results may differ from those assumed in the Company’s forecasts. The Company derives its discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing public company market data for its industry to estimate the weighted-average cost of capital. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in its internally developed forecasts. For the periods presented, the Company did not recognize any goodwill impairment as the estimated fair value of its reporting units with goodwill exceeded the book value of these reporting units. For each of the Company’s reporting units, the excess of the fair

62



value over the book value ranged from 87% to over 100%. Given the 2015 acquisition of Norbert Dentressangle SA, the Company performed a qualitative evaluation of the likelihood of goodwill impairment on the reporting units associated with the former Norbert Dentressangle SA, concluding that no goodwill impairment existed. For additional information refer to Note 8—Goodwill.
Intangible Assets with Definite Lives
The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” which establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment andCompany’s intangible assets subject to amortization.amortization consist of customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The Company reviews long-lived assets to be held-and-used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows over the remaining useful life of a long-lived asset group is less than its carrying amount, the asset is considered to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset. The Company estimates fair value using the expected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks associated with the recovery of the asset. For the periods presented, the Company did not recognize any impairment of the identified intangible assets.
The Company’s intangible Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of customer relationships, carrier relationships, trade names, non-compete agreements, and other intangibles. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis over the period of economic benefit based on the estimated cash flows attributable to the related intangible asset or on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the related intangible asset. Trade names are amortized on an accelerated basis over the period of economic benefit based on the estimated cash flows attributable to the related intangible assets. Non-compete agreements, carrier relationships and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis overor on a basis consistent with the estimated useful lives ofpattern in which the related intangible asset.economic benefits are realized. The range of estimated useful lives and the weighted-average useful lives of the respective intangible assets by type are as follows:
ClassificationEstimated Useful LifeWeighted-Average Amortization Period
Customer relationships35 to 14 years12.35 years
Carrier relationships2 years2.00 years
Trade names1.2 to 3.5 years2.8616 years
Non-compete agreementsTerm of agreement4.18 years
Other intangible assets1.5 to 5 years4.24 years
For additional information refer to Note 7—Intangible Assets.
Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist primarily of accrued salaries and wages, accrued value-added tax and other taxes, accrued transportation and facility charges, accrued purchased services, accrued interest oninclude the Company’s outstanding debt, accrued employee benefits, and accrued litigation and insurance claims, as well as other miscellaneous accrued expenses. The following table outlines the Company’s accrued expenses, other:components:
 December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Accrued salaries and wages$558.6
 $50.1
Accrued value-added tax and other taxes153.3
 1.3
Accrued transportation and facility charges156.1
 4.9
Accrued insurance claims95.3
 5.8
Accrued estimated litigation liabilities66.1
 11.5
Accrued purchased services61.7
 18.9
Accrued interest56.8
 15.1
Accrued restricted stock cash settlements19.3
 
Other accrued expenses124.6
 12.3
Total Accrued Expenses$1,291.8
 $119.9
  As of December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017
Accrued salaries and wages $539
 $581
Accrued transportation and facility charges 462
 438
Accrued value-added tax and other taxes 172
 176
Other accrued expenses 307
 331
Total accrued expenses $1,480
 $1,526

63



Other Current LiabilitiesSelf-Insurance
Other current liabilities consist primarily of deferred revenue, employee benefits, bank overdrafts, estimated acquisition earn-out liability, income taxes payable, current portion of interest rate swap liability, and other current liabilities. Bank overdrafts represent short-term loans and are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and financing cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The following table outlines the Company’s other current liabilities:
 December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Deferred revenue$62.4
 $0.5
Employee benefits38.7
 
Bank overdrafts29.5
 
Acquisition earn-out liability21.8
 
Current portion of interest rate swap liability5.2
 
Other current liabilities46.0
 6.2
Total Other Current Liabilities$203.6
 $6.7
Self-Insurance Accruals
The Company uses a combination of self-insurance programs and large-deductible purchased insurance to provide for the costs of medical, casualty, liability, vehicular, cargo and workers'workers’ compensation claims. The long-term portion of self-insurance accruals relates primarily to workers' compensation and vehicular claims that are expected to be payable over several years. The Company periodically evaluates theits level of insurance coverage and adjustsadjusts its insurance levels based on risk tolerance and premium expense.
The measurement and classification of self-insured costs requires the consideration of historical cost experience, demographic and severity factors, and judgments about the current and expected levels of cost per claim and retention levels. These methods provide estimates of the undiscounted liability associated with claims incurred as of the balance sheet date, including estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Changes in these assumptions and factors can materially affect actual costs paid to settle the claims and those amounts may be different than estimates.


61


Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Stockholders’ Equity
The Company has a share repurchase program under which shares purchased are retired and returned to authorized and unissued status. Any excess of cost over par value is charged to Additional paid-in capital to the extent that a balance is present. If Additional paid-in capital is fully depleted, any remaining excess of cost over par value will be charged to Retained earnings.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The components of and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, are as follows:
(In millions) Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Derivative Hedges Defined Benefit Plans Liability Less: AOCI Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests AOCI Attributable to the Company
As of December 31, 2016 $(206) $
 $(13) $25
 $(194)
Other comprehensive income 180
 10
 92
 (52) 230
Amounts reclassified from AOCI 
 (5) (2) 
 (7)
Net current period other comprehensive income 180
 5
 90
 (52) 223
Impact of tax reform act (17) 2
 2
 
 (13)
As of December 31, 2017 (43) 7
 79
 (27) 16
Other comprehensive (loss) income (96) 12
 (89) 27
 (146)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI (4) (18) (2) 
 (24)
Net current period other comprehensive loss (100) (6) (91) 27
 (170)
As of December 31, 2018 $(143) $1
 $(12) $
 $(154)
Income Taxes
Taxes onThe Company accounts for income are provided fortaxes in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740: “Income Taxes.” Income taxes and effective tax rates are calculated on a legal entity and jurisdictional basis relying on several factors, including pre-tax earnings, differences between tax laws and accounting rules, statutory tax rates, tax credits, uncertain tax positions, and valuation allowances. The Company uses judgment and estimates in evaluating its tax positions.
Under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes.” Deferreddeferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on thetaxes arise from temporary differences between the book value and the tax basisbases of particular assets and liabilities and the tax effects of net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable incometheir reported amounts in the yearsConsolidated Financial Statements. Valuation allowances are established when, in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized as income or expense in the period that included the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to offset net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence,management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that some or all of theits deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management periodically assessesIn assessing the likelihood that the Company will utilize its existing deferred tax assets and recordsneed for a valuation allowance, for deferredmanagement weighs the available positive and negative evidence, including limitations on the use of tax assets when it is more likely than notlosses and other carryforwards due to changes in ownership, historic information, and projections of future taxable income that such deferredinclude and exclude future reversals of taxable temporary differences. The Company has elected to record Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income as a period cost.
The Company’s tax assets will not be realized.
Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes is determined based onreturns are subject to examination by U.S. Federal, state and foreign taxing jurisdictions. ASC Topic 740 which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’sCompany’s financial statements and provides guidanceprescribes a recognition threshold with measurement attributes for income tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Under ASC 740, the financial statement recognition and measurementimpact of aan uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return must be recognized in athe financial statements at the largest amount estimated to be sustained under the more likely than not principle. An uncertain income tax return. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification,position will not be recognized in the financial statements if it does not meet the stated criteria. The Company adjusts these tax liabilities, including related interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosuresbased on the current facts and transition. For additional information refercircumstances. Recently enacted tax law changes, published rulings,


62


court cases, and outcomes of tax audits are all considered. While the Company does not expect material changes, it is possible that its actual tax liability will differ from its established tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits which may impact its effective tax rate. While it is often difficult to Note 14—Income Taxes. predict the outcome of any particular tax position, the Company believes that its tax provisions reflect the more likely than not outcome of known tax contingencies. The Company reports tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that use the local currency as their functional currency are translated to U.S. dollars (“USD”) using the exchange rate prevailing at each balance sheet date, with balance sheet currency translation adjustments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income inAOCI on the consolidated balance sheets.Consolidated Balance Sheets. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries whose local currency is not their functional currency are remeasured from their local currency to their functional currency and then translated to USD. The results of operations of the Company'sCompany’s foreign subsidiaries are translated to USD using average exchange rates prevailing for each period presented.
Foreign currency transactions recognized in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsIncome are converted to USD by applying the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the

64



transaction. Gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions and the effects of remeasuring monetary assets and liabilities are recorded in foreignForeign currency loss (gain) in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations.Income.
Foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses were $34.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.0 million forloss (gain) included in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.Consolidated Statements of Income consisted of the following:
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Unrealized foreign currency option and forward contracts (gains) losses $(20) $49
 $(40)
Realized foreign currency option and forward contracts losses (gains) 16
 15
 (3)
Foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses (gains) 7
 (6) 3
Total foreign currency loss (gain) $3
 $58
 $(40)
Fair Value Measurements
FASB ASC Topic 820,820:Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:
Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets; and
Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable, generally utilizing pricing models or other valuation techniques that reflect management’s judgment and estimates.
The aggregate net fair value estimates are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management. The respective carrying value of certainthe following financial instruments approximated their fair values as of December 31, 20152018 and 2014, respectively. These financial instruments include2017: cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deferred purchase price related to accounts receivable sold, accounts payable, accrued expenses and current maturities of long-term debt. Fair values approximate carrying values for these financial instruments, sinceas they are short-term in nature andand/or are receivable or payable on demand. The fair value of the asset financing approximates the carrying value since the debt is primarily issued at a floating rate, may be prepaid any time at par without penalty and the remaining life is short-term in nature.
CashLevel 1 cash equivalents consist of short-term interest-bearing instruments (primarily commercial paper, certificates of deposit and money market funds) with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. The carrying amounts forinclude money market funds are a reasonable estimate of fair value andvalued using quoted market prices are available and accordingly, are classified asin active markets. The Level 1 instruments. Commercial paper and certificates of deposit are generally2 cash equivalents include short-term investments valued using published interest rates for instruments with similar terms and maturities, and accordingly, are classified as Level 2 instruments. Thematurities. For information regarding the fair value of the Company's Senior Notes due 2022, Senior Notes due 2019, and convertible senior notes was estimated using quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets. The fair value of the Company's Term Loan Facility, Senior Notes due 2021 and Euro private placement notes due 2020 was estimated using inputs that are readily available market inputs for long-term debt with similar terms and maturities. The fair valuehierarchy of the Company’s Senior Notes due 2018derivative instruments and Senior Debentures due 2034 was estimated using an average of prices provided by multiple brokers. For additional information,financial liabilities, refer to Note 9—Debt10—Derivative Instruments. The Company's derivative instruments include over-the-counter derivatives that are primarily valued using models that rely on observable market inputs, such as currency exchange rates and yield curves. For additional information refer to Note 15—Derivative Instruments11—Debt., respectively.

65
63



The following table summarizes the carrying value and valuation of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy:hierarchy of cash equivalents:
 December 31, 2015
(Dollars in millions)Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Financial Assets:         
Cash equivalents$83.2
 $83.2
 $9.1
 $74.1
 $
Financial Liabilities:         
Senior Notes due 2022$1,577.0
 $1,479.8
 $1,479.8
 $
 $
Senior Notes due 2021536.6
 507.5
 
 507.5
 
Senior Notes due 2019900.4
 920.3
 920.3
 
 
Senior Notes due 2018268.2
 271.0
 
 271.0
 
Term loan facility1,540.3
 1,590.0
 
 1,590.0
 
Senior Debentures due 2034199.0
 201.0
 
 201.0
 
Convertible senior notes46.8
 89.1
 89.1
 
 
Euro private placement notes due 202014.5
 13.9
 
 13.9
 
Derivative instruments8.8
 8.8
 
 8.8
 
          
 December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Financial Assets:         
Cash equivalents$330.8
 $330.8
 $330.8
 $
 $
Financial Liabilities:         
Senior Notes due 2019$490.2
 $527.5
 $527.5
 $
 $
Convertible senior notes89.9
 271.3
 271.3
 
 
  As of December 31, 2018
(In millions) Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2
Cash equivalents $237
 $237
 $236
 $1
         
  As of December 31, 2017
(In millions) Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2
Cash equivalents $90
 $90
 $74
 $16
Derivative Instruments
The Company records all derivative instruments inon the consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. The Company’s accounting treatment for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the instruments have been designated and qualify as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the derivative based upon the exposure being hedged. The effective portions ofgain or loss resulting from fair value adjustments on cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income inAOCI on the consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. earnings and is presented in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item. The effective portions ofgains and losses on the net investment hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets as a part of the cumulative translation adjustment. The ineffective portions ofadjustments in AOCI to the extent that the instruments are effective in hedging the designated risk. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges and net investment hedges are recorded in interestrepresenting hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness will be amortized into Interest expense in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations.Income in a systematic manner. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are adjusted to fair value through earnings and are recorded in other expenseForeign currency loss (gain) in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations. Cash receipts and payments are classified according to the derivative’s nature. However, cash flows from derivative instruments that are accounted for as cash flow hedges are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. For additional information, refer to Note 15—Derivative Instruments.Income.
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Defined benefit pension plan obligations are calculated using various actuarial assumptions and methodologies. Assumptions include discount rates, inflation rates, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. The assumptions used in recording the projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets represent the Company'sCompany’s best estimates based on available information available regarding historical experience and factors that may cause future expectations to differ from past experiences.differ. Differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially impact the Company'sCompany’s obligation and future expense amounts.
The impact of plan amendments, actuarial gains and losses and prior-service costs are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income,AOCI and are generally amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of the active employees covered by the defined benefit pension plans. Unamortized gains and losses are amortized only to the extent they exceed 10% of the higher of the fair value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation of the respective plan. For additional information, refer to Note 10—Employee Benefit Plans.

66



Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation based on the equity instrument’s grant date fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” The fair value of each stock-based payment award is established on the date of grant.value. For grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) subject to service-service-based or performance-based vesting conditions only, the fair value is established based on the market price on the date of the grant. For grants of RSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions, the fair value is established using the Monte Carlo simulation lattice model. For grants of options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards. The determination of the fair value of stock-based awards is affected by the Company’s stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
The weighted-average fair value of each stock option recorded in expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is amortized over the requisite service period of the option. The Company has used one grouping for the assumptions, as its option grants have similar characteristics. The expected term of options granted has been derived based upon the Company’s history of actual exercise behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Historical data was also used to estimate option exercises and employee terminations. Estimated volatility is based upon the Company’s historical market price at consistent points in a period equal to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and the expected dividend yield is zero.period. For options with graded vesting, it is the Company’s policy towe recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period forof the entire award; however, the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date will at least equal the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested atas of that date.
For the Company’s performance-based restricted stock units


64


(“PRSUs”), the Company recognizes expense over the awards’ requisite service period based on the number of awards expected to vest accordingwith consideration to the actual and expected financial results of the individual performance periods compared to set performance targets for those periods.results. If achievement of the performance targets for a PRSU award is not considered to be probable, then no expense will beis recognized until achievement of such targets becomes probable. For additional information refer to Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation.
Earnings per Share
Earnings per common share are computed in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share,” which requires companies to present basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share. For additional information refer to Note 17—Earnings per Share.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Refer to Recast of Financial Information Due to Adoption of New Accounting Guidance above for a discussion of ASUs 2017-07 and 2016-18.
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No.ASU 2014-09, Revenue (Topic 606): “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU, codified inTopic 606 includes the "Revenue Recognition" topic ofrequired steps to achieve the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, requirescore principle that an entity should recognize revenue to be recognized upondepict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. TheAs discussed further in Note 5—Revenue Recognition, the Company adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force).” This ASU addresses eight specific cash flow classification issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice. Under the new standard, also requires disclosures sufficientcash payments for debt prepayments or debt extinguishment costs should be classified as outflows for financing activities. Additional cash flow issues covered under the standard include: settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to describe the nature, amount, timing,effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and uncertainty of revenue andseparately identifiable cash flows arising from these customer contracts. Thisand application of the predominance principle. The Company adopted this standard is effective for fiscal years,on January 1, 2018. Adoption was on a prospective basis and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15,did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
In May 2017, with early adoption permitted for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): “Scope of Modification Accounting.” This ASU can be applied either retrospectivelyprovides guidance about the changes to each prior reporting period presentedthe terms or withconditions of a share-based payment award that require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under the cumulative effectnew standard, modification accounting applies unless all of initially applying the standard recognizedfollowing conditions are met: (i) the fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the modification; (ii) the vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the modification; and (iii) the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. Generally speaking, modification accounting requires an entity to calculate and recognize the incremental fair value of the modified award as compensation cost on the date of adoption.modification (for a vested award) or over the remaining service period (for an unvested award). The impact of this guidance, which was applied prospectively on January 1, 2018, is dependent on future modifications, if any, to the Company’s share-based payment awards.
In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740): “Amendments to Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118.” The ASU amends ASC 740 to provide further guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) and allows for the recognition of provisional amounts in the event that a company does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed to finalize its accounting under ASC 740. ASU 2018-05 allows for adjustments to provisional amounts in multiple reporting periods during the allowable one-year measurement period from the Tax Act enactment date. This standard was adopted upon issuance. The reduction in the U.S. corporate federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% required a one-time revaluation of our net deferred tax liabilities resulting in the Company recording a tax benefit of $173 million as of December 31, 2017. No modifications were required during 2018.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): “Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.” The ASU includes the removal of the requirement to disclose the amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized in expense over the next fiscal year and the effects of a one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend


65


rates. Additionally, it requires the disclosure of an explanation of the reasons for significant gains/losses related to a change in the benefit obligation. The Company will adopt this standardearly-adopted ASU 2018-14 in the firstfourth quarter of 2018. The Companyadoption, which is currently evaluating the method of application and the potential impact on the financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Abilitylimited to Continue asdisclosures only, will not have a Going Concern.” This ASU requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the standard and the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810):“Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models. It also changes certain criteria for identifying variable interest entities. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the standard and the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.

67



In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which requires an entity to recognize debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the debt liability on the balance sheet. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2015 and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented. The Company has implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-03, retrospectively to all periods presented, for the December 31, 2015 annual reporting period. For the year-ended December 31, 2014, the implementation resulted in a reclassification of debt issuance costs of $11.8 million from long-term assets to the related debt liabilities on the balance sheet.
In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-07, Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): “Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent).” This ASU removes the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient. This ASU is effective retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This standard will have anmaterial impact on the Company’s notes to consolidated financial statements; however, it will not have an effect on the consolidated balance sheets or the statements of consolidated income.statements.
In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-09, Financial Services - Insurance (Topic 944): “Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts.” This ASU requires insurance entities to disclose additional information about the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustments. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and will be applied retrospectively by providing comparative disclosures for each period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the applicability of this standard to the activities of its captive insurance companies.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” This ASU requires that inventory be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value, rather than lower of cost or market. This ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the method of application and the potential impact on the financial statements and related disclosures.
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): “Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments,” which simplifies how adjustments are made to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination during the measurement period. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the standard and the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” This ASU simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes in the classified statement of financial position by removing the requirement to separate deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts. The amendments in the update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in the classified statement of financial position. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company has implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-17, retrospectively to all periods presented, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2014, the implementation resulted in a current to noncurrent adjustment of $9.2 million to the Company’s deferred tax asset balance.Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Effective
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize on its Consolidated Balance Sheets the assets and liabilities that arise from leases, including operating leases. Under the new requirements, a lessee will recognize in the statement of financial positionbalance sheet a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and the right-of-use asset representing the right to the underlying asset for the lease term. ForIn July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, which clarified certain aspects of ASU 2016-02. Also, in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): “Targeted Improvements,” which provides an optional transition method to allow entities, on adoption of ASU 2016-02, to report prior periods under previous lease accounting guidance. The Company will adopt Topic 842 effective January 1, 2019 using the transition method provided by ASU 2018-11, and the Company estimates the adoption will result in the recognition of a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability for operating leases of approximately $2 billion on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company will elect the package of practical expedients on adoption, which will retain the lease identification, classification and initial direct costs for leases that commenced prior to the adoption date. Additionally, the Company will elect the recognition exemption which allows the Company to not recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for leases with aan initial term of 12 months or less and to not separate associated lease and non-lease components within a contract as permitted by the lesseestandards.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.” The ASU aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is permitteda service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee have not significantly changed from previous GAAP. The standarddevelop or obtain internal-use software. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the amendmentthat reporting period; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard and the impact on its consolidated financial statementsstatements.
3. Divestitures
North American Truckload Operation
In October 2016, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and footnote disclosures.a subsidiary of TransForce Inc. (“TransForce”), the Company divested its North American Truckload operation (formerly known as Con-way Truckload) for a $558 million cash consideration, subject to certain adjustments. For the period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016, these North American Truckload operation generated revenue of $432 million (prior to intercompany eliminations) and operating income of $32 million. The North American Truckload operation was included in the Company’s Transportation segment through the date of sale. As the proceeds from the sale equaled the carrying value (inclusive of goodwill), there was no gain or loss recognized in connection with this divestiture.

68

4. Segment Reporting and Geographic Information
The Company is organized into two reportable segments: Transportation and Logistics.
In the Transportation segment, the Company provides multiple services to facilitate movements of raw materials, parts and finished goods. The Company accomplishes this by using its proprietary technology, third-party independent carriers and Company-owned transportation assets and service centers. XPO’s transportation services include: freight brokerage, last mile, less-than-truckload (“LTL”), full truckload, global forwarding and managed transportation. Freight brokerage, last mile, global forwarding and managed transportation are all non-asset or asset-light businesses; the LTL and full truckload operations are primarily asset-based.
In the Logistics segment, which we also refer to as supply chain, the Company provides differentiated and data-intensive contract logistics services for customers, including value-added warehousing and distribution, e-commerce


66


3. Acquisitions
2015 Acquisitions
Con-way Inc.fulfillment, cold chain solutions, reverse logistics, packaging and labeling, factory support, aftermarket support, inventory management and personalization services, such as laser etching. In addition, the Logistics segment provides highly engineered, customized solutions and supply chain optimization services, such as volume flow management, predictive analytics and advanced automation.
On September 9, 2015, XPO entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Con-way Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Canada Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of XPO (“Merger Subsidiary”). Headquartered in Ann Arbor, Michigan, Con-way was a Fortune 500 company with a transportation and logistics network of 582 locations and approximately 30,000 employees serving over 36,000 customers.
Under the termsCertain of the Merger Agreement, XPO caused Merger SubsidiaryCompany’s operating units provide services to commence a cash tender offer (the “Offer”)other Company operating units outside of their reportable segment. Billings for all of Con-way's outstanding shares of common stock, parsuch services are based on negotiated rates, which approximates fair value, $0.625 per share (the “Shares”), at a purchase price of $47.60 per Share, net to the seller in cash, without interest thereon and less any applicable withholding taxes. The Offer and withdrawal rights expired on October 30, 2015. A total of 46,150,072 Shares were validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Offerare reflected as revenues of the expiration date, representing approximately 81.1% of the outstanding Shares. In addition, Notices of Guaranteed Delivery were delivered for 1,793,225 Shares, representing approximately 3.2% of the outstanding Shares. The number of Shares tendered satisfied the minimum condition,billing segment. These rates are adjusted from time to time based on market conditions. Such intersegment revenues and all Shares that were validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer were accepted for payment. The fair value of the total consideration paidexpenses are eliminated in the OfferCompany’s consolidated results.
Corporate includes corporate headquarters costs for executive officers and Merger Agreement was $2,317.8 million, net of cash acquired of $437.3 million, consisting of $2,706.6 million of cash paid at the time of closing for the purchase of all of Con-way’s outstanding shares of common stock, $17.6 million representing the portion of replacement equity awards attributable to pre-acquisition service,certain legal and a $30.9 million liability for the settlement of certain Con-way stock-based compensation awards.
On October 30, 2015, following its acceptance of the tendered shares, XPO completed its acquisition of Con-way pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. Merger Subsidiary merged with and into Con-way, with Con-way continuing as the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of XPO. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time was converted into the right to receive the purchase price other than Shares owned by (i) Con-way, XPO or Merger Subsidiary, which Shares have been canceled and cease to exist, (ii) any subsidiary of Con-way or XPO (other than Merger Subsidiary), which Shares have been converted into shares of common stock of the surviving corporation, or (iii) stockholders who validly exercise appraisal rights under Delaware law with respect to such Shares. All Con-way shares not validly tendered into the Offer have been canceled and converted into the right to receive the same $47.60 per share, net to the seller in cash, without interest thereon and less any applicable withholding taxes, as is to be paid for all Shares that were validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Offer. Con-way shares have ceased trading on the New York Stock Exchange.
At the effective time (as specified in the Merger Agreement), each Con-way stock option and stock appreciation right, whether vested or unvested, was converted into an option to purchase shares of XPO common stock or a stock appreciation right in respect of XPO common stock, as applicable, with the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such stock option or stock appreciation right immediately prior to the Effective Time, with the number of shares of XPO common stock (rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares) subject to such stock option or stock appreciation right equal to the product of (i) the total number of Shares underlying such stock option or stock appreciation right immediately prior to the Effective Time, multiplied by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing the per share merger consideration by the volume-weighted average trading price of XPO common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “Equity Award Conversion Amount”), and with the exercise price applicable to such stock option or stock appreciation right to equal the quotient (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) obtained by dividing (a) the exercise price per Share applicable to such stock option or stock appreciation right immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (b) the Equity Award Conversion Amount.
(Dollars in millions) 
Cash consideration$2,706.6
Liability for equity award settlement30.9
Portion of replacement equity awards attributable to pre-acquisition service17.6
Cash acquired(437.3)
Total consideration$2,317.8

69



The Con-way transaction was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of October 30, 2015, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the expected synergies and cost rationalization from the merger of operationsfinancial functions, as well as intangiblecertain other costs and credits not attributed to the Company’s core business. These costs are not allocated to the business segments.
The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) regularly reviews financial information at the reporting segment level in order to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and to assess their performance. Segment results that are reported to the CODM include items directly attributable to a segment, as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Asset information by segment is not provided to the Company’s CODM, as the majority of the Company’s assets that do not qualify for separate recognition such as an assembled workforce.are managed at the corporate level.
The Company evaluates performance based on the various financial measures of its two reporting segments. The following table outlinesidentifies selected financial data for the consideration transferredyears ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and purchase price allocation at the respective estimated fair values as of October 30, 2015:2016:
(Dollars in millions) 
Consideration$2,317.8
Accounts receivable669.9
Other current assets99.9
Property and equipment1,931.0
Trade name5.6
Non-compete agreements2.4
Customer relationships785.2
Deferred tax assets34.6
Other long-term assets48.5
Accounts payable(353.5)
Accrued expenses, other(380.6)
Other current liabilities(27.5)
Long-term debt(640.6)
Deferred tax liabilities(689.4)
Employee benefit obligations(159.8)
Other long-term liabilities(196.7)
Goodwill$1,188.8
(In millions) Transportation Logistics Corporate Eliminations Total
Year Ended December 31, 2018 (1)
          
Revenue $11,343
 $6,065
 $
 $(129) $17,279
Operating income (loss) 646
 216
 (158) 
 704
Depreciation and amortization 461
 244
 11
 
 716
Year Ended December 31, 2017 (1)
          
Revenue $10,276
 $5,229
 $
 $(124) $15,381
Operating income (loss) 547
 202
 (167) 
 582
Depreciation and amortization 447
 203
 8
 
 658
Year Ended December 31, 2016 (1)
          
Revenue $9,976
 $4,761
 $
 $(118) $14,619
Operating income (loss) 459
 165
 (160) 
 464
Depreciation and amortization 456
 185
 2
 
 643
(1)Certain minor organizational changes were made in 2018 related to the Company’s managed transportation business. Managed transportation previously had been included in the Logistics segment; as of January 1, 2018, it is reflected in the Transportation segment. Prior period information was recast to conform to the current year presentation.
For information regarding revenues generated by geographical area, refer to Note 5—Revenue Recognition.
As of December 31, 2015,2018 and 2017, the purchase price allocation is considered preliminary. Based on a preliminary allocation, $897.2 millionCompany held long-lived tangible assets outside of the goodwill relates to the Transportation reportable segment and $291.6 millionUnited States of the goodwill relates to the Logistics reportable segment. The goodwill as a result of the acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes. Con-way’s revenue and operating income included in the Company's results for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $896.2$776 million and $0.5$848 million, respectively.
Norbert Dentressangle SA
On April 28, 2015, XPO entered into (1) a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) relating to Norbert Dentressangle SA, a French 5. Revenue Recognitionsociété anonyme (“ND”), among Dentressangle Initiatives, a French société par actions simplifiée, Mr. Norbert Dentressangle, Mrs. Evelyne Dentressangle, Mr. Pierre-Henri Dentressangle, Ms. Marine Dentressangle and XPO and (2) a Tender Offer Agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement” and, together
Adoption of Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with the Share Purchase Agreement, the “ND Transaction Agreements”) between XPO and ND. The ND Transaction Agreements provided for the acquisition of a majority stake in ND by XPO, followed by an all-cash simplified tender offer by XPO to acquire the remaining outstanding shares.
On June 8, 2015, pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Share Purchase Agreement, Dentressangle Initiatives, Mrs. Evelyne Dentressangle, Mr. Pierre-Henri Dentressangle and Ms. Marine Dentressangle (collectively, the “Sellers”) sold to XPO and XPO purchased from the Sellers (the “Share Purchase”), all of the ordinary shares of ND owned by the Sellers, representing a total of approximately 67% of the share capital of ND and all of the outstanding share subscription warrants granted by ND to employees, directors or other officers of ND and its affiliates. Total cash consideration paid for the majority interest in the share capital of ND and settlement of the warrants was €1,437.0 million, or $1,603.9 million, excluding acquired debt. Consideration included only the portion of the fair value of the warrants attributable to service performed prior to the acquisition date. The remaining balance was recorded as compensation expense in the post-combination period. In conjunction with the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to settle certain performance stock awards of ND. Similar to the warrants, the consideration of €11.8 million, or $13.2 million, included only the portion of the fair value attributable to service performed prior to the acquisition date with the balance recorded as compensation expense in the post-combination period. The performance share settlement will be paid in cash with 50% of the awards paid 18 months from the acquisition date and the remaining 50% paid in 36 months. Further, as a result of the acquisition, the Company repaid certain indebtedness and related interest rate swap liabilities of ND totaling €628.5 million, or $705.0 million.

70



On June 11, 2015, XPO filed with the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”) a mandatory simplified cash offer (the “Tender Offer”) to purchase all of the outstanding ordinary shares of ND (other than the shares already owned by XPO) at a price of €217.50 per share. On June 23, 2015, the Company received the necessary approval from the AMF to launch the Tender Offer and the Tender Offer was launched on June 25, 2015. The Tender Offer remained open for a period of 16 trading days. As of December 31, 2015, the Company purchased 1,921,553 shares under the Tender Offer and acquired a total of approximately 86.25% of the share capital of ND. The total fair value of the consideration provided for the noncontrolling interest in ND at the acquisition date is €702.5 million, or $784.2 million, which is based on the quoted market price of ND shares on the acquisition date. Total consideration is summarized in the table below in Euros (“EUR”) and USD:
(In millions)In EUR In USD
Cash consideration1,437.0
 $1,603.9
Liability for performance share settlement11.8
 13.2
Repayment of indebtedness628.5
 705.0
Noncontrolling interests702.5
 784.2
Cash acquired(134.6) (151.0)
Total consideration2,645.2
 $2,955.3
The ND Share Purchase was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of June 8, 2015, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the expected synergies and cost rationalization from the merger of operations as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition such as an assembled workforce.
The following table outlines the consideration transferred and purchase price allocation at the respective estimated fair values as of June 8, 2015:
(Dollars in millions) 
Consideration$2,955.3
Accounts receivable1,060.4
Other current assets350.2
Deferred tax assets147.5
Property and equipment730.7
Trade name covenants40.0
Non-compete agreements5.6
Customer relationships827.0
Other long-term assets68.3
Accounts payable(804.1)
Accrued expenses, other(422.0)
Other current liabilities(164.6)
Long-term debt(643.4)
Deferred tax liabilities(366.8)
Employee benefit obligations(142.3)
Other long-term liabilities(155.2)
Noncontrolling interests(37.2)
Goodwill$2,461.2
As of December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation is considered final, except for the fair value of property & equipment, favorable and unfavorable leasehold assets and liabilities, definite-lived intangible assets, taxes and assumed liabilities. Based on a preliminary allocation, $959.9 million of the goodwill relates to the Transportation reportable segment and $1,501.3 million of the goodwill relates to the Logistics reportable segment. The goodwill as a result of the acquisition is not deductible for local country income tax purposes. ND's revenue and operating income included in the Company's results for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $3,463.1 million and $45.1 million, respectively.
Bridge Terminal Transport Services, Inc.
On May 4, 2015, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with BTTS Holding Corporation to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of Bridge Terminal Transport, Inc. (“BTT”), a leading asset-light drayage provider in the United States. The closing of the transaction was effective on June 1, 2015. The fair value of the total consideration paid under the BTT

71



Stock Purchase Agreement was $103.8 million and consisted of $103.1 million of cash paid at the time of closing, including an estimate of the working capital adjustment, and $0.7 million of equity.
The BTT acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of June 1, 2015 with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $56.6 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $30.0 million. All goodwill relates to the Transportation reportable segment and is not deductible for income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation is considered final, except for the settlement of any working capital adjustments and the fair value of taxes and assumed liabilities.
UX Specialized Logistics
On February 9, 2015, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Earlybird Delivery Systems, LLC to acquire certain assets of UX Specialized Logistics, LLC (“UX”). The fair value of the total consideration paid under the UX Asset Purchase Agreement was $58.9 million and consisted of $58.1 million of cash paid at the time of closing, including an estimate of the working capital adjustment, and $0.8 million of equity. UX provided last mile logistics and same day delivery services for major retail chains and e-commerce companies. 
The UX acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of February 9, 2015 with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $28.9 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $18.8 million. All goodwill relates to the Transportation reportable segment and is fully deductible for income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation is considered final, except for the settlement of any working capital adjustments and the fair value of taxes and assumed liabilities.
2014 Acquisitions
New Breed Logistics
On July 29, 2014, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “New Breed Merger Agreement”) with New Breed Holding Company (“New Breed”), providing for the Company to acquire all of New Breed (the “New Breed Transaction”). New Breed was a provider of highly engineered contract logistics solutions for multi-national and medium-sized corporations and government agencies in the United States. The closing of the transaction was effective on September 2, 2014. At the closing, the Company paid $615.9 million in cash including a $1.1 million estimate of the working capital adjustment.
In conjunction with the New Breed Merger Agreement, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Louis DeJoy, the Chief Executive Officer of New Breed. Pursuant to the subscription agreement, Mr. DeJoy purchased $30.0 million of unregistered XPO common stock at a per share purchase price in cash equal to (1) the closing price of XPO common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on July 29, 2014 with respect to 50% of such purchase and (2) the closing price of XPO common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day immediately preceding September 2, 2014 with respect to the remaining 50% of such purchase. Due to the interrelationship between the New Breed Merger Agreement and the subscription agreement, the Company considers the substance of the consideration paid to be a combination of net cash and equity as described below.
The fair value of the total consideration paid under the New Breed Merger Agreement was $615.9 million and consisted of $585.8 million of net cash paid at the time of closing, including an estimate of the working capital adjustment, and $30.1 million of equity representing the fair value of 1,060,598 shares of the Company’s common stock at the closing market price of $32.45 per share on September 2, 2014 less a marketability discount on the shares issued due to a holding period restriction. The net cash paid at the time of closing consisted of $615.8 million less the $30.0 million used by Louis DeJoy to purchase XPO common stock per the subscription agreement.
The New Breed Transaction was accounted for as a purchase business combination in accordance with ASC 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of September 2, 2014, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the expected synergies and cost rationalization from the merger of operations as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition such as an assembled workforce.

72



The following table outlines the consideration transferred and purchase price allocation at the respective estimated fair values as of September 2, 2014:
(Dollars in millions) 
Consideration$615.9
Cash and cash equivalents1.8
Accounts receivable112.1
Other current assets29.6
Property and equipment112.7
Trade names4.5
Contractual customer relationships asset115.1
Contractual customer relationships liability(5.6)
Non-contractual customer relationships15.2
Other long-term assets15.8
Accounts payable(17.7)
Accrued expenses(33.4)
Deferred tax liabilities, long-term(75.0)
Other long-term liabilities(9.3)
Goodwill$350.1
The purchase price allocation is considered final. All goodwill relates to the Logistics reportable segment. The goodwill as a result of the acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes. The working capital adjustments in connection with this acquisition have been finalized, and there was no material change in the purchase price as a result.
Atlantic Central Logistics
On July 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of Simply Logistics, Inc. d/b/a Atlantic Central Logistics (“ACL”) for $36.2 million in cash consideration and deferred payments. ACL provided e-commerce fulfillment services by facilitating the time-sensitive, local movement of goods between distribution centers and the end-consumer. 
The ACL acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations.” Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values as of July 28, 2014 with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $25.1 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $12.5 million. All goodwill relates to the Transportation reportable segment. The goodwill as a result of the acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price allocation is considered final. The working capital adjustments in connection with this acquisition have been finalized, and there was no material change in the purchase price as a result.
Pacer InternationalCustomers”
On January 5, 2014,1, 2018, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Planadopted Topic 606 using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts that were not completed as of Merger (the “Pacer Merger Agreement”) with Pacer International, Inc. (“Pacer”), providingthe adoption date. The Company recorded an immaterial adjustment to opening Retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 for the acquisitioncumulative impact of Pacer by the Company (the “Pacer Transaction”). Pacer was an asset-light North American freight transportation and logistics services provider. The closing of the transaction was effective on March 31, 2014 (the “Effective Time”).
At the Effective Time, each share of Pacer’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prioradoption related to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive (i) $6.00recognition of in-transit revenue in cashits Transportation segment. Results for 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior periods were not adjusted and (ii) 0.1017are reported under Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition.” The adoption of a share of XPO common stock, which amount is equal to $3.00 divided by the average of the volume-weighted average closing prices of XPO common stock for the ten trading days prior to the Effective Time (the “Pacer Merger Consideration”). Pursuant to the terms of the Pacer Merger Agreement, all vested and unvested Pacer options outstanding at the Effective Time were settled in cash based on the value of the Pacer Merger Consideration. In addition, all Pacer restricted stock, and all vested and unvested Pacer restricted stock units and performance units outstanding at the Effective Time were converted into the right to receive the Pacer Merger Consideration. The fair value of the total consideration paid under the Pacer Merger Agreement was $331.5 million and consisted of $223.3 million of cash paid at the time of closing and $108.2 million of equity representing the fair value of 3,688,246 shares of the Company’s common stock at the closing market price of $29.41 per share on March 31, 2014 less a marketability discount on a portion of shares issued to certain former Pacer executives due to a holding period restriction. The marketability discountTopic 606 did not have a material impact on the fair valueConsolidated Financial Statements as of the equity consideration provided.adoption date or for the year ended

73


67


December 31, 2018. Under Topic 605, for the Company’s Transportation segment, with the exception of the LTL business, revenue was recognized at the point in time when delivery was complete and the shipping terms of the contract were satisfied.
Disaggregation of Revenues
The Company disaggregates its revenue by geographic area and service offering. The following tables present the Company’s revenue disaggregated by geographical area based on sales office location:
  Year Ended December 31, 2018
(In millions) Transportation Logistics Eliminations Total
Revenue        
United States $8,055
 $2,196
 $(19) $10,232
North America (excluding United States) 274
 67
 
 341
France 1,496
 687
 (18) 2,165
United Kingdom 704
 1,436
 (70) 2,070
Europe (excluding France and United Kingdom) 793
 1,584
 (18) 2,359
Other 21
 95
 (4) 112
Total $11,343
 $6,065
 $(129) $17,279
  Year Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2017 2016
Revenue    
United States $9,163
 $8,758
North America (excluding United States) 298
 322
France 2,006
 1,903
United Kingdom 1,799
 1,701
Europe (excluding France and United Kingdom) 1,930
 1,644
Other 185
 291
Total $15,381
 $14,619
The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by service offering:
(In millions) Year Ended December 31, 2018
Transportation:  
Freight brokerage and truckload $4,784
LTL 4,839
Last mile (1)
 1,065
Managed transportation 462
Global forwarding 338
Transportation eliminations (145)
Total Transportation segment revenue 11,343
Total Logistics segment revenue 6,065
Intersegment eliminations (129)
Total revenue $17,279
(1)Comprised of the Company’s North American last mile operations.


68


Contract Balances and Costs
The Pacer TransactionCompany did not have material contract assets, liabilities or costs associated with arrangements with its customers as of December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2017. The Company did not recognize a material amount of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018 that was accounted fordeferred as a business combinationof December 31, 2017. The Company applies the practical expedient in accordance with ASC 805 “Topic 606 that permits the recognition of incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred, if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in Business CombinationsDirect operating expense.” Assets acquired
Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligation
On December 31, 2018, the fixed consideration component of the Company’s remaining performance obligation was approximately $1.5 billion, of which the Company expects to recognize approximately 80% over the next three years and liabilities assumedthe remainder thereafter. Most of the remaining performance obligation relates to the Logistics reportable segment. The Company applies the disclosure exemption in Topic 606 that permits the omission of remaining performance obligations that either: (i) have original expected durations of one year or less, or (ii) contain variable consideration. The Company’s remaining performance obligations related to variable consideration will be satisfied over the remaining tenure of contracts based on the volume of services provided. Remaining performance obligations are estimates made at a point in time and actual amounts may differ from these estimates due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and contract revisions and terminations.
6. Restructuring Charges
In 2018, management approved a restructuring plan to leverage its resources and existing infrastructure to further streamline its organization. Exit costs primarily consisting of severance were recorded as part of this global initiative. The initiatives are intended to improve the Company’s efficiency and profitability. The following table sets forth the restructuring-related activity:
  Year ended December 31, 2018  
(In millions) Charges Incurred Payments Reserve Balance as of December 31, 2018
Severance      
Transportation $12
 $(3) $9
Logistics 6
 (1) 5
Corporate 3
 (1) 2
Total $21
 $(5) $16
Restructuring charges in 2018 were $21 million, of which $19 million was recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at their fair values asfourth quarter of March 31, 2014, with the remaining unallocated purchase price recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the expected synergies and cost rationalization from the merger of operations as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition such as an assembled workforce. The following table outlines the consideration transferred and purchase price allocation at the respective fair values as of March 31, 2014:
(Dollars in millions) 
Consideration$331.5
Cash and cash equivalents22.3
Accounts receivable119.6
Other current assets9.4
Property and equipment43.5
Trade names2.8
Non-compete agreements2.3
Contractual customer relationships66.3
Non-contractual customer relationships1.0
Deferred tax assets, long-term2.8
Other long-term assets2.4
Accounts payable(71.6)
Accrued expenses, other(53.7)
Other current liabilities(2.0)
Other long-term liabilities(11.6)
Goodwill$198.0
The purchase price allocation is considered final. All goodwill recorded related2018. With respect to the acquisition relates to$21 million charge, $1 million was recorded in Direct operating expenses and $20 million in SG&A in the Transportation reportable segment.Consolidated Statements of Income. The carryoverCompany expects the majority of the tax basis in goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes whilecash outlays under the step-up in goodwill as a result2018 approved plan will be substantially complete by the end of the acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes. Total tax deductible goodwill was $323.2 million on the acquisition date of March 31, 2014. The difference between book and tax goodwill represents the tax basis in goodwill from acquisitions made by Pacer prior to the acquisition by XPO.
Pro Forma Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations present consolidated information of the Company as if the acquisitions of Con-way, ND, New Breed and Pacer had occurred as of January 1, 2014: 
 Pro Forma Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)2015 2014
Revenue$14,833.5
 $14,991.0
Operating income$204.0
 $279.4
Net loss attributable to common shareholders$(245.9) $(172.7)
Basic loss per share$(2.28) $(2.03)
Diluted loss per share$(2.28) $(2.03)
Pro forma revenue decreased from 2014 to 2015 primarily due to a strengthening of the USD relative to the EUR (which had a negative impact on legacy ND’s revenue in 2015). Pro forma operating income and net loss attributable to common shareholders decreased from 2014 to 2015 primarily due to a strengthening of the USD relative to the EUR and costs incurred in 2015 in connection with various integration and restructuring activities. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results for the twelve-month periods were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting and are based on the historical financial information of Con-way, ND, New Breed, Pacer and the Company. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results incorporate historical financial information for all significant acquisitions since January 1, 2014. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma adjustments that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisition, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results are not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s consolidated results of operations actually would have been had it completed these acquisitions on January 1, 2014.

74



4. Restructuring Charges2019.
InPrior to 2018, in conjunction with various acquisitions, the Company hashad initiated facility rationalization and severance programs to close facilitiesreduce headcount and reduce employment in order to improve the Company’s efficiency and profitability or adjustprofitability. As of December 31, 2017, the reserves remaining under these severance programs were $14 million for the lossTransportation segment, $5 million for the Logistics segment and $1 million for Corporate. The cash outlays related to the 2017 reserve balance were substantially complete by the end of certain business. The programs include facility exit activities2018 with no adjustments to the reserves.


69


7. Property and employment reduction initiatives.Equipment
The amount of restructuring charges incurred duringfollowing table outlines the years ended December 31, 2015Company’s property and 2014 and included in the consolidated statements of operations as sales, general and administrative expense is summarized below. The table also includes charges recorded on ND’s opening balance sheet which were incurred prior to the acquisition date. Only ND restructuring initiatives in existence at the acquisition date were included in the purchase price allocation.equipment:
   Twelve months ended December 31, 2014  
(Dollars in millions)Reserve Balance at December 31, 2013 Charges Incurred Payments Reserve Balance at December 31, 2014
Corporate       
Contract termination$
 $6.0
 $(2.2) $3.8
Severance
 5.4
 (4.1) 1.3
Total$
 $11.4
 $(6.3) $5.1
  December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017
Property and equipment    
Land $356
 $410
Buildings and leasehold improvements 555
 558
Vehicles, tractors, trailers and tankers 1,561
 1,464
Machinery and equipment 809
 648
Computer software and equipment 909
 694
  4,190
 3,774
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization (1,585) (1,110)
Total property and equipment, net $2,605
 $2,664
   Twelve months ended December 31, 2015  
(Dollars in millions)Reserve Balance at December 31, 2014 From ND Acquisition Charges Incurred Payments Reserve Balance at December 31, 2015
Transportation         
Contract termination$
 $0.1
 $
 $
 $0.1
Facilities
 
 0.8
 (0.2) 0.6
Severance
 4.8
 27.3
 (5.4) 26.7
Total
 4.9
 28.1
 (5.6) 27.4
Logistics         
Contract termination
 0.1
 0.9
 (0.2) 0.8
Severance
 9.3
 21.3
 (5.1) 25.5
Total
 9.4
 22.2
 (5.3) 26.3
Corporate         
Contract termination3.8
 
 3.3
 (3.1) 4.0
Severance1.3
 
 3.3
 (1.1) 3.5
Total5.1
 
 6.6
 (4.2) 7.5
Total$5.1
 $14.3
 $56.9
 $(15.1) $61.2
5. Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Commitments
Under operating leases, the Company is required to make payments for various real estate, double-stack railcars, containers, chassis, tractors, data processing equipment, transportation and office equipment leases that have an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term. Certain leases also contain provisions that allow the Company to extend the leases for various renewal periods.
Under certain capital lease agreements, the Company guarantees the residual valueDepreciation of tractors at the end of the lease term. The stated amounts of the residual-value guarantees have been included in the minimum lease payments below.
In connection with its capital leases, the Company reported $38.3 million of revenueproperty and equipment and $5.5amortization of computer software was $546 million, of accumulated depreciation in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015. Additionally, the Company reported $26.7 million of other equipment and $1.8 million of accumulated depreciation in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015. There were an inconsequential amount of capital leases in 2014.

75



Future minimum lease payments with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, at December 31, 2015, were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)Capital Leases Operating Leases
Year ending December 31:   
2016$22.0
 $537.0
201714.8
 414.1
201814.3
 327.6
20193.8
 246.9
20202.4
 179.1
Thereafter (through 2027)3.6
 502.1
Total minimum lease payments$60.9
 $2,206.8
Amount representing interest(1.8)  
Present value of minimum lease payments$59.1
  
Rent expense was approximately $412.1 million, $82.3$488 million and $6.9$466 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 2013,2016, respectively.
Litigation
The Company is involved, Assets represented by capital leases, net of accumulated depreciation, were $296 million and will continue to be involved, in numerous legal proceedings arising out of the conduct of its business. These proceedings may include, among other matters, claims for property damage or personal injury incurred in connection with the transportation of freight, claims regarding anti-competitive practices, and employment-related claims, including claims involving asserted breaches of employee restrictive covenants and tortious interference with contract. These proceedings also include numerous purported class-action lawsuits, multi-plaintiff and individual lawsuits and state tax and other administrative proceedings that claim either that the Company’s owner operators or contract carriers should be treated as employees, rather than independent contractors, or that certain of the Company's drivers were not paid for all compensable time or were not provided with required meal or rest breaks. These lawsuits and proceedings may seek substantial monetary damages (including claims for unpaid wages, overtime, failure to provide meal and rest periods, unreimbursed business expenses and other items), injunctive relief, or both.
The Company establishes accruals for specific legal proceedings when it is considered probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accruals for loss contingencies are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. In connection with certain acquisitions of privately-held businesses, the Company has retained purchase price holdbacks or escrows to provide security for a negotiated duration with respect to damages incurred in connection with pre-acquisition claims and litigation matters. If a loss is not both probable and reasonably estimable, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued therefor or the applicable purchase price holdback or escrow, the Company assesses whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional loss, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional loss, may have been incurred, the Company discloses the estimate of the possible loss or range of loss if it is material and an estimate can be made, or states that such an estimate cannot be made. The evaluation as to whether a loss is reasonably possible or probable is based on the Company’s assessment, in conjunction with legal counsel, regarding the ultimate outcome of the matter.
The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for, or has adequate purchase price holdbacks or escrows with respect to, the potential impact of loss contingencies that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any matters to which the Company is presently party will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Legal costs incurred related to these matters are expensed as incurred.
The Company carries liability and excess umbrella insurance policies that it deems sufficient to cover potential legal claims arising in the normal course of conducting its operations as a transportation company. The liability and excess umbrella insurance policies do not cover the misclassification claims described in this Note. In the event the Company is required to satisfy a legal claim outside the scope of the coverage provided by insurance, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be negatively impacted.

76



Intermodal Drayage Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries received notices from the California Labor Commissioner, Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (the “DLSE”), that a total of approximately 150 owner operators contracted with these subsidiaries filed claims in 2012 with the DLSE in which they assert that they should be classified as employees, as opposed to independent contractors. These claims seek reimbursement for the owner operators’ business expenses, including fuel, tractor maintenance and tractor lease payments. After a decision was rendered by a DLSE hearing officer in seven of these claims, in 2014, the Company appealed the decision to California Superior Court, San Diego, where a de novo trial was held on the merits of those claims. On July 17, 2015, the court issued a final statement of decision finding that the seven claimants were employees rather than independent contractors, and awarding an aggregate of $2.9$244 million plus post-judgment interest and attorneys’ fees to the claimants. The Company appealed this judgment, but cannot provide assurance that such appeal will be successful. The remaining DLSE claims (the “Pending DLSE Claims”) have been transferred to California Superior Court in three separate actions involving approximately 200 claimants, including the approximately 150 claimants mentioned above. These matters are in the initial procedural stages. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to the Pending DLSE Claims that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of the Pending DLSE Claims.
One of these intermodal drayage subsidiaries also is a party to a putative class action litigation (Manuela Ruelas Mendoza v. Pacer Cartage, Inc.) brought by Edwin Molina on August 19, 2013 and currently pending in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of California. Mr. Molina asserts that he should be classified as an employee, as opposed to an independent contractor, and seeks damages for alleged violation of various California wage and hour laws. Mr. Molina seeks to have the litigation certified as a class action involving all owner-operators contracted with this subsidiary at any time from August 2009 to the present, which could involve as many as 600 claimants. Certain of these potential claimants also may have Pending DLSE. This matter is in the initial stages of discovery and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company has reached an agreement to settle this litigation with the claimant. The settlement agreement has been approved by the court but remains subject to acceptance by a minimum percentage of members of the purported class. There can be no assurance that the settlement agreement will be accepted by the requisite percentage of members of the purported class.
Another of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries is a party to a putative class action litigation (C. Arevalo v. XPO Port Services, Inc.) brought by Carlos Arevalo in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Los Angeles Central District filed in August 2015. Mr. Arevalo asserts that he should be classified as an employee, as opposed to an independent contractor, and seeks damages for alleged violation of various California wage and hour laws. Mr. Arevalo seeks to have the litigation certified as a class action involving all owner-operators contracted with this subsidiary at any time from August 2011 to the present. Certain of these potential claimants also may have Pending DLSE Claims. This matter is in the initial pleading stage and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, that it may incur as a result of this matter.
Last Mile Logistics Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s last mile logistics subsidiaries are party to several putative class action litigations brought by independent contract carriers contracted with these subsidiaries in which the contract carriers assert that they should be classified as employees, as opposed to independent contractors. The particular claims asserted vary from case to case, but the claims generally allege unpaid wages, overtime, alleged failure to provide meal and rest periods and seek reimbursement of the contract carriers’ business expenses. Putative class actions against the Company’s subsidiaries are pending in Massachusetts (Celso Martins, Alexandre Rocha, and Calvin Anderson v. 3PD, Inc. filed in June 2011, pending in U.S. District Court, Massachusetts), Illinois (Marvin Brandon, Rafael Aguilera, and Aldo Mendez-Etzig v. 3PD, Inc. filed in May 2013, pending in U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois), California (Cesar Ardon et al v 3PD, Inc., filed in September 2013, pending in U.S. District Court, Central District of California and Fernando Ruiz v. Affinity Logistics Corp., filed in May 2005, pending in U.S. District Court, Southern District of California), New Jersey (Leonardo Alegre v. Atlantic Central Logistics, Simply Logistics, Inc., filed in March 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, New Jersey), Pennsylvania (Victor Reyes v. XPO Logistics, Inc., filed in May 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, Pennsylvania) and Connecticut (Carlos Taveras v. XPO Last Mile, Inc., filed in November 2015, pending in U.S. District Court, Connecticut). The Company has completed the settlement of the California (Ardon) litigation. The Company also has reached tentative agreements to settle the Massachusetts and Illinois litigations with the respective claimants, subject to court approval (in the case of the Massachusetts litigation) and acceptance by a minimum percentage of members of the respective purported class. There can be no assurance that the settlement agreements will be finalized and executed, that the respective court will approve any such settlement agreement or that it will be accepted by the requisite percentage of members of the respective purported class. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to the foregoing last mile logistics claims. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of these claims.

77



Last Mile TCPA Claims
The Company is a party to a putative class action litigation (Leung v. XPO Logistics, Inc., filed in May 2015 in the U.S. District Court, Illinois) alleging violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) related to an automated customer call system used by a last mile logistics business that the Company acquired. The Company has asserted indemnity rights pursuant the agreement by which it acquired this business, subject to certain limits. This matter is in the initial pleading stage and the court has not yet determined whether to certify the matter as a class action. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to this matter that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of this matter.
Less Than Truckload Meal Break Claims
The Company’s LTL subsidiary is a party to several class action litigations alleging violations of the state of California's wage and hour laws. Plaintiffs allege failure to provide drivers with required meal breaks and rest breaks. Plaintiffs seek to recover unspecified monetary damages, penalties, interest and attorneys’ fees. The primary case is Jose Alberto Fonseca Pina, et al. v. Con-way Freight Inc., et al. (the “Pina case”). The Pina case was initially filed in November 2009 in Monterey County Superior Court and was removed to the U.S. District Court of California, Northern District. On April 12, 2012, the court granted plaintiff's request for class certification in the Pina case as to a limited number of issues. The class certification rulings do not address whether the Company will ultimately be held liable.
The Company has denied any liability with respect to these claims and intends to vigorously defend itself in this case. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to these claims. There are multiple factors that render the Company unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of these claims, including: (1) the Company is vigorously defending itself and believes that it has a number of meritorious legal defenses; and (2) at this stage in the case, there are unresolved questions of fact that could be important to the resolution of this matter.
Con-way Acquisition Litigation
On October 7, 2015, a purported stockholder of Con-way filed a putative class action complaint in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned Abrams v. Espe, et al., C.A. No. 11585-VCN. The complaint named the members of the board of directors of Con-way, XPO and an affiliate, and Citigroup Inc., financial advisor to Con-way in connection with the proposed acquisition, as defendants. The complaint alleged that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by, among other things, failing to maximize shareholder value in connection with the proposed transaction and failing to disclose certain information in the Schedule 14D-9 of Con-way relating to the proposed acquisition. The complaint also alleged that the other defendants aided and abetted those alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. The lawsuit sought, among other relief, rescissory damages and recovery of the costs of the action, including reasonable attorneys' and experts' fees. On February 24, 2016, the plaintiff filed a Stipulation and Proposed Order requesting dismissal of the action, and further noting their intent to submit an application for an award of attorneys’ fees and reimbursement of expenses. On February 24, 2016, the Delaware court granted the Order. No application for attorney’s fees and expenses has been made to date.
XPO Logistics Worldwide Government Services Investigation
On June 11, 2014, XPO Logistics Worldwide Government Services, LLC, formerly known as Menlo Worldwide Government Services, LLC (“Government Services”), a subsidiary of the contract logistics business that the Company acquired through the Con-way transaction, received a subpoena duces tecum from the U.S. Department of Defense Inspector General requesting records relating to an investigation of its compliance with the terms and conditions of its contractual arrangements with the United States Transportation Command (the “DTCI Contract”). Government Services received a follow-on Civil Investigative Demand from the U.S. Department of Justice dated September 30, 2015, related to the same or related matters. The Company believes that Government Services has fully complied in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the DTCI Contract. Government Services and XPO have cooperated fully in the investigation and intend to continue to do so. The Company is unable at this time to predict the outcome of the investigation. The Company has incurred and will continue to incur legal costs in connection with the investigation, and could incur additional costs, damages or penalties, depending on its outcome. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies relating to this investigation that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of the investigation.

78



6. Property and Equipment
The following table summarizes the Company’s property and equipment as of December 31, 20152018 and December 31, 2014:
 December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Property and Equipment   
     Land$359.5
 $
     Buildings and leasehold improvements476.8
 33.2
     Vehicles, tractors, trailers and tankers1,440.5
 4.4
     Rail cars, containers and chassis13.3
 13.0
     Machinery and equipment312.6
 44.4
     Office and warehouse equipment79.5
 32.9
     Computer software and equipment379.3
 141.3
 3,061.5
 269.2
Less: Accumulated depreciation(209.3) (47.3)
     Total Property and Equipment, net$2,852.2
 $221.9
Depreciation of property2017, respectively, and are included primarily in vehicles, tractors, trailers and tankers. Property and equipment acquired through capital leases was $203.0$111 million $35.8, $145 million and $6.7$71 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014in 2018, 2017 and 2013,2016, respectively. The net book value of capitalized internally-developed software totaled $122.8$263 million and $70.1$206 million as of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.
7. Intangible Assets8. Goodwill
The following summarizesis a summary of the changes in the gross carrying amounts of goodwill by segment:
(In millions) Transportation Logistics Total
Goodwill as of December 31, 2016 (1)
 $2,420
 $1,906
 $4,326
Impact of foreign exchange translation 107
 131
 238
Goodwill as of December 31, 2017 2,527
 2,037
 4,564
Impact of foreign exchange translation (7) (90) (97)
Goodwill as of December 31, 2018 $2,520
 $1,947
 $4,467
(1)
Certain minor organizational changes were made in 2018 related to the Company’s managed transportation business. Managed transportation’s goodwill previously had been included in the Logistics segment; as of January 1, 2018, it is reflected in the Transportation segment. Prior period information was recast to conform to the current year presentation. This resulted in $69 million of goodwill being reflected in the Transportation segment as of December 31, 2016, previously reflected in the Logistics segment.
9. Intangible Assets
The following table outlines the Company’s identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:assets:
 December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Definite-lived intangibles:   
Customer relationships$2,017.0
 $376.6
Trade names51.0
 15.4
Non-compete agreements18.7
 9.8
Carrier relationships12.1
 12.1
Other intangible assets2.2
 2.2
 2,101.0
 416.1
Less: Accumulated amortization(224.5) (74.6)
Total Identifiable Intangible Assets, net$1,876.5
 $341.5
  December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017
(In millions) Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization
Definite-lived intangibles        
Customer relationships $1,891
 $640
 $1,924
 $494
Trade name 52
 52
 54
 52
Non-compete agreements 16
 14
 17
 14
  $1,959
 $706
 $1,995
 $560
At December 31, 2015, accumulated amortization consists

70


Estimated future amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(In millions) 2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 Thereafter
Estimated amortization expense$201.3

$187.4

$179.0

$172.7

$166.6
 $151

$145

$138

$128

$111
 $580
Actual amounts of amortization expense may differ from estimated amounts due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, additional intangible asset acquisitions, impairment of intangible assets, accelerated amortization of intangible assets and other events.
Intangible asset amortization expense recorded in sales, general and administrative expenseSG&A was $160.8$159 million, $62.5$164 million and $14.1$174 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 2013,2016, respectively.

10. Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors, including fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies. To manage the volatility related to these exposures, the Company uses derivative instruments. The objective of these derivative instruments is to reduce fluctuations in the Company’s earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These financial instruments are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. Historically, the Company has not incurred, and does not expect to incur in the future, any losses as a result of counterparty default.
The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions or variability of cash flow to be paid. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the designated derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged items. When a derivative instrument is determined not to be highly effective as a hedge or the underlying hedged transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively.
The following table presents the account on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in which the Company’s derivative instruments have been recognized and the related notional amounts and fair values:
79

  December 31, 2018
    Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities
(In millions) Notional Amount Balance Sheet Caption Fair Value Balance Sheet Caption Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedges:          
Cross-currency swap agreements $1,270
 Other long-term assets $
 Other long-term liabilities $(81)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:          
Foreign currency option contracts 473
 Other current assets 7
 Other current liabilities 
Total     $7
   $(81)
  December 31, 2017
    Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities
(In millions) Notional Amount Balance Sheet Caption Fair Value Balance Sheet Caption Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedges:          
Cross-currency swap agreements $1,304
 Other long-term assets $
 Other long-term liabilities $(146)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:          
Foreign currency option and forward contracts 1,038
 Other current assets 2
 Other current liabilities (16)
Total     $2
   $(162)
The derivatives are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The derivatives are valued using inputs other than quoted prices, such as foreign exchange rates and yield curves.


71


The effect of derivative instruments designated as hedges and nonderivatives designated as hedges in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 are as follows:
  Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income on Derivative Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Net Income Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2018 2017
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:              
Cross-currency swap agreements $13
 $(21) $
 $17
 $(3) $1
 $
Interest rate swaps 
 2
 5
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:              
Cross-currency swap agreements 52
 (100) 15
 
 
 4
 8
Nonderivatives designated as hedges:              
Foreign currency denominated notes 
 8
 (27) 
 
 
 
Total $65
 $(111) $(7) $17
 $(3) $5
 $8
8. GoodwillThe amounts excluded from effectiveness testing for the cross-currency swap agreements were $2 million and $3 million of loss in AOCI for derivatives designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $32 million and $44 million of loss in AOCI for derivatives designated as net investment hedges as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no gains (losses) reclassified out of AOCI into Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The following table is a roll-forward of goodwill frompre-tax gain (loss) recognized in earnings for foreign currency option and forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments was $4 million, $(64) million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2015. The 2015 additions2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts are the result of the goodwill recognized as excess purchase pricerecorded in Foreign currency loss (gain) in the acquisitionsConsolidated Statements of Con-way, ND, BTT and UX, additional estimated litigation liabilities, and other adjustments related to prior year acquisitions for which the measurement period remained open. The 2014 additions are the result of the goodwill recognized as the excess purchase price in the acquisitions of Pacer, ACL and New Breed. For additional information on the litigation liabilities, refer to Note 5—Commitments and Contingencies.Income.
Cross-Currency Swap Agreements
(Dollars in millions)Transportation Logistics Total
Goodwill at December 31, 2013$363.4
 $
 $363.4
Acquisitions213.9
 352.3
 566.2
Other Adjustments(0.3) 
 (0.3)
Goodwill at December 31, 2014577.0
 352.3
 929.3
Acquisitions1,942.6
 1,792.9
 3,735.5
Impact of foreign exchange translation(23.7) (37.1) (60.8)
Litigation liability adjustments, net of tax10.5
 
 10.5
Other adjustments(1.7) (2.2) (3.9)
Goodwill at December 31, 2015$2,504.7
 $2,105.9
 $4,610.6
9. Debt
Senior Notes
On August 25, 2014,In May 2017, the Company completed a private placement of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.875% entered into certain cross-currency swap agreements to manage the foreign currency exchange risk related to the Company’s international operations by effectively converting the fixed-rate U.S. Dollar (“USD”)-denominated 6.125% senior notes due 2023 (“Senior Notes due 2019. On February 13, 2015,2023”) (see Note 11—Debt), including the Company completed an additional private placementassociated semi-annual interest payments, to fixed-rate, Euro (“EUR”)-denominated debt. The risk management objective of $400.0 million aggregate principal amountthese transactions is to manage foreign currency risk relating to net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies and reduce the variability in the functional currency equivalent cash flows of the Senior Notes due 2019 for a total2023.
During the term of the swap contracts, the Company will receive quarterly interest payments in March, June, September and December of each year from the counterparties based on USD fixed interest rates, and the Company will make quarterly interest payments in March, June, September and December of each year to the counterparties based on EUR fixed interest rates. At maturity, the Company will repay the original principal amount in EUR and receive the principal amount in USD.
In 2015, in connection with the issuance of $900.0 million. The additional the 6.50% senior notes due 2022 (“Senior Notes due 2019 have terms identical2022”), the Company entered into certain cross-currency swap agreements to thosemanage the foreign currency exchange risk related to the Company’s international operations by effectively converting a portion of the $500.0 million Senior Notes due 2019 and were issued at a premium of 104%, resulting in a $16.0 million premium. On June 4, 2015, the Company completed a private placement of $1,600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50%fixed-rate USD-denominated Senior Notes due 2022, including the associated semi-annual interest payments, to fixed-rate, EUR-denominated debt. The risk management objective of the agreements is to manage the Company’s foreign currency risk relating to net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies and €500.0 million Euro-denominated aggregate principal amountreduce the variability in the functional currency equivalent cash flows for a portion of 5.75%the Senior Notes due 2021.2022. During the term of the swap contracts, the Company will receive semi-annual interest payments in June and December of each year from the counterparties based on USD fixed interest rates, and the Company will make semi-annual interest payments in June and December


72

Table of Contents

of each year to the counterparties based on EUR fixed interest rates. At maturity, the Company will repay the original principal amount in EUR and receive the principal amount in USD.
The Company has designated the cross-currency swap agreements as qualifying hedging instruments and is accounting for these as net investment hedges. In the fourth quarter of 2017, and in accordance with the guidance in ASU 2017-12, the Company applied the simplified method of assessing the effectiveness of its net investment hedging relationships. Under this method, for each reporting period, the change in the fair value of the cross-currency swaps is initially recognized in AOCI. The change in the fair value due to foreign exchange remains in AOCI and the initial component excluded from effectiveness testing will initially remain in AOCI and then will be reclassified from AOCI to Interest expense each period in a systematic manner. Cash flows related to the periodic exchange of interest payments for these net investment hedges are included in Operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2017, a portion of the cross-currency swap that hedges the Senior Notes due 2023 was de-designated as a net investment hedge and re-designated with a larger notional amount as a cash flow hedge. This cash flow hedge was entered into to manage the related foreign currency exposure from intercompany loans. The amounts in AOCI related to the net investment hedge at the date of de-designation were recognized as cumulative translation adjustments and will remain in AOCI until the subsidiary is sold or substantially liquidated. For the cash flow hedge, the Company reclassifies a portion of AOCI to Foreign currency loss (gain) to offset the foreign exchange impact in earnings created by the intercompany loans. The Company also amortizes a portion of AOCI to Interest expense related to the initial portion of a loss excluded from the assessment of effectiveness of the cash flow hedge. Cash flows related to this cash flow hedge are included in Financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Hedge of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
In addition to the cross-currency swaps, the Company periodically uses foreign currency denominated notes as nonderivative hedging instruments of its net investments in foreign operations. Prior to their redemption in 2017, the Company had designated the 5.75% senior notes due 2021 (“Senior Notes due 2021”) as a net investment hedge and the gains and losses resulting from the exchange rate adjustments to the designated portion of the foreign currency denominated notes were recorded in AOCI to the extent that the foreign currency denominated notes are effective in hedging the designated risk. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there is no amount of Long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets that is designated as a net investment hedge of its investments in international subsidiaries that use the EUR as their functional currency. The amount recognized in AOCI during the period that the Senior Notes due 2021 were designated as a net investment hedge remains in AOCI as of December 31, 2018 and will remain in AOCI until the subsidiary is sold or substantially liquidated. The Company does not expect amounts that are currently deferred in AOCI to be reclassified to income over the next 12 months.
Interest Rate Hedging
In 2018, the Company utilized a short-term interest rate swap to mitigate variability in forecasted interest payments on the Company’s senior secured term loan credit agreement, as amended (the “Term Loan Facility”). The interest rate swap converted a floating rate interest payment into a fixed rate interest payment. The Company designated the interest rate swap as a qualifying hedging instrument and accounted for this derivative as a cash flow hedge. The interest rate swap matured in August 2018.
In 2017, the Company utilized interest rate swaps to mitigate variability in forecasted interest payments on the Company’s EUR-denominated asset financings that are based on benchmark interest rates (e.g., Euribor). The objective was for the cash flows of the interest rate swaps to offset any changes in cash flows of the forecasted interest payments attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate. The interest rate swaps converted floating rate interest payments into fixed rate interest payments. The Company designated the interest rate swaps as qualifying hedging instruments and accounted for these as cash flow hedges of the forecasted obligations. The Company hedged its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted interest payments through the maturity date of the swap in December 2017.


73

Table of Contents

Gains and losses resulting from fair value adjustments to the designated portion of interest rate swaps are recorded in AOCI and reclassified to Interest expense on the dates that interest payments accrued. Cash flows related to the interest rate swaps are included in Operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Foreign Currency Option and Forward Contracts
In order to mitigate the currency translation risk that results from converting the financial statements of the Company’s international operations, which primarily use the EUR and British pound sterling (“GBP”) as their functional currency, the Company uses foreign currency option and forward contracts. Additionally, the Company may use foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the foreign currency exposure from intercompany loans. The foreign currency contracts were not designated as qualifying hedging instruments as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. The contracts are not speculative; rather, they are used to manage the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The contracts expire in 12 months or less. Gains or losses on the contracts are recorded in Foreign currency loss (gain) in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In 2018, the Company changed its policy related to the cash flow presentation of foreign currency option contracts, as the Company believes cash receipts and payments related to economic hedges should be classified based on the nature and purpose for which those derivatives were acquired and, given that the Company did not elect to apply hedge accounting to these derivatives, the Company believes it is preferable to reflect these cash flows as Investing activities. Previously, these cash flows were reflected within Operating activities. Net cash used by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 included $21 million of cash usage related to these foreign currency option contracts. Prior years’ impacts were not material. With this change in presentation, all cash flows related to the foreign currency contracts are included in Investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
11. Debt
The following table summarizes the Company’s debt:
  December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017
         
(In millions) Principal Balance Carrying Value Principal Balance Carrying Value
ABL facility $
 $
 $100
 $100
Term loan facility 1,503
 1,474
 1,494
 1,456
6.125% Senior Notes due 2023 535
 529
 535
 528
6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 1,200
 1,190
 1,600
 1,583
6.70% Senior Debentures due 2034 300
 205
 300
 203
Trade securitization program 283
 281
 303
 299
Unsecured credit facility 250
 246
 
 
Asset financing and other 55
 55
 104
 105
Capital leases for equipment 289
 289
 248
 248
Total debt 4,415
 4,269
 4,684
 4,522
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt 371
 367
 104
 104
Long-term debt $4,044
 $3,902
 $4,580
 $4,418
The fair value of the debt as of December 31, 2018 was $4,305 million, of which $2,020 million was classified as Level 1 and $2,285 million was classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the debt as of December 31, 2017 was $4,816 million, of which $2,647 million was classified as Level 1 and $2,169 million was classified as Level 2. The Level 1 debt was valued using quoted prices in active markets. The Level 2 debt was valued using bid evaluation pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. The fair value of the asset financing arrangements approximates carrying value, since the debt is primarily issued at a floating rate, may be prepaid any time at par without penalty, and the remaining life is short-term in nature.


74

Table of Contents

The following table outlines the Company’s principal payment obligations on debt (excluding capital leases) for the next five years and thereafter:
(In millions) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter
Principal payments on debt $322
 $259
 $3
 $1,201
 $536
 $1,805
ABL Facility
In October 2015, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) among XPO and certain of XPO’s U.S. and Canadian wholly owned subsidiaries, as borrowers, the other credit parties from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (“MSSF”), as agent for such lenders. The ABL Facility, which replaced XPO’s then-existing Amended Credit Agreement, provides commitments of up to $1.0 billion and matures on October 30, 2020. Up to $350 million of the ABL Facility is available for issuance of letters of credit, and up to $50 million of the ABL Facility is available for swing line loans. Total unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Senior NotesABL Facility classified in Other long-term debt atassets as of December 31, 2015 are $43.62018 and 2017 were $4 million and $6 million, respectively.
Availability on the ABL Facility is equal to the borrowing base less advances and outstanding letters of credit. The borrowing base includes a fixed percentage of: (i) eligible U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable; plus (ii) any eligible U.S. and Canadian rolling stock and equipment. As of December 31, 2018, the borrowing base was $934 million and availability was $704 million, after considering outstanding letters of credit of $230 million. A maximum of 20% of the borrowing base can be attributable to the equipment and rolling stock in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with the ABL Facility’s financial covenants.
The Senior Notes due 2019ABL Facility is secured on a first lien basis by the assets of the credit parties which constitute ABL Facility priority collateral and on a second lien basis by certain other assets.  ABL Facility priority collateral consists primarily of U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable, as well as any U.S. and Canadian rolling stock and equipment included by XPO in the borrowing base. The Company’s borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a Base Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin of 7.875% per annum1.50% to 2.00%, in the case of LIBOR loans, and 0.50% to 1.00%, in the case of Base Rate loans. The ABL Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default customary for agreements of this nature.
Among other things, the covenants in the ABL Facility limit the Company’s ability to, with certain exceptions: incur indebtedness; grant liens; engage in certain mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and dispositions; make certain investments and restricted payments; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. In certain circumstances, such as if availability is below certain thresholds, the ABL Facility also requires the Company to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the ABL Facility) of not less than 1.00. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was compliant with this financial covenant. If the Company defaults on one or more covenants under the ABL Facility and continues to default, the commitments may be terminated and the principal amount outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed, may be declared immediately due and payable. Certain subsidiaries acquired by the Company in the future may be excluded from some of the covenant restrictions.
Term Loan Facility
In October 2015, XPO entered into a Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) that provided for a single borrowing of $1.6 billion. The Term Loan Credit Agreement was issued at an original issue discount of $32 million.
In February 2018, the Company entered into a Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement) (the “Third Amendment”), by and among XPO, its subsidiaries signatory thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and MSSF, in its capacity as administrative agent, amending that certain Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, including by that certain Incremental and Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement), dated as of August 25, 2016, and by that certain Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement), dated March 10, 2017, the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”).


75

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Third Amendment, the outstanding $1,494 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Former Term Loans”) were replaced with $1,503 million in aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “Present Term Loans”). The Present Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Former Term Loans, except with respect to the interest rate and maturity date applicable to the Present Term Loans, prepayment premiums in connection with certain voluntary prepayments and certain other amendments to the restrictive covenants. Proceeds from the Present Term Loans were used to refinance the Former Term Loans and to pay interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith.
The interest rate margin applicable to the Present Term Loans was reduced from 1.25% to 1.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 2.25% to 2.00%, in the case of LIBOR loans (with the LIBOR floor remaining at 0.0%). The interest rate on the Present Term Loans was 4.51% as of December 31, 2018. The Present Term Loans will mature on February 23, 2025. The refinancing resulted in a debt extinguishment charge of $10 million, which was recognized in 2018.
In March 2017, the Company entered into a Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement) (the “Second Amendment”), by and among XPO, its subsidiaries signatory thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and MSSF, in its capacity as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), amending the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of October 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, including by the Incremental and Refinancing Amendment (Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement) (the “First Amendment”), dated as of August 25, 2016, the “Term Loan Credit Agreement.)”
Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the outstanding $1,482 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Existing Term Loans”) were replaced with $1,494 million in aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “Current Term Loans”). The Current Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Existing Term Loans, other than the applicable interest rate and prepayment premiums in respect to certain voluntary prepayments. Proceeds from the Current Term Loans were used primarily to refinance the Existing Term Loans and to pay interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith.
The interest rate margin applicable to the Current Term Loans was reduced from 2.25% to 1.25%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 3.25% to 2.25%, in the case of LIBOR loans and the LIBOR floor was reduced from 1.0% to 0%. The refinancing resulted in a debt extinguishment charge of $8 million in 2017.
In August 2016, the Company entered into a Refinancing Amendment (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which the outstanding $1,592 million principal amount of term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Old Term Loans”) were replaced with a like aggregate principal amount of new term loans (the “New Term Loans”). The New Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Old Term Loans, other than the applicable interest rate and prepayment premiums in respect to certain voluntary prepayments. Of the $1,592 million of term loans that were refinanced, $1,197 million were exchanged and represent a non-cash financing activity. The interest rate margin applicable to the New Term Loans was reduced from 3.50% to 2.25%, in the case of base rate loans, and from 4.50% to 3.25%, in the case of LIBOR loans. In connection with this refinancing, various lenders exited the syndicate and the Company recognized a debt extinguishment loss of $18 million in 2016.
In addition, pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company borrowed $400 million of Incremental Term B-1 Loans (the “Incremental Term B-1 Loans”) and an additional $50 million of Incremental Term B-2 Loans (the “Incremental Term B-2 Loans”). The New Term Loans, Incremental Term B-1 Loans and Incremental Term B-2 Loans all have identical terms, other than with respect to the original issue discounts, and will mature on October 30, 2021.
Commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, the Company must prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility equal to (a) 50% of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the agreement, if any, for the most recent fiscal year ended, minus (b) the sum of (i) all voluntary prepayments of loans during such fiscal year and (ii) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit facilities during such fiscal year to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in the commitments under the credit agreement or any other revolving credit facilities in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such prepayments are funded with internally generated cash flow, as defined in the agreement; provided, further, that (x) the Excess Cash Flow percentage shall be 25% if the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of Borrower, as defined in the agreement, for the fiscal year was less than or equal to 3.00:1.00


76

Table of Contents

and greater than 2.50:1.00, and (y) the Excess Cash Flow percentage shall be 0% if the Company’s Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year was less than or equal to 2.50:1.00. The remaining principal is due at maturity. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio was less than 2.50:1.00; therefore, no excess cash payment was required.
Senior Notes
In July 2018, the Company redeemed $400 million of the then $1.6 billion outstanding Senior Notes due 2022 that were originally issued in 2015. The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2022 was 103.25% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was primarily funded using proceeds from the settlement of the forward sale agreements, described in Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity. In connection with the redemption, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $17 million in 2018.
In December 2017, the Company redeemed all of its outstanding senior notes due June 2021 (the “Senior Notes due 2021”) that were originally issued in 2015. The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2021 was 102.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was funded using cash on hand at the date of the redemption. The loss on debt extinguishment of $23 million was recognized in 2017.
In August 2017, the Company redeemed all of its outstanding 7.25% senior notes due 2018 (“Senior Notes due 2018”). The Senior Notes due 2018 were assumed in connection with the Company’s 2015 acquisition of Con-way, Inc. (“Con-way”). The redemption price for the Senior Notes due 2018 was 102.168% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The redemption was funded using cash on hand at the date of the redemption. The loss on debt extinguishment of $5 million was recognized in 2017.
The Senior Notes bear interest payable semiannually, in cash in arrears, on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing March 1, 2015 and maturingarrears. The Senior Notes due 2023 mature on September 1, 2019.2023. The Senior Notes due 2022 bear interest at a rate of 6.50% per annum payable semiannually, in cash in arrears,mature on June 15, and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2015 and maturing on June 15, 2022. The Senior Notes due 2021 bear interest at a rate of 5.75% per annum payable semiannually, in cash in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2015 and maturing on June 15, 2021.
The Senior Notes are guaranteed by each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (other than certain excluded subsidiaries) that are obligors under, or guarantee obligations under, the Company’s existing credit agreementABL Facility (or certain replacements thereof) or guarantee certain capital markets indebtedness of the Company or any guarantor of the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes and the guarantees thereof are unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and the guarantors. Among other things, the covenants of the Senior Notes limit the Company’s ability to, with certain exceptions: incur indebtedness or issue disqualified stock; grant liens; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make certain investments or other restricted payments; prepay or repurchase subordinated debt; sell or transfer assets; engage in certain mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and dispositions; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
Prior to September 1, 2016, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes due 2019 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes plus the applicable “make-whole” premium, as defined in the indenture. On and after September 1, 2016, the Company may redeem some or all of the senior notes for a redemption price that declines each year, as specified in the indenture. In addition, on or prior to September 1, 2016, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at 107.875% of their principal amount plus accrued interest. The Company may make such redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of senior notes originally issued remains outstanding.
The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes due 2022 at any time prior to June 15, 2018 and some or all of the Senior Notes due 2021 at any time prior to December 15, 2017, in each case at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, plus the applicable “make-whole” premium, as defined in the indenture. On and after June 15, 2018, in the case of the Senior Notes due 2022, and on and after

80



December 15, 2017, in the case of the Senior Notes due 2021, the Company may redeem some or all of the senior notes for a redemption price that declines each year, as specified in the indenture. In addition, on or prior to June 15, 2018 for the Senior Notes due 2022 and on or prior to December 15, 2017 for the Senior Notes due 2021, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of each series of such senior notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at 106.5%, in the case of the Senior Notes due 2022, and at 105.75%, in the case of the Senior Notes due 2021, of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. The Company may make such redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of senior notes of the applicable series remains outstanding.
In conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of Con-way described in Note 3—Acquisitions, the Company assumed Con-way’s 7.25% Senior Notes due 2018 with an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million. The Senior Notes due 2018 bear interest at a rate of 7.25% per annum payable semiannually, in cash in arrears, on January 15 and July 15 of each year, maturing on January 15, 2018. Prior to their maturity, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes due 2018 at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) the principal amount being redeemed, or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes being redeemed, discounted at the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the rate payable on a U.S. Treasury note having a comparable maturity plus 50 basis points. The notes also contain various restrictive covenants, including limitations on (i) the incurrence of liens and (ii) consolidations, mergers and asset sales.
The Senior Notes due 2018 require the Company to offer to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of both (i) a change in control, and (ii) a below investment-grade rating by any two of Moody's, Standard and Poor's or Fitch Ratings. The repurchase price would be equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest. The acquisition of Con-way constituted a change of control under the terms and conditions of the Senior Notes due 2018. In October 2015, Standard and Poor’s downgraded Con-way’s corporate credit rating to ‘B’ from ‘BBB-’ and in November 2015 Moody’s downgraded Con-way’s senior unsecured notes to ‘B3’ from ‘Baa3’. As a result, the Company offered to redeem Senior Notes due 2018, and in December 2015, holders of $159.2 million of the Senior Notes due 2018 tendered the notes back to the Company, which the Company redeemed at 101% of par, plus accrued interest of $5.1 million.
Senior Debentures
In conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of Con-way, described in Note 3—Acquisitions, the Company assumed Con-way’s 6.70% Senior Debentures due 2034 (the “Senior Debentures”) with an aggregate principal amount of $300.0$300 million. The Senior Debentures bear interest at a rate of 6.70% per annum payable semiannually, in cash in arrears, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, maturingmature on May 1, 2034. Prior to their maturity, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Debentures at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) the principal amount being redeemed, or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Senior Debentures being redeemed, discounted at the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the rate payable on a U.S. Treasury note having a comparable maturity plus 35 basis points. The Senior Debentures were issued under an indenture that restricts the Company’s ability, with certain exceptions, to incur debt secured by liens. In accordance with ASC 805 Business“Business Combinations,,” the Senior Debentures were recorded at fair value on the Con-way acquisition date, resulting in a fair value discount of $101.3$101 million on October 30, 2015. Including amortization of the fair value adjustment, interest expense on the Senior Debentures is recognized at an annual effective interest rate of 10.96%.
Euro Private Placement Notes
In conjunction with the Company's acquisition of ND described in Note 3—Acquisitions, the Company assumed ND's Euro private placement debt of €75.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Notes due December 20, 2019 (the “Euro Private Placement Notes due 2019”) and €160.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Notes due December 20, 2020 (the “Euro Private Placement Notes due 2020” and together with the Euro Private Placement Notes due 2019, the “Euro Private Placement Notes”). The Euro Private Placement Notes due 2019 bear interest at a rate of 3.80% per annum payable annually, in cash in arrears, on December 20 of each year, maturing on December 20, 2019. The Euro Private Placement Notes due 2020 bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum payable annually, in cash in arrears, on December 20 of each year, maturing on December 20, 2020.

81



Under the terms of the Euro Private Placement Notes, the Company is required to give notice of the change of control to the holders of the Euro Private Placement Notes within 30 calendar days following its occurrence and the notice must specify the date fixed for early redemption which will be no earlier than 25 business days and no later than 30 business days from the date of the publication of the notice and the period of at least 15 business days from the publication of the notice during which the holders of the Euro Private Placement Notes may exercise their option. The consummation of the ND Share Purchase constituted a change of control under the terms and conditions of the Euro Private Placement Notes. As a result, each holder of the Euro Private Placement Notes has the option to require the Company to redeem all of the Euro Private Placement Notes held by such holder, at their principal amount plus accrued interest. The Company gave the required notice to the holders of the Euro Private Placement Notes in June 2015. In July 2015, holders of €223.0 million total Euro Private Placement Notes tendered the notes back to the Company, which the Company redeemed at par on July 31, 2015.
The Euro Private Placement Notes are subject to leverage ratio and indebtedness ratio financial covenants, as defined in the agreements. ND is required to maintain a leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.50 and an indebtedness ratio of less than or equal to 2.00 as of each semi-annual testing date. As of December 31, 2015, the latest semi-annual testing date, ND is in compliance with the financial covenants.
The Company may redeem all, but not some, of the Euro Private Placement Notes at any time prior to the maturity date, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, plus the applicable “make-whole” premium, as defined in the indenture.
Asset Financing
In conjunction with the Company's acquisition of ND, the Company assumed ND's asset financing arrangements. The financing is unsecured and is used to purchase Company-owned trucks in Europe. The financing arrangements are denominated in USD, EUR, British Pounds Sterling and Romanian New Lei, with primarily floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, interest rates on asset financing range from 0.269% to 5.5% and initial terms range from five years to ten years.
Debt Facilities
The Company may from time to time use debt financing for acquisitions and business start-ups, among other corporate purposes. The Company also enters into long-term debt and capital leases with various third parties from time to time to finance certain operational equipment and other assets used in its business operations. Generally, these loans and capital leases bear interest at market rates, and are collateralized with accounts receivable, equipment and certain other assets of the Company.
On October 30, 2015, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) among XPO and certain of XPO’s U.S. and Canadian wholly owned subsidiaries (which include the U.S. subsidiaries of the former Con-way), as borrowers, the other credit parties from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (“MSSF”), as agent for such lenders. The ABL Facility replaces XPO’s existing Amended Credit Agreement, and, among other things, (i) increases the commitments under the ABL Facility to $1.0 billion, (ii) permits the previously announced acquisition of Con-way, and the transactions relating thereto, (iii) reduces the margin on loans under the ABL Facility by 0.25% from that contained in the existing Amended Credit Agreement and (iv) matures on October 30, 2020 (subject, in certain circumstances, to a springing maturity in the event that XPO’s Senior Notes due 2019 are not repaid or subjected to a cash reserve three months prior to the maturity date thereof). Up to $350 million of the ABL Facility is available for issuance of letters of credit, and up to $50 million of the ABL Facility is available for swing line loans. Total unamortized debt issuance costs related to the ABL Facility classified in other long-term assets at December 31, 2015 were $9.6 million.
Availability on the ABL Facility is equal to the borrowing base less advances and outstanding letters of credit. The borrowing base includes a fixed percentage of (i) eligible U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable plus (ii) any eligible U.S. and Canadian rolling stock and equipment. At December 31, 2015, the borrowing base was $932.9 million, which includes a portion of the Company’s tractor fleet. Availability under the ABL Facility was $692.3 million at December 31, 2015 after considering outstanding letters of credit of $240.6 million. At December 31, 2015, there are no outstanding advances on the ABL Facility. XPO may from time to time increase base availability under the ABL Facility up to $1.0 billion less any then outstanding letters of credit by including into the borrowing additional rolling stock and equipment. A maximum of 20% of the borrowing base can be attributable to the equipment and rolling stock in the aggregate.
The ABL Facility is secured on a first lien basis by the assets of the credit parties which constitute ABL Facility priority collateral and on a second lien basis by certain other assets.  ABL Facility priority collateral consists primarily of U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable as well as any U.S. and Canadian rolling stock and equipment included by XPO in the borrowing base. The Company’s borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR or a Base Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin of 1.50% to 2.00%, in the case of LIBOR loans, and 0.50% to 1.00%, in the case of Base Rate loans. The ABL Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default customary for agreements of this nature. The commitment termination date on the ABL Facility is the earlier of (a) the stated termination date, October, 30, 2020, and (b) May 31, 2019 (the “Early Termination Date”), unless prior to or as of the

82



Early Termination Date, the Senior Notes due 2019 have been discharged, defeased, redeemed, repaid in full, all obligations thereunder have been terminated or the maturity thereof has been extended beyond February 1, 2021.
Among other things, the covenants in the ABL Facility limit the Company’s ability to, with certain exceptions: incur indebtedness; grant liens; engage in certain mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and dispositions; make certain investments and restricted payments; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. In certain circumstances, such as if availability is below certain thresholds, the ABL Facility also requires the Company to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the ABL Facility) of not less than 1.00 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2015, the Company is in compliance with this financial covenant. If an event of default under the ABL Facility shall occur and be continuing, the commitments thereunder may be terminated and the principal amount outstanding thereunder, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed thereunder, may be declared immediately due and payable. Certain subsidiaries acquired by the Company in the future may be excluded from the restrictions contained in certain of the foregoing covenants.
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Con-way, the Company terminated Con-way’s existing credit agreement and transferred all outstanding letters of credit to the ABL Facility.
Convertible Senior Notes
At December 31, 2015, the Company had outstanding $52.3 million aggregate principal amount ofThe Convertible Notes. Total unamortized debt issuance costs classifiedSenior Notes bore interest payable semi-annually, in long-term debt at December 31, 2015 are $1.2 million. Interest is payablecash in arrears, and matured on the Convertible Notes on April 1 and October 1, of each year.2017.
During the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 3,315,705approximately three million shares of the Company’s common stock to certain holders of the Convertible Senior Notes in connection with the conversion of $54.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes. The conversions were allocated to long-term debt and equity in the amounts of $46.8$49 million and $55.6$50 million, respectively. A loss on conversion of $10.0$1 million was recorded as part of thethese transactions. Certain of these transactions represented induced conversions pursuant to which the Company paid the holder a market-based premium in cash. The negotiated market-based premiums, in addition to the


77

Table of Contents

difference between the current fair value and the book value of the Convertible Senior Notes, were reflected in interest expense. The number
Trade Securitization Program
In October 2017, XPO Logistics Europe SA (“XPO Logistics Europe”), in which the Company holds an 86.25% controlling interest, entered into a European trade receivables securitization program for a term of shares of common stock issued inthree years co-arranged by Crédit Agricole and HSBC. Under the foregoing transactions equals the number of shares of common stock presently issuable to holders of the Convertible Notes upon conversion under the original terms of the Convertible Notes.
Under certain circumstances atprogram, XPO Logistics Europe, or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the electionUnited Kingdom or France, sells trade receivables to XPO Collections Designated Activity Company Limited (“XCDAL”), a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote special purpose entity of XPO Logistics Europe. The receivables are funded by senior variable funding notes denominated in the same currency as the corresponding receivables. XCDAL is considered a variable interest entity and it is consolidated by XPO Logistics Europe based on its control of the holder, the Convertible Notes may be converted until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding April 1, 2017, into cash, shares ofentity’s activities.The receivables balance under this program are reported as Accounts receivable in the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cashConsolidated Balance Sheets and shares of common stock, atthe related notes are included in the Company’s election, at the initial conversion rate of approximately 60.8467 shares of common stock per $1,000 in principal amount, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $16.43 per share. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date, the Company will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate event in certain circumstances. On or after April 1, 2017, until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date of October 1, 2017, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time.
The Convertible Notes may be redeemed by the Company on or after October 1, 2015 if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption. As of December 31, 2015theConvertible Notes were redeemable under this provision. The Company may redeem the Convertible Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, plus a make-whole premium payment. The “make whole premium” payment or delivery will be made, as the case may be, in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, equal to the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of interest on the Convertible Notes to be redeemed through October 1, 2017 (excluding interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to 4.50%. The make-whole premium is paid to holders whether or not they convert the Convertible Notes following the Company’s issuance of a redemption notice.Long-term debt.
The Convertible Notes do not contain any financial or operating covenants or restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, holders may, subjectreceivables securitization program provides additional liquidity to certain conditions, require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of their Convertible Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

83



Term Loan Facility
On October 30, 2015,fund XPO entered into a senior secured term loan credit agreement (the “Term Loan Facility”) with certain U.S. subsidiaries of XPO from time to time party thereto, MSSF, as agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.Logistics Europe’s operations. The Term Loan Facility provided for a single borrowing of $1.6 billion on the date thereof, which XPO used, together with cash on hand, to finance the consummation of the Offer and the acquisition of Con-way on October 30, 2015 and the transactions related thereto. The Term Loan Facility was issued at an original issue discount of $32.0 million.
The Term Loan Facility is secured on a first lien basis by certain assets of the credit parties which constitute Term Loan Facility priority collateral, as described in the Term Loan Facility loan documents, and on a second lien basis by ABL Facility priority collateral. Term Loan Facility priority collateral consists primarily of capital stock of certain of XPO’s subsidiaries and certain intellectual property, investment property and real estate assets owned by the credit parties. The Term Loan Facilityreceivables securitization program contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, andtermination events, events of default, indemnities and other obligations on the part of XPO Logistics Europe, certain of its subsidiaries and XCDAL, which are customary for agreementstransactions of this nature. XPO’s
In the first quarter of 2018, the aggregate maximum amount available under the program was increased from €270 million to €350 million (approximately $401 million as of December 31, 2018). The weighted-average interest rate as of December 31, 2018 was 1.09%. Charges for administrative fees and commitment fees, the latter of which is based on a percentage of the unused amounts available, were not material to the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2018, the program was amended and a portion of the receivables transferred from XCDAL are now accounted for as sales, see Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. As of December 31, 2018, the remaining borrowing capacity, which considers receivables that are collateral for the notes as well as receivables which have been sold, was $0.
Unsecured Credit Facility
In December 2018, the Company entered into a $500 million unsecured credit agreement (“Unsecured Credit Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A., which matures on December 23, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had borrowed $250 million under the Unsecured Credit Agreement. The Company made a second borrowing of $250 million in January 2019. The Company used the proceeds of both borrowings to finance a portion of its share repurchases as described in Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity. The Company’s borrowings under the Term Loan FacilityUnsecured Credit Agreement will initially bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR or aAlternate Base Rate as defined in the agreement,(“ABR”) plus an applicable margin of 4.50%3.50%, in the case of LIBOR loans, and 3.50%,2.50% in the case of Base RateABR loans. The Term Loan Facility matures on October 30, 2021. Total unamortized debt issuance costs relatedmargin is subject to the Term Loan Facility classified in long-term debt at December 31, 2015 are $28.2 million.
On the last business daytwo increases, of 50 basis points each, fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, a portion of the principal amount in an amount equal to 0.25% of the loan amount is to be repaid. In addition, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, the Company must prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility equal to (a) 50% of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the agreement, if any for the most recent fiscal year ended minus (b) the sum of (i) all voluntary prepayments of loans during such fiscal year and (ii) all voluntary prepayments of loansamounts remain outstanding under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit facilities during such fiscal year to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in the commitments under the credit agreement or any other revolving credit facilities in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such prepayments are funded with internally generated cash flow, as defined in the agreement; provided, further, that (x) the Excess Cash Flow percentage shall be 25% if the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of Borrower, as defined in the agreement, for the fiscal year was less than or equal to 3.00:1.00 and greater than 2.50:1.00 and (y) the Excess Cash Flow percentage shall be 0% if the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of Borrower for the fiscal year was less than or equal to 2.50:1.00.Unsecured Credit Agreement on certain dates. The remaining principal is due at maturity.

84



The following table outlines the Company’s debt obligationsinterest rate on outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 20152018 was 6.01%.
Asset Financing
The asset financing arrangements are unsecured and are used to purchase trucks in Europe. The financing arrangements are denominated in USD, EUR, GBP and Romanian New Lei, with primarily floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2014:
(Dollars in millions)Stated Interest Rates Initial Term (months) As of December 31, 2015 As of December 31, 2014
ABL Facility2.64% 60 $
 $
Senior Notes due 20226.50% 84 1,600.0
 
Senior Notes due 20215.75% 72 544.4
 
Senior Notes due 20197.88% 60 900.0
 500.0
Senior Notes due 20187.25% 120 265.8
 
Term loan facility5.50% 72 1,600.0
 
Senior Debentures due 20346.70% 360 300.0
 
Convertible senior notes4.50% 60 52.3
 106.8
Euro Private Placement Notes due 20204.00% 84 13.1
 
Asset financing [a]1.38% 67 262.5
 
Notes payableVarious
 Various 3.5
 1.8
Capital leases for equipment1.40% 70 59.1
 0.2
Total debt    5,600.7
 608.8
Plus: unamortized premium on Senior Notes due 2019    13.2
 
Plus: unamortized fair value premium on Senior Notes due 2018    2.4
 
Plus: unamortized fair value premium on Euro Private Placement Notes    1.4
 
Less: unamortized fair value discount on Senior Debentures due 2034    (101.0) 
Less: unamortized discount on convertible senior notes    (4.3) (14.9)
Less: unamortized discount on term loan facility    (31.5) 
Less: current maturities of long-term debt    (135.3) (1.8)
Less: debt issuance costs    (73.0) $(11.8)
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities    $5,272.6
 $580.3

[a] The stated2018, interest rates on asset financing range from 0.53% to 4.97%, with a weighted average interest rate of 1.47%, and initial term (in months) for the asset financing is the weighted-average stated interest rate and initial term (in months), respectively.terms range from five years to 10 years.
The following table outlines the Company’s principal payment obligations on debt and capital leases for the next five years:
(Dollars in millions)2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Principal payments on debt and capital leases$135.3
 $174.5
 $345.5
 $940.6
 $34.9

10.12. Employee Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
As a result of the Company's acquisition of ND as described in Note 3—Acquisitions, theThe Company maintains defined benefit pension plans for certain employees in the United Kingdom.States. These pension plans consist ofinclude qualified plans (the “U.S. Qualified Plans”) that are eligible for certain beneficial treatment under the Christian SalvesenInternal Revenue Code (“IRC”), as well as non-qualified plans that do not meet the IRC criteria. The Company’s non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (collectively, the “U.S. Non-Qualified Pension Scheme (“CSPS”) and TDG Pension Scheme (“TDGPS”Plans” and together with the CSPS,U.S. Qualified Plans, the “UK“U.S. Plans”). As consist mostly of a resultprimary non-qualified supplemental defined benefit


78


pension plan and provide additional benefits for certain employees who are affected by IRC limitations on compensation eligible for benefits available under the Company’s acquisition of ND,qualified plans. Additionally, the Company maintains a separate defined benefit pension plan for certain employees in the United Kingdom (the “U.K. Plan”).
The Company also maintains defined benefit pension plans for certain of its foreign subsidiaries. These international defined benefit pension plans are excluded from the disclosures below due to their immateriality.
As a result of the Company’s acquisition of Con-way as described in Note 3—Acquisitions, the Company maintains defined benefit pension plans for certain employees in the United States. These pension plans include qualified plans that are eligible for certain beneficial treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”), as well as non-qualified plans that do not meet the IRC criteria. The Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plans consist of a primary qualified defined benefit pension plan and another qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “U.S. Qualified Plans”). The Company’s non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (collectively, the “U.S. Non-Qualified Pension Plans” and together with the U.S.

85



Qualified Plans, the “U.S. Plans”) consist mostly of a primary non-qualified supplemental defined benefit pension plan and provides additional benefits for certain employees who are affected by IRC limitations on compensation eligible for benefits available under the qualified plans. As a result of the Company’s acquisition of Con-way, the Company maintains defined benefit pension plans sponsored by certain of Con-way’s foreign subsidiaries. These international defined benefit pension plans are excluded from the disclosures below due to their immateriality. Both the U.S. Plans and UK PlansU.K. Plan do not allow for new plan participants or additional benefit accruals.
During 2017, the Company offered eligible former employees who had not yet commenced receiving their pension benefit an opportunity to receive a lump sum payout of their vested pension benefit. On December 1, 2017, in connection with this offer, one of the Company’s pension plans paid $142 million from pension plan assets to those who accepted this offer, thereby reducing its pension benefit obligations. The transaction had no cash impact on the Company but did result in a non-cash pre-tax pension settlement gain of $1 million. As a result of the lump sum payout, the Company re-measured the funded status of its pension plan as of the settlement date. To calculate this pension settlement gain, the Company utilized a discount rate of 4.35% through the measurement date and 3.83% thereafter.
Defined benefit pension plan obligations are measured based on the present value of projected future benefit payments for all participants for services rendered to date. The projected benefit obligation is a measure of benefits attributed to service to date, assuming that the plan continues in effect and that estimated future events (including turnover and mortality) occur. The net periodic benefit costs are determined using assumptions regarding the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets as of the ND and Con-way acquisition dates.beginning of the year. Net periodic benefit costs are recorded in sales, general and administrative expense.Other expense (income) in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The funded status of the defined benefit pension plans, which represents the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, is calculated on a plan-by-plan basis. The Company did not have defined benefit pension plans prior to June 2015.
Funded Status of Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2015:31:
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2014$
 $
 $
From acquisitions1,685.8
 74.1
 1,393.4
Interest cost12.7
 0.5
 28.6
Actuarial gain(23.0) (0.7) (65.3)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
 (37.5)
Benefits paid(9.7) (0.9) (31.5)
Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2015$1,665.8
 $73.0
 $1,287.7
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
(In millions) 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $1,743
 $1,745
 $78
 $74
 $1,305
 $1,235
Interest cost 57
 74
 2
 3
 28
 34
Plan amendment 
 
 
 
 19
 
Actuarial (gain) loss (142) 128
 (5) 6
 (62) (23)
Benefits paid (69) (62) (5) (5) (56) (60)
Settlement 
 (142) 
 
 
 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
 
 
 
 (70) 119
Projected benefit obligation at end of year (1)
 $1,589
 $1,743
 $70
 $78
 $1,164
 $1,305
(1)At the end of each year presented, the accumulated benefit obligations for the plans are equal to the projected benefit obligations.
The U.S. Qualified Plans and U.K. Plan realized actuarial gains of $142 million and $62 million, respectively, in 2018. In the U.S. Qualified Plans, the gain was a result of assumption changes, including an increase in the discount rate based on a December 31, 2018 reference yield curve and the use of an updated mortality projection scale for plan participants. In the U.K. Plan, the gain was a result of changes in actuarial assumptions, including an increase in the discount rate based on a December 31, 2018 reference yield curve, an increase in inflation assumptions and the use of an updated mortality projection scale for plan participants.


79


The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans' fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2015:31:
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2014$
 $
 $
From acquisitions1,659.4
 
 1,290.5
Actual return (loss) on plan assets(29.8) 
 (30.3)
Employer contributions
 0.9
 10.3
Benefits paid(9.7) (0.9) (31.5)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
 (35.2)
Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2015$1,619.9
 $
 $1,203.8
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
(In millions) 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $1,764
 $1,700
 $
 $
 $1,390
 $1,207
Actual return on plan assets (113) 268
 
 
 (35) 109
Employer contributions 
 
 5
 5
 3
 13
Benefits paid (69) (62) (5) (5) (56) (60)
Settlement 
 (142) 
 
 
 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
 
 
 
 (75) 121
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $1,582
 $1,764
 $
 $
 $1,227
 $1,390


86



The following table provides the funded status of the plans as of December 31, 2015:31:
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Funded Status:     
Fair value of plan assets$1,619.9
 $
 $1,203.8
Projected benefit obligation1,665.8
 73.0
 1,287.7
Funded status at December 31, 2015$(45.9) $(73.0) $(83.9)
Funded Status Recognized in Balance Sheet:     
Long-term assets$17.3
 $
 $
Current liabilities
 (5.2) 
Long-term liabilities(63.2) (67.8) (83.9)
Total liability at December 31, 2015$(45.9) $(73.0) $(83.9)
Plans with projected and accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:     
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation$1,645.7
 $73.0
 $1,287.7
Fair value of plan assets1,582.5
 
 1,203.8
Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31:     
Discount rate4.65% 4.65% 3.75%
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
(In millions) 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Funded status:            
Funded status at end of year $(7) $21
 $(70) $(78) $63
 $85
Funded status recognized in balance sheet:            
Long-term assets $
 $21
 $
 $
 $63
 $85
Current liabilities 
 
 (5) (6) 
 
Long-term liabilities (7) 
 (65) (72) 
 
Net amount recognized $(7) $21
 $(70) $(78) $63
 $85
Plans with projected and accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:            
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation $1,589
 $
 $70
 $78
 $
 $
Fair value of plan assets 1,582
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive lossAOCI that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit expense as of December 31, 2015:31:
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Actuarial gain (loss)$(22.2) $0.7
 $0.5
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
(In millions) 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Actuarial (loss) gain $(50) $13
 $(3) $(8) $5
 $44
Prior-service credit 
 
 
 
 19
 39
AOCI $(50) $13
 $(3) $(8) $24
 $83


80


The following table sets forth the amount of net periodic benefit cost and amounts recognized in otherOther comprehensive (loss) income or loss for the yearyears ended December 31, 2015:31:
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Net periodic benefit expense (income):     
Interest cost$12.7
 $0.5
 $28.6
Expected return on plan assets(15.4) 
 (34.6)
Net periodic benefit expense (income)$(2.7) $0.5
 $(6.0)
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss:     
Actuarial loss (gain)22.2
 (0.7) (0.5)
Loss (gain) recognized in other comprehensive income or loss$22.2
 $(0.7) $(0.5)
No amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2016.
  U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Net periodic benefit (income) expense:                  
Interest cost $57
 $74
 $76
 $2
 $3
 $3
 $28
 $34
 $41
Expected return on plan assets (92) (93) (88) 
 
 
 (67) (60) (59)
Amortization of prior-service credit 
 
 
 
 
 
 (2) (1) (1)
Recognized AOCI loss due to settlements 
 (1) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit (income) expense $(35) $(20) $(12) $2
 $3
 $3
 $(41) $(27) $(19)
Amounts recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income                  
Actuarial loss (gain) $63
 $(47) $11
 $(5) $6
 $3
 $40
 $(72) $29
Prior-service cost 
 
 
 
 
 
 19
 
 (42)
Reclassification of recognized AOCI gain due to settlements 
 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification of prior-service credit to net periodic benefit (income) expense 
 
 
 
 
 
 2
 1
 1
Loss (gain) recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income $63
 $(46) $11
 $(5) $6
 $3
 $61
 $(71) $(12)
The following table outlines the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost atcosts and benefit obligations for the year ended December 31, 2015:31:
U.S. Qualified Plans UK Plans U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
Discount rate4.55% 3.75%
 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Discount rate - net periodic benefit costs 3.14% - 3.38% 3.83% - 4.35% 4.65% 2.84% - 3.21% 4.35% 4.65% 2.21% 2.70% 3.75%
Discount rate - benefit obligations 4.18% - 4.39% 3.55% - 3.71% 4.35% 3.93% - 4.28% 3.21% - 3.60%
 4.35% 2.85% 2.53% 2.70%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets5.57% 5.40% 3.00% - 5.40% 2.35% - 5.65% 5.58% N/A N/A
 N/A
 4.95% 5.00% 5.40%
No rate of compensation increase was assumed as the plans are frozen to additional participant benefit accruals. As
In 2018, the Company changed how it estimates the interest cost component of December 31, 2015,net periodic cost for its U.S. and U.K. pension benefit plans. Previously, the impact ofCompany estimated the interest cost component utilizing a 25 basis point decreasesingle weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation. The new estimate utilizes a full yield curve approach in the discount rate would increaseestimation of this component by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to each of the underlying projected cash flows based on time until payment. The new estimate provides a more precise measurement of interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and their corresponding spot rates. The change does not affect the measurement of the Company’s U.S. and U.K. pension benefit obligation by approximately $60.0 million, $1.9 million and $51.0 millionhas been accounted for the U.S. Qualified Plans, U.S. Non-Qualified Plansas a change in accounting estimate and UK Plans, respectively.thus applied prospectively.

87
81



Expected benefit payments for the defined benefit pension plans are summarized below. These estimates are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary from these estimates.
(Dollars in millions)U.S. Qualified Plans U.S Non-Qualified Plans UK Plans
Year ending December 31:     
2016$66.0
 $5.2
 $51.9
201770.1
 5.2
 53.4
201874.3
 5.2
 54.9
201978.9
 5.2
 59.3
202083.8
 5.2
 60.8
2021-2025479.5
 25.2
 347.1
(In millions) U.S. Qualified Plans U.S. Non-Qualified Plans U.K. Plan
Year ending December 31:      
2019 $80
 $5
 $40
2020 83
 5
 41
2021 87
 5
 43
2022 89
 5
 45
2023 92
 5
 46
2024-2028 492
 25
 257
Plan Assets
U.S. Qualified Plans
TheAssets of the U.S. Qualified Plans’ assetsPlans are segregated from those of the Company and are managed pursuant to a long-term liability-driven asset allocation strategy that seeks to mitigate the funded status volatility by increasing exposure to fixed income investments over time. This strategy was developed by analyzing a variety of diversified asset-class combinations in conjunction with the projected liabilities.
The current investment strategy is to achieve aan investment mix of approximately 76%82% in fixed income securities and 24%18% of investments in equity securities. The target allocations forcurrent fixed income securities includes 7% in global opportunisticallocation consists primarily of domestic fixed income.income and targets to hedge 90% of domestic projected liabilities. The target allocations for equity securities include 12%56% in U.S. large companies, 2%equities and 44% in U.S. small companies, and 10% in international companies. Investments in equity securities are allocated between growth- and value-style investment strategies and are diversified across industries and investment managers. Investments in fixed income securities consist primarily of high-quality U.S. and global corporate or government debt instruments in a variety of industries.non-U.S. equities. Investments in equity and fixed income securities consist of individual securities held in managed separate accounts, as well as commingled investment funds.
The investment strategy does not include a meaningful long-term investment allocation to cash and cash equivalents; however, the cash allocation may rise periodically in response to timing considerations regarding contributions, investments, and the payment of benefits and eligible plan expenses. Additionally,The Company periodically evaluates its defined benefit plans’ asset portfolios for the levelexistence of cash and cash equivalents may reflect the un-invested balancesignificant concentrations of each manager's allocated portfolio balance. This "un-invested cash" is typically heldrisk. Types of investment concentration risks that are evaluated include, but are not limited to, concentrations in a short-termsingle entity, industry, foreign country or individual fund that investsmanager. As of December 31, 2018, there were no significant concentrations of risk in money-market instruments, including commercial paper and other liquid short-term interest-bearing instruments.the Company’s defined benefit plan assets.
The investment policy does not allow investment managers to use market-timing strategies or financial derivative instruments for speculative purposes. However, financial derivative instruments are used to manage risk and achieve stated investment objectives regarding duration, yield curve, credit, foreign exchange and equity exposures. Generally, the investment managers are prohibited from short selling, trading on margin, and trading commodities, warrants or other options, except when acquired as a result of the purchase of another security, or in the case of options, when sold as part of a covered position. The Company’s investment policies also restrict the investment managers from accumulating concentrations by issuer, country or industry segment.
The assumption of 5.65%between 3.00% and 5.40% for the overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets in 20162018 was developed using asset allocation return, risk (defined as standard deviation), and correlationreturn expectations. The return expectations are created using long-term historical and expected returns and current market expectations for inflation, interest rates and economic growth.
UK PlansU.K. Plan
The UK Plans’U.K. Plan’s assets are segregated from those of the Company and invested by trustees, which include Company representatives, with the goal of meeting the respective plans'U.K. Plan’s projected future pension liabilities. The trustees'trustees’ investment objectives are to meet the performance target set in the deficit recovery plansplan of the schemesU.K. Plan in a risk-controlled framework. The actual asset allocations of the plansU.K. Plan are in line with the target asset allocations. The implied target asset allocation of the CSPSU.K. Plan consists of 25%56% matching assets (UK(U.K. gilts and cash) and 75%44% growth assets (consisting of government and credit - commingleda range of pooled funds investing in structured equities, illiquid credit, hedge funds, dynamic asset


82


allocation, high yield bonds, multi-asset credit and risk parity). The CSPS target asset allocation also includes 40% notional exposure for synthetic equity exposure. The target asset allocation of the TDGPS consists of 30% matching assets (UK gilts and cash) and 70% growth assets (consisting of government and credit - commingled funds, illiquid credit, hedge funds, real estate alternatives, dynamic asset allocation, and risk parity)asset-backed securities). The target asset allocations of both plansthe U.K. Plan include acceptable ranges for each asset class, which are typically +/- 10% from the target.class.
The risk parity and dynamic asset allocation categories include investments inand multi-asset funds. Thesecredit funds are designed to provideinvest dynamically across multiple asset classes with the aim of providing a diversified exposure to markets with less volatility than equities.markets. Collateral assets consist of UKU.K. fixed-interest gilts, index-linked gilts and cash, which

88



are used to back derivative positions used tothat hedge the sensitivity of the liabilityliabilities to changes in interest rates and inflation, such thatinflation. On the U.K. Plan Actuary’s Technical Provisions funding basis, approximately 85%95% of the actuarial liability sensitivitiesinterest rate sensitivity and 112% of the liability inflation sensitivity were hedged as of December 31, 2015. The derivative positions are also used to gain a synthetic exposure to equity markets. Investments in illiquid credit fixed income securities, real estate and hedge funds are less liquid and typically are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, given the inherent restrictions on redemptions that may impact the Company's ability to sell the investment at its net asset value in the near term.
2018. The expected long-term rate of return over 2016 is 5.4%on plan assets in 2018 was 4.95%. The approach to determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is consistent with the one used for the U.S. Plans.
The following table setstables set forth the fair values of investments held in the pension plans by major asset category as of December 31, 2015,2018 and 2017, as well as the percentage that each asset category comprises of total plan assets:
(Dollars in millions)     
Asset Category (U.S. Qualified Plans)Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Percentage of Plan Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents         
Short-term investment fund$
 $34.3
 $
 $34.3
 2.1 %
Equity         
U.S. large companies

 

 

 

 

S&P 500 futures0.7
 
 
 0.7
  %
Growth91.4
 
 
 91.4
 5.6 %
Value88.2
 
 
 88.2
 5.4 %
U.S. Small Companies

 

 

 

 

Value27.1
 
 
 27.1
 1.7 %
International

 

 

 

 

Growth66.1
 
 
 66.1
 4.1 %
Value fund
 65.9
 
 65.9
 4.1 %
Fixed Income Securities         
Global long-term debt instruments158.1
 1,088.1
 
 1,246.2
 76.9 %
Total U.S. Plan Assets$431.6
 $1,188.3
 $
 $1,619.9
 100.0 %
          
Asset Category (UK Plans)         
Cash and Cash Equivalents$32.8
 $
 $
 $32.8
 2.7 %
Fixed Income Securities         
Government260.3
 
 
 260.3
 21.6 %
Government and credit - commingled funds
 210.8
 
 210.8
 17.5 %
Illiquid credit [a]
 
 55.2
 55.2
 4.6 %
Derivatives         
Equity20.8
 
 
 20.8
 1.7 %
Interest rate
 13.1
 
 13.1
 1.1 %
Currencies
 (1.6) 
 (1.6) (0.1)%
Hedge Funds [b]
 
 40.6
 40.6
 3.4 %
Diversified Multi-Asset Funds         
Risk parity
 235.2
 
 235.2
 19.5 %
Dynamic asset allocation49.6
 287.0
 
 336.6
 28.0 %
Total UK Plan Assets$363.5
 $744.5
 $95.8
 $1,203.8
 100.0 %
(Dollars in millions) December 31, 2018  
Asset category (U.S. Qualified Plans) Level 1 Level 2 
Not Subject to Leveling (1)
 Total Percentage of Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents          
Short-term investment fund $
 $
 $37
 $37
 2.3%
Equity:          
U.S. large companies 
 
 107
 107
 6.8%
U.S. small companies 25
 
 
 25
 1.6%
International 59
 
 60
 119
 7.5%
Fixed income securities:          
Global long-term debt instruments 223
 1,063
 8
 1,294
 81.8%
Derivatives 1
 (1) 
 
 %
Total U.S. Plan assets $308
 $1,062
 $212
 $1,582
 100.0%
           
Asset category (U.K. Plan)          
Cash and cash equivalents $57
 $
 $
 $57
 4.6%
Fixed income securities 
 615
 363
 978
 79.7%
Derivatives 
 5
 26
 31
 2.6%
Hedge funds (2)
 
 
 38
 38
 3.1%
Diversified multi-asset funds:          
Dynamic asset allocation 
 
 123
 123
 10.0%
Total U.K. Plan assets $57
 $620
 $550
 $1,227
 100.0%
[a] This fund is not publicly traded and does not have a readily determinable fair value. Accordingly, the fund is valued at its net asset value per share. The underlying investments in the fund consist primarily of commercial mortgage-backed securities and real estate loans.
[b]
(1)In accordance with ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented for the total defined benefit pension plan assets.
(2)The fair value of the fund is based on the fair value of the underlying assets, substantially all of which is invested in the York Credit Opportunities Master Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The fund offers very limited liquidity with redemption only allowed on anniversary of investment with 60 days’ prior notice.


83


(Dollars in millions) December 31, 2017  
Asset category (U.S. Qualified Plans) Level 1 Level 2 
Not Subject to Leveling (1)
 Total Percentage of Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents          
Short-term investment fund $
 $
 $25
 $25
 1.4%
Equity:          
U.S. large companies 189
 49
 101
 339
 19.2%
U.S. small companies 37
 
 
 37
 2.1%
International 79
 
 82
 161
 9.1%
Fixed income securities:          
Global long-term debt instruments 171
 940
 87
 1,198
 68.0%
Derivatives 1
 3
 
 4
 0.2%
Total U.S. Plan assets $477
 $992
 $295
 $1,764
 100.0%
           
Asset category (U.K. Plan)          
Cash and cash equivalents $65
 $
 $
 $65
 4.6%
Fixed income securities 
 371
 293
 664
 47.8%
Derivatives 
 13
 54
 67
 4.9%
Hedge funds (2)
 
 
 42
 42
 3.0%
Diversified multi-asset funds:          
Risk parity 
 
 275
 275
 19.8%
Dynamic asset allocation 
 
 277
 277
 19.9%
Total U.K. Plan assets $65
 $384
 $941
 $1,390
 100.0%
(1)In accordance with ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented for the total defined benefit pension plan assets.
(2)The fair value of the fund is based on the fair value of the underlying assets, substantially all of which is invested in the York Credit Opportunities Master Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The fund offers very limited liquidity with redemption only allowed on anniversary of investment with 60 days’ prior notice.
For the periods ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no investments held in the pension plans within Level 3 of the fair value of the underlying assets, substantially all of which is invested in the York Credit Opportunities Master Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The fund offers very limited liquidity with redemption only allowed on anniversary of investment with 60 days’ prior notice.

89



The following table is a roll-forward of Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015:
(Dollars in millions)Illiquid Credit Hedge Funds Real Estate Total
Balance at December 31, 2014$
 $
 $
 $
From ND acquisition56.5
 46.3
 1.9
 104.7
Actual return on assets:

 

 

 

Assets held at end of period0.3
 (4.3) 
 (4.0)
Assets sold during the period
 
 (0.2) (0.2)
Sales
 
 (1.7) (1.7)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes(1.6) (1.4) 
 (3.0)
Balance at December 31, 2015$55.2
 $40.6
 $
 $95.8
hierarchy. There was no XPO common stock held in plan assets as of December 31, 2015.2018 or 2017. The U.S. Non-Qualified Pension Plans are unfunded.
Funding
The Company’s funding practice is to evaluate its tax and cash position, as well as the funded status of its plans, in determining its planned contributions. The Company estimates that it will contribute $5.2$5 million to its U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and $16.3$3 millionto its UK PlansU.K. Plan in 2016;2019; however, this could change based on variations in interest rates, asset returns and other factors.
Defined Contribution Retirement Plans
The Company’s cost for defined contribution retirement plans in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $13.0$66 million in 2015. The Company did not have significant defined contribution retirement plan costs prior to its acquisition of Con-way, as described in Note 3—Acquisitions, .$62 million and $59 million, respectively.
Postretirement Medical Plan
As a result of the Company’s acquisition of Con-way as described in Note 3—Acquisitions, theThe Company sponsors a postretirement medical plan that provides health benefits to certain non-contractual employees who are at least 55 years of age with at least 10 years of service (the “Postretirement Plan”). The


84


Postretirement Plan does not provide employer-subsidized retiree medical benefits for employees hired on or after January 1, 1993.
Funded Status of Postretirement Medical Plan
The following sets forth the changes in the benefit obligation and the determination of the amounts recognized inon the consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets for the Postretirement Plan at December 31:Plan:
(Dollars in millions)2015
Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2014$
From Con-way acquisition51.0
Service cost – benefits earned during the year0.1
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation0.3
Actuarial loss (gain)3.3
Participant contributions0.3
Benefits paid(1.0)
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2015$54.0
Funded status of the plan$(54.0)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of :

Current liabilities(4.0)
Long-term liabilities(50.0)
Net amount recognized$(54.0)
Discount rate assumption as of December 31, 20154.20%
  As of December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $40
 $51
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 1
 2
Actuarial gain (5) (9)
Participant contributions 2
 2
Benefits paid (4) (6)
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation at end of year $34
 $40
Funded status of the plan $(34) $(40)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:    
Current liabilities $(3) $(3)
Long-term liabilities (31) (37)
Net amount recognized $(34) $(40)
Discount rate assumption as of December 31 4.21% 3.52%

90



The following table provides amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive lossAOCI that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit expense consistas of the following:December 31:
(Dollars in millions)2015
Actuarial loss$(3.3)
 $(3.3)
(In millions) 2018 2017
Actuarial gain (loss) $12
 $8
AOCI $12
 $8
Net Periodic Benefit Expense for Postretirement Medical Plan
Net periodic benefit expense and amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes the following:following components:
(Dollars in millions)2015
Net periodic benefit expense (income):

Service cost - benefits earned during the year$0.1
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation0.3
Net periodic benefit expense (income)$0.4
Discount rate assumption used to calculate interest cost from November 1
through December 31
4.10%
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except discount rate) 2018 2017 2016
Net periodic benefit expense:      
Service cost - benefits earned during the year $1
 $
 $1
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 1
 2
 2
Amortization of actuarial gain (1) 
 
Net periodic benefit expense $1
 $2
 $3
Discount rate assumption used to calculate interest cost 3.11% - 3.67%
 3.90% 4.20%


85


Expected benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are summarized below. These estimates are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary from these estimates.
(Dollars in millions)Benefit Payments
Year ending December 31: 
2016$4.1
20174.0
20184.2
20194.4
20204.5
2021-202522.0
(In millions) Benefit Payments
Year ending December 31:  
2019 $3
2020 3
2021 3
2022 3
2023 3
2024-2028 14
The assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:
2015
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year6.74%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)4.50%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate2038
Assumed health care cost trends affect the amounts recognized for the Company’s postretirement benefits. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would not have a material effect on the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit costs or on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.

91



11. Noncontrolling Interest
On June 11, 2015, in connection with its acquisition of ND, the Company filed with the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”) the Tender Offer to purchase all of the outstanding ordinary shares of ND (other than the shares already owned by XPO) at a price of €217.50 per ND share. On June 23, 2015, the Company received the necessary approvals from the AMF to launch the Tender Offer and the Tender Offer was launched on June 25, 2015. The Tender Offer remained open for a period of 16 trading days until July 17, 2015. During that time, the minority shareholders had the right to sell their shares of ND to the Company and the Company had the obligation to purchase those shares at the Tender Offer price; therefore, as of June 30, 2015, the Company classified the noncontrolling interest as mezzanine equity in the condensed consolidated balance sheet and adjusted the balance to its maximum redemption amount at the balance sheet date. Once the Tender Offer closed on July 17, 2015, the noncontrolling interest was no longer classified as mezzanine equity and is classified as noncontrolling interest in equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The financial results of ND are attributed to the noncontrolling interests based on their ownership percentage and are disclosed in the statement of operations. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had purchased 1,921,553 shares under the Tender Offer and acquired a total of approximately86.25% of the share capital of ND. The following table is a roll-forward of the redeemable noncontrolling interest from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015:
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2014$
ND acquisition noncontrolling interest784.2
Comprehensive gain attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest0.8
Adjustment to record noncontrolling interest at redemption value(4.9)
Adjustments for shares purchased, net of currency adjustment(459.7)
Transfer to noncontrolling interest within permanent equity(320.4)
As of December 31, 2015$
12.13. Stockholders’ Equity
Series C Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock and Common Stock
On May 29, 2015, the Company entered into fifteen separate Investment Agreements (the “2015 Investment Agreements”) with sovereign wealth funds and institutional investors (collectively, the “2015 Purchasers”). Pursuant to the 2015 Investment Agreements, on June 3, 2015,Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company issued and sold 15,499,445 shares (the “2015 Purchased Common Shares”) inBoard of Directors may establish one or more series of preferred stock. Other than the aggregate of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Company Common Stock”), and 562,525 shares (the “2015 Purchased Preferred Stock” and, together with the 2015 Purchased Common Shares, the “2015 Purchased Securities”) in the aggregate of the Company’s Series CA Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share in a private placement. The purchase price per 2015 Purchased Common Share was $45.00 (resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company(the “Series A Preferred Stock”), no shares of approximately $697.5 million), and the purchase price per share of 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock was $1,000 (resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $562.5 million). The Company received net proceeds of $1,228.1 million after equity issuance costs which was initially allocated between common and preferred stock based on the relative fair values of each instrument. The 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock was mandatorily convertible into an aggregate of 12,500,546 additional shares of Company common stock subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. The Company held a special meeting of stockholders of the Company on September 8, 2015 in which the Company's stockholders approved the issuance of shares of Company common stock upon the conversion of the 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock. Immediately following the special meeting, the 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock was automatically converted into 12,500,546 shares of Company common stock. No additional consideration was received by the Company in connection with the conversion of the 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock into Company common stock.are currently outstanding.
The 2015 Purchased Preferred Stock was issued with an initial conversion price of $45.00 per share. As of May 29, 2015, the Company's common stock price was $49.16. As a result, the conversion feature was issued “in-the-money” and the Company allocated the beneficial conversion feature of $52.0 million to additional paid-in capital. The beneficial conversion feature was contingent upon receiving approval of the Company's stockholders and was therefore recognized in net loss attributable to common shareholders upon receiving stockholder approval on September 8, 2015.
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
On September 8, 2015, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment of Article IV of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, from 150,000,000 to 300,000,000.

92



Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock and Common Stock
On September 11, 2014, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the “2014 Investment Agreement”) with Public Sector Pension Investment Board (“PSP Investments”), GIC Private Limited (“GIC”) (an affiliate of Singapore’s sovereign wealth fund), and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (“OTPP”). Pursuant to the 2014 Investment Agreement, on September 17, 2014, the Company issued and sold 10,702,934 shares (the “2014 Purchased Common Shares”) in the aggregate of Company Common Stock and 371,848 shares (the “2014 Purchased Preferred Stock” and, together with the 2014 Purchased Common Shares, the “2014 Purchased Securities”) in the aggregate of the Company’s Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, in a private placement. The purchase price per 2014 Purchased Common Share was $30.66 (resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $328.0 million), and the purchase price per share of 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock was $1,000 (resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $372.0 million). The Company received net proceeds of $684.2 million after equity issuance costs which was initially allocated between common and preferred stock based on the relative fair values of each instrument. The 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock was mandatorily convertible into an aggregate of 12,128,115 additional shares of Company Common Stock subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. The Company held a special meeting of stockholders of the Company on December 23, 2014 in which the Company’s stockholders approved the issuance of shares of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of the 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock. Immediately following the special meeting, the 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock was automatically converted into 12,128,115 shares of Company Common Stock. No additional consideration was received by the Company in connection with the conversion of the 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock into Company Common Stock.
The 2014 Purchased Preferred Stock was issued with an initial conversion price of $30.66, which represented a 5% discount to the then-current trailing 20-day volume weighted average price. As of September 11, 2014, the Company’s common stock price was $34.05. As a result, the conversion feature was issued “in-the-money” and the Company allocated the intrinsic value of the conversion feature of $40.9 million to additional paid-in capital. The beneficial conversion feature was contingent upon receiving the approval of the Company’s stockholders and was therefore recognized in net loss available to common stockholders upon receiving stockholder approval on December 23, 2014.
February 2014 Common Stock Offering
On February 5, 2014, the Company closed a registered underwritten public offering of 15,000,000 shares of common stock, and on February 11, 2014, the Company closed as part of the same public offering the sale of an additional 2,250,000 shares as a result of the full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, in each case at a price of $25.00 per share (together, the “February 2014 Offering”). The Company received $413.2 million in net proceeds from the February 2014 Offering after underwriting discounts and expenses.
August 2013 Common Stock Offering
On August 13, 2013, the Company closed a registered underwritten public offering of 9,694,027 shares of common stock, and on August 16, 2013, the Company closed as part of the same public offering the sale of an additional 1,454,104 shares as a result of the full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, in each case at a price of $22.75 per share (together, the “August 2013 Offering”). The Company received $239.5 million in net proceeds from the August 2013 Offering after underwriting discounts and expenses.
Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock and Warrants
Pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may establish one or more series of preferred stock. Other than the Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), no shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding.
On September 2,In 2011, pursuant to the Investment Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011 (the “Investment Agreement”), by and among Jacobs Private Equity, LLC (“JPE”), the other investors party thereto (collectively with JPE, the “Investors”) and the Company, the Company issued to the Investors,certain investors, for $75.0$75 million in cash: (i) an aggregate of 75,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, which are convertible into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price of $7.00 per common share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments), and (ii) warrants exercisable for shares of Company common stock at an initial exercise price of $7.00 per common share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) (the “Warrants”). As of December 31, 2015,2018, the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into 10,412,14510 million shares of Company common stock and there are outstanding Warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 10,462,45510 million shares of Company common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, senior to the Company’s common stock and to each other class or series of stock of the Company (including any series of preferred stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock pays quarterly cash dividends equal to the greater ofof: (i) the “as-converted” dividends on the underlying Company common stock for the relevant quarter, andand: (ii) 4% of the then-applicable liquidation preference per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable or

93



subject to any required offer to purchase and votes together with the Company’s common stock on an “as-converted” basis on all matters, except as otherwise required by law, and separately as a class with respect to certain matters implicating the rights of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
Equity Offering and Forward Sale Agreements
13. Stock-Based CompensationIn July 2017, the Company completed a registered underwritten offering of 11 million shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $60.50 per share (the “Offering”). Of the 11 million shares of common stock, five million shares were offered directly by the Company and six million shares were offered in connection with forward sale agreements (the “Forward Sale Agreements”) described below. The Offering closed on July 25, 2017.
UnderThe Company received proceeds of $290 million ($288 million net of fees and expenses) from the sale of five million shares of common stock in the Offering. The Company used the net proceeds of the shares issued and sold by the Company in the Offering for general corporate purposes.
In connection with the Offering, the Company entered into separate Forward Sale Agreements with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (the “Forward Counterparties”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and each Forward Counterparty agreed to purchase, three million shares of the Company’s common stock (or six million shares of the Company common stock in the aggregate) subject to the terms and conditions of the Forward Sale Agreements, including the Company’s right to elect cash settlement or net share settlement. The initial forward price under each of the Forward Sale Agreements is $58.08


86


per share (which was the public offering price of the Company’s common stock for the primary offering of the five million shares described above, less the underwriting discount) and was subject to certain adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Forward Sale Agreements. Consistent with the Company’s strategy to grow its business in part through acquisitions, the Company entered into the Forward Sale Agreements to provide additional available cash for such acquisitions, among other general corporate purposes. In July 2018, the Company physically settled the forwards in full by delivering six million shares of common stock to the Forward Counterparties for net cash proceeds to the Company of $349 million. As a part of its ordinary course treasury management activities, the Company applied these net cash proceeds to the repayment of the Senior Notes due 2022 as described above.
Share Repurchases
On December 14, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized share repurchases of up to $1 billion of the Company’s common stock. The repurchase authorization permits the Company to repurchase shares in both open market and private repurchase transactions, with the timing and number of shares repurchased dependent on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, alternative investment opportunities and funding considerations. Through December 31, 2018, based on the settlement date, the Company purchased and retired 10 million shares of its common stock having an aggregate value of $536 million at an average price of $53.46 per share. In January and February 2019, based on the settlement date, the Company purchased and retired 8 million shares of its common stock having an aggregate value of $464 million at an average price of $59.47 per share, which completed the authorized repurchase program. The share repurchases were funded by the unsecured credit facility and available cash.
14. Stock-Based Compensation
In 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the XPO Logistics, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”). The 2016 Plan replaces the XPO Logistics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and the Con-way Inc. 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Con-way Plan”), the latter of which was assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of Con-way in 2015. Any awards granted under the 2011 Plan and the Con-way Plan will remain in effect pursuant to their respective terms.
Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, the Company grants various types of stock-based compensation awards to directors, officers and key employees. The 20112016 Plan provides for awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred share units, performance compensation awards, performance units, cash incentive awards and other equity-based or equity-related awards (collectively, “Awards”) that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) determines are consistent with the purpose of the 20112016 Plan and the interests of the Company.
The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under the 20112016 Plan is 4,000,0003.4 million shares. Awards that are settled in cash would not reduce the number of shares plus shares remaining available for awardsdelivery under the prior plan as of May 31, 2012 and any shares with respect to awards granted under the predecessor plans that are forfeited after May 31, 2012.2016 Plan. In the event of any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution, recapitalization, rights offering, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up or spin-off, the Committee shall equitably adjust any or all of the number of shares of the Company with respect to which Awards may be granted, including 2011 Plan share limits, the terms of any outstanding Award, the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards, and the exercise price of any Award, if applicable. Any shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or of treasury shares.
The 20112016 Plan will continue in effect until May 31, 2022,December 20, 2026, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2015,2018, there were 737,8401.7 million shares available for issuance under the 20112016 Plan.
In December 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved the XPO Logistics, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). Under the terms of the ESPP, all eligible employees in the U.S. can purchase common stock through payroll deductions (which cannot exceed 10% of each employee’s compensation) at 5% below fair market value on the last trading day at the end of each six-month purchase period during two offering periods per year, beginning on April 1 and October 1. Under the ESPP, employees must hold the stock they purchase for a minimum of three months from the date of purchase. Subject to adjustment for changes in the Company’s capitalization, the number of shares to be granted under the ESPP is not to exceed two million shares. The first offering period occurred in 2018. The ESPP will be in effect until October 2027, unless terminated earlier at the discretion of the Board of Directors.


87


The plan is deemed non-compensatory, and therefore no stock-based compensation expense will be recognized. Executive officers and directors of the Company are not eligible to participate in the ESPP. There were two million shares available to be granted under the ESPP as of December 31, 2018.
The Company recognized the following stock-based compensation expense in direct operating expense and sales, general and administrative expenseSG&A in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations:Income:
 Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Stock options$1.9
 $1.7
 $1.5
Stock appreciation rights0.4
 
 
Restricted stock units9.0
 5.8
 3.2
Performance-based restricted stock units17.0
 
 
Warrants8.5
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense$36.8
 $7.5
 $4.7
The Company did not realize any excess tax benefit or tax deductions from any of the stock-based compensation plans in 2015, 2014 and 2013.
As discussed further in Note 3—Acquisitions, the Company settled the outstanding warrants and certain performance stock awards of ND. The portion of the fair value of the warrants and performance shares not attributable to service performed prior to the acquisition date was recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the post-combination period. The amount of stock-based compensation expense related to the settlement of ND stock awards included in the year ended December 31, 2015 was $18.5 million. The $8.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the warrants was settled in cash during the second quarter of 2015 in conjunction with the acquisition.
In conjunction with the Con-way acquisition, the Company settled all outstanding restricted stock awards as well as certain restricted stock units and performance-stock awards of Con-way. All remaining outstanding Con-way equity awards were assumed by the Company, as more fully discussed below. The portion of the fair value not attributable to service performed prior to the acquisition date will be recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the post-combination period. The total value of the cash settlement of Con-way stock-based compensation awards in connection with the acquisition was $30.9 million, $10.0 million of which was paid during the fourth quarter of 2015.
  Years ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Stock options $
 $1
 $1
Stock appreciation rights 
 1
 1
Restricted stock units 21
 12
 13
Performance-based restricted stock units 9
 10
 13
Cash-settled performance-based restricted stock units 19
 55
 27
Total stock-based compensation expense $49
 $79
 $55
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation (22) (8) (6)
Stock Options
During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company granted stock options to certain key employees, officers and directors of the Company. For employees and officers, thestock options typically vest over three to five years after the grant date, have a ten year10-year contractual term, and an exercise price equal to the Company’s stock price on the grant date. For grants to members of the Company’s Board of directors, theDirectors, stock options vest one year after the grant date, have a ten year10-year contractual term, and an exercise price equal to the Company’s stock price on the grant date.

94



In connection with the Con-way transaction, each outstanding Con-way stock option was converted into an equivalent number of stock options with the same terms and conditions as were applicable prior to the acquisition, resulting in a total of 883,733 stock options assumed by the Company. All assumed stock options were fully vested as of the acquisition date.
The following is a summary of the weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the 2016 grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model:model. There were no stock options granted during 2018 and 2017.

2015 2014 2013
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate1.6% 1.9% 1.6%
Weighted-average volatility60.7% 50.5% 51.0%
Weighted-average dividend yield
 
 
Weighted-average expected option term (in years)6.61
 6.44
 6.44

2016
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate1.8%
Weighted-average volatility50.0%
Weighted-average dividend yield
Weighted-average expected option term (in years)6.44
For stock options with an exercise price equal to the Company’s stock price on the date of grant, theThe expected term of options granted has been derived based uponon the Company’s history of actual exercise behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based uponon the Company’s historical market price at consistent points in a period equal to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a term equal to the expected term of the option in effect at the time of grant.
A summary of stock option award activity for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 20132018 is presented below:
 Stock Options  Stock Options
Number of Stock Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Exercise Price Range Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Weighted-Average Remaining Term Number of Stock Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted-Average Remaining Term
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 20121,383,332
 $10.06
 $2.28 - $18.07 $5.50
 8.29
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 851,573
 $13.21
 4.44
Granted111,000
 20.18
 $16.57 - $23.19 10.13
  
 
  
Exercised(57,464) 4.59
 $2.96 - $6.08 11.62
  (148,255) 15.52
 
Forfeited(15,348) 14.25
 $6.08 - $16.57 6.99
   (1,000) 23.31
  
Outstanding at December 31, 20131,421,520
 $11.02
 $2.28 - $23.19 $6.01
 6.93
Granted50,000
 27.48
 $23.31 - $31.28 14.37
  
Exercised(74,531) 6.83
 $2.96 - $17.10 18.43
 
Forfeited(52,194) 15.21
 $10.53 - $31.28 7.50
  
Outstanding at December 31, 20141,344,795
 $11.70
 $2.68 - $27.87 $6.04
 6.84
Granted85,755
 26.72
 $26.63 - $27.47 15.71
  
Assumed883,733
 24.17
 $10.94 - $31.88 5.71
 
Exercised(271,703) 19.20
 $2.68 - $29.79 4.85
 
Forfeited(38,300) 20.51
 $12.10 - $27.87 9.80
  
Outstanding at December 31, 20152,004,280
 $16.66
 $2.68 - $31.88 $6.06
 4.57
Options exercisable at December 31, 20151,680,525
 $16.62
 $2.68 - $31.88 $5.49
 4.05
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 702,318
 $12.70
 3.05
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2018 697,818
 $12.63
 3.03


88

Table of Contents

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during 2016 was $11.37. The intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable atas of December 31, 20152018 was $21.7 million and $18.3$31 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had approximately $2.3 millionan immaterial amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.35 years. The remaining estimated compensation expense related to existing stock options is as follows:
 Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Remaining estimated compensation expense related to existing stock options$1.2

$0.6

$0.4

$0.1

$
one year.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 20132016 was $4.1$11 million, $1.7$9 million and $0.8$12 million, respectively. The total cash received from options exercised during 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 20132016 was $5.2$1 million, $0.5$1 million and $0.3$13 million, respectively.

95



Stock Appreciation Rights
In connection with the Con-way transaction, the Company assumed all SARs held by Con-way employees. Each SAR was converted into an equivalent number of SARs with the same terms and conditions as were applicable prior to the acquisition. All converted SARs were fully vested as of the acquisition date. The SARs are liability-classified awards, and, as a result, the Company re-measures the fair value of the awards each reporting period until the awards are settled. The Company recognizes any changes in fair value as compensation cost in the current period. The ultimate expense recognized for the SARs is equal to the intrinsic value at settlement. The Company’s accrued liability for cash-settled SARs of $1.9 million at December 31, 2015 was determined using a weighted-average fair value of $13.45 per SAR at December 31, 2015. The Company did not have SARs outstanding in 2014 or 2013.
The following table summarizes SAR activity for 2015:
  Stock Appreciation Rights
 Number of Rights Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted-Average Remaining Term
   
   
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
 $
 
Granted
 
 
Assumed180,789
 15.61
 
Exercised(37,186) 15.61
 
Forfeited
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015143,603
 $15.61
 1.79
SARs exercisable at December 31, 2015143,603
 $15.61
 1.79
The intrinsic value of SARs outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2015 was $1.7 million. The total cash paid to settle exercised SARs during 2015 was $0.6 million.
Restricted Stock Units and Performance-basedPerformance-Based Restricted Stock Units
During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, theThe Company has granted RSUs and PRSUs to certain key employees, officers and directors of the Company under the 2011 Plan with various vesting requirements as established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.Committee. The RSUs granted vest based on the passage of time. The vesting of certain RSU awards may also isbe subject to the price of the Company’s common stock exceeding a specified per share price for a designated period of time and continued employment by the grantee at the Company by the grantee as of the vesting date. The PRSUs granted will vest based on the achievement of certain targets with respect to the Company’s overall financial performance for specified periods. The vesting of certain PRSU awardsPRSUs is also is subject to the price of the Company’s common stock exceeding a specified per share price for a designated period of time and generally require continued employment at the Company by the grantee as of the vesting date.
In connection with the Con-way transaction, each outstanding RSU not previously settled was converted into an equivalent number of RSUs with the same terms and conditions as were applicable prior to the acquisition, resulting in a total of 661,988 RSUs assumed. Additionally, each outstanding PRSU not previously settled was converted into an equivalent number of PRSUs with the same time-vesting and settlement terms and conditions that existed prior to the acquisition, with the performance-based vesting conditions deemed satisfied at target, resulting in a total of 426,686 RSUs assumed.
In connection with the New Breed Transaction, the Company granted certain members of the New Breed management team an aggregate of 367,705 PRSU awards under the 2011 Plan. Pursuant to the PRSU award agreements, grantees are eligible to earn up to 367,705 PRSUs in the aggregate which will vest based on the achievement of certain targets with respect to New Breed’s financial performance during 2015, 2016 and 2017. The vesting of all such PRSUs also is subject to the price of the Company’s common stock exceeding a specified per share price for a designated period of time and continued employment at the Company by the grantee as of the vesting date.
In connection with the Pacer Transaction, certain members of the Pacer senior management team signed employment agreements with the Company that became effective upon completion of the acquisition. As part of their employment agreements, the Company granted the Pacer management team members an aggregate of 122,569 time-based RSU awards under the 2011 Plan. Certain of these awards vested 25% on the acquisition date of March 31, 2014 while the remaining 75% of the awards vest ratably on each of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, subject to the employee’s continued employment with the Company through each such date. Other RSUs awarded to the Pacer senior management team provided for vesting of 33.4% of the award on March 31, 2015, 33.3% on March 31, 2016 and 33.3% on March 31, 2017, subject to the employee’s continued employment with the Company through each such date.

96



In connection with the 3PD Transaction, each member of the 3PD senior management team signed an employment agreement with the Company that became effective upon completion of the acquisition. Additionally, in order to incentivize 3PD’s management, the Company granted the 3PD management team time-based RSUs and performance-based PRSUs under the 2011 Plan. Pursuant to the award agreements, members of the 3PD management team are eligible to earn up to 600,000 RSUs and PRSUs in the aggregate, of which 150,000 RSUs will vest in equal tranches on each of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 based on the passage of time and 450,000 PRSUs will vest based on the achievement of certain targets with respect to 3PD’s financial performance during 2016 and 2017 as part of the combined company. The vesting of all such RSUs and PRSUs also is subject to the price of the Company’s common stock exceeding a specified per share price for a designated period of time and continued employment at the Company by the grantee as of the vesting date.
The RSUs and PRSUs may vest in whole or in part before the applicable vesting date if the grantee’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by the grantee with good reason (as defined in the grant agreement), upon death or disability of the grantee or in the event of a change in control of the Company. Upon vesting, the RSUs and PRSUs result in the issuance of shares of XPO common stock after required minimum tax withholdings. The holders of the RSUs and PRSUs do not have the rights of a stockholder and do not have voting rights until certificates representing shares are issued and delivered in settlement of the awards.
For grants of RSUs and PRSUs subject to service- or performance-based vesting conditions only, the fair value is established based on the market price of XPO common stock on the date of the grant. For grants of RSUs and PRSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions, the fair value is established using the Monte Carlo simulation lattice model. The actual number of PRSUs earned will be based on the Company’s overall financial performance or the respective business unit’s financial performance, as applicable, over the applicable performance periods. The fair value of RSUs is recognized as expense on a straight line basis over the awards’ requisite service period. The fair value of PRSUs is recognized as expense on a straight line basis over the awards’ requisite service period based on the number of awards expected to vest according to actual and expected financial results of the individual performance periods compared to set performance targets for those periods. If achievement of the performance targets for a PRSU award is not considered to be probable, then no expense will be recognized until achievement of such targets becomes probable.
The fair value of all grants of RSUs and PRSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions was estimated using the Monte Carlo simulation lattice model and the assumptions noted in the following table.
model.
 2015 2014 2013
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate1.1% 1.2% 1.0%
Weighted-average volatility41.1% 44.3% 50.0%
Weighted-average dividend yield
 
 
Weighted-average term (in years)2.98
 3.59
 3.78

97



A summary of RSU and PRSU award activity for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 20132018 is presented below:
 Restricted Stock Units Performance-based Restricted Stock Units
 Number of Restricted Stock Units Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Number of Performance-based Restricted
Stock Units
 Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
    
    
Outstanding at December 31, 2012883,816
 $11.31
 
 $
Granted305,714
 14.38
 450,000
 15.15
Vested(219,875) 11.64
 
 
Forfeited(68,000) 10.65
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013901,655
 $13.26
 450,000
 $13.26
Granted175,773
 29.81
 1,114,951
 23.19
Vested(295,600) 14.98
 
 
Forfeited(89,005) 14.94
 (1,000) 27.61
Outstanding at December 31, 2014692,823
 $15.23
 1,563,951
 $20.86
Granted329,899
 25.72
 537,261
 24.75
Assumed1,088,674
 26.02
 
 
Vested(460,895) 19.47
 (25,424) 31.02
Forfeited(92,060) 27.24
 (88,728) 28.15
Outstanding at December 31, 20151,558,441
 $23.01
 1,987,060
 $21.47
  RSUs PRSUs
  Number of RSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Number of PRSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 1,041,554
 $41.96
 1,838,227
 $24.37
Granted 532,537
 97.85
 470,251
 58.49
Vested (305,542) 39.01
 (1,085,748) 18.86
Forfeited and canceled (182,921) 53.62
 (185,805) 36.10
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 1,085,628
 $68.24
 1,036,925
 $43.51
The total fair value of RSUs that vested during 2015, 20142018, 2017 and 20132016 was $14.3$30 million, $9.9$23 million and $5.1$27 million, respectively. OfAll of the 1,558,441 outstanding RSUs 1,359,477as of December 31, 2018 vest subject to service conditions and 198,964 vest subject to service and market conditions.
The total fair value of PRSUs that vested during 20152018, 2017 and 2016 was $0.7 million. No PRSUs vested during December 31, 2014 or 2013,$96 million, $8 million and $7 million, respectively. Of the 1,987,060 outstanding PRSUs 1,736,238as of December 31, 2018, 444,959 vest subject to service and a combination of market and performance conditions and 250,822591,966 vest subject to service and performance conditions.
As of December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had approximately $24.9$69 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSU and PRSU compensation that is anticipated to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.533.31 years. Remaining estimated compensation
Cash-Settled Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
In February 2016, the Company entered into employment agreements with its executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, on February 9, 2016, the Company granted cash-settled PRSUs under the 2011 Plan to certain executive officers. Twenty-five percent of the PRSUs vest and are settled in cash on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant, subject to the grantee’s continued employment through the applicable anniversary and achievement of certain


89

Table of Contents

performance targets for each tranche. Cash-settled PRSU awards are measured at fair value initially based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and are required to be re-measured to fair value at each reporting date until settlement. Compensation expense related to outstanding RSUs andfor cash-settled PRSUs is recognized over the applicable performance periods based on the probability of achieving the performance conditions and the closing price of the Company’s common stock at each balance sheet date. The Company records as follows:
 Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 and thereafter
Remaining estimated compensation expense related to outstanding RSUs and PRSUs deemed probable$13.1
 $7.2
 $3.1
 $0.6
 $0.9
The remaining estimated compensation expense excludesa liability (until settlement) the impactcost of PRSUs nota cash-settled PRSU award for which achievement of the performance condition is deemed probable asprobable. As of December 31, 2015. The2018 and 2017, the Company had recognized accrued liabilities of $18 million and $52 million, respectively, using a fair value per PRSU of $57.04 and $91.59, respectively.
A summary of cash-settled PRSU award activity for the year ended December 31, 2018 is presented below:
Number of Cash-Settled PRSUs
Outstanding as of December 31, 20171,693,394
Granted15,385
Vested(564,465)
Forfeited and canceled(391,038)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018753,276
As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $24 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to PRSUs not deemed probable asnon-vested cash-settled PRSU compensation that is anticipated to be recognized over a weighted-average period of December 31, 2015 is $28.8 million.approximately one year; this will vary based on changes in the Company’s common stock price and the probability of achieving performance targets in future periods.
14.15. Income Taxes
A summary of income (loss) before taxes related to U.S. and non U.S.foreign operations are as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
 (Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Operations     
U.S. domestic$(305.7) $(87.2) $(69.2)
Foreign23.2
 (2.5) (1.8)
Total pre-tax loss$(282.5) $(89.7) $(71.0)
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
U.S. $319
 $278
 $(70)
Foreign 247
 (17) 177
Income before income tax provision (benefit) $566
 $261
 $107

98
90

Table of Contents


The components of the income tax benefitprovision (benefit) consist of the following:
 Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Current     
Federal$(34.2) $
 $
State and local8.8
 3.4
 0.3
Foreign26.4
 0.5
 (0.1)
 1.0
 3.9
 0.2
Deferred     
Federal(58.1) (27.8) (22.1)
State and local(18.2) (2.7) (0.6)
Foreign(15.6) 0.5
 
 (91.9) (30.0) (22.7)
Total income tax benefit$(90.9) $(26.1) $(22.5)
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Current:      
U.S. Federal $2
 $2
 $(11)
State 6
 (3) 6
Foreign 69
 59
 48
Total current income tax provision $77
 $58
 $43
Deferred:      
U.S. Federal (1)
 $57
 $(134) $1
State 2
 (2) (2)
Foreign (2)
 (14) (21) (20)
Total deferred income tax provision (benefit) 45
 (157) (21)
Total income tax provision (benefit) $122
 $(99) $22
(1)On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. The Tax Act includes numerous changes to existing U.S. tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. The rate reduction became effective January 1, 2018. As a result, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $173 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 related to the revaluation of its net deferred tax liabilities. The Company did not record any changes during the measurement period.
(2)On December 31, 2017, a law was published in France enacting a rate reduction from 34.43% to 25.83% to be phased in over five years starting in 2018. On December 29, 2017, a law was published in Belgium enacting a tax rate reduction from 33.99% to 25% to be phased in over three years starting in 2018. Consequently, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $10 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 related to the revaluation of its net deferred tax liabilities.
The provision for income taxes is different from that which would be obtained by applying the statutory federal incomeeffective tax rate to income before income taxes. The items causing this differencereconciliations are as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
 2015 2014 2013
U.S. Federal statutory tax rate35.0 % 35.0 % 34.0 %
State and local taxes, net2.2 % 0.7 % 0.6 %
Transaction expense(3.7)% (1.7)% (1.1)%
Loss on convertible debt(0.6)% (2.1)% (1.1)%
Change in valuation allowance(3.2)% (1.4)% (0.6)%
Nontaxable purchase price adjustment2.2 %  %  %
Fuel and employment tax credits2.0 %  %  %
Change in uncertain tax position provision0.5 % 0.4 % 0.3 %
U.S. taxation of foreign earnings(2.4)%  %  %
Loss on remeasurement of foreign activities2.6 %  %  %
Foreign tax rate differences % (0.5)% (0.2)%
All other non-deductible items(2.4)% (1.3)% (0.2)%
Net effective tax rate32.2 % 29.1 % 31.7 %
  Years Ended December 31,
  2018 2017 2016
U.S. federal statutory tax rate 21.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
State taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit 1.2
 (1.2) 4.8
Foreign rate differential (1.1) (6.7) (13.2)
Foreign operations (1)
 8.3
 (0.1) 2.4
Valuation allowance (3.7) 0.8
 11.2
Changes in uncertain tax positions 
 5.1
 (0.1)
Effect of law changes (2)
 
 (70.2) (12.3)
Stock-based compensation (3.8) (3.3) (4.7)
Other (0.3) 2.4
 (2.2)
Effective tax rate 21.6 % (38.2)% 20.9 %
(1)Foreign operations include the net impact of the changes to foreign valuation allowances, the cost of foreign inclusion net of foreign tax credits, and permanent items related to foreign operations.
(2)2017 U.S., France and Belgium tax rate changes; 2016 France tax rate change.

99
91

Table of Contents

Components of the Net Deferred Tax Asset or Liability

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the noncurrent deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Deferred tax assets   
(In millions) 2018 2017
Deferred tax asset    
Net operating loss and other tax attribute carryforwards$242.0
 $74.3
 $154
 $191
Accrued expenses125.4
 13.2
 60
 65
Pension and other retirement obligations70.3
 
 25
 26
Other65.2
 13.4
 62
 64
Total deferred tax asset502.9
 100.9
 301
 346
Valuation allowance(67.6) (7.1) (73) (93)
Total deferred tax asset, net435.3
 93.8
 228
 253
Deferred tax liabilities
 
Deferred tax liability    
Intangible assets(655.0) (110.5) (330) (371)
Property & equipment(541.7) (41.9)
Property and equipment (299) (255)
Other(58.3) (6.7) (35) (38)
Total deferred tax liability(1,255.0) (159.1) (664) (664)
Net deferred tax liability$(819.7) $(65.3) $(436) $(411)
AtThe deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability above are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
  December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017
Other long-term assets $8
 $8
Deferred tax liability (444) (419)
Net deferred tax liability $(436) $(411)
Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries
As a result of the Tax Act, the Company has decided to apply a partial indefinite reversal assertion to pre-2018 earnings and profits that have been invested back into the foreign businesses. The Company has also decided not to apply an indefinite reversal assertion on all 2018 and future years’ earnings and profits. The Company has recorded federal, state and withholding taxes in the amount of $2 million related to the change in assertion.
Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforwards
As of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the Company had federal net operating losses for all U.S. operations (including those of minority owned subsidiaries) of $409.7$82 million and $195.4$188 million, respectively, expiring at various times between 2028 and 2035. At2038. As of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the tax effect (before federal benefit) of the Company’s state net operating losses was $26.5$26 million and $13.4$33 million, respectively, expiring at various times between 20162019 and 2035. Included in the federal and state net operating losses to be carried forward are $22.1 million2038.
As of gross windfall tax benefits for stock compensation that has not been recognized as a deferred tax asset and will be recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.
At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of $7.4$16 million and $1.8$34 million, respectively, expiring at various times starting in 20182032 with certain credits having an unlimited carryforward period. AtAs of December 31, 2015,2018 and 2017, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $4.6$8 million and $10 million, respectively, expiring at various times between 20162019 and 2028. At2030.


92

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $1.5 million expiring at various times between 20152018 and 2027.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014,2017, the Company’s foreign net operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income were $267.0$382 million and $6.6$332 million, respectively. These foreign loss carryforwards will expire at various times between 2016 and 2026beginning in 2019, with some losses having an unlimited carryforward period.
As a result of the acquisition of New Breed in 2014, the Company recognized tax benefits related to New Breed’s final pre-acquisition period net operating losses of $56.0 million and filed in early 2015 a U.S. Federal net operating loss carryback refund claim for $14.7 million. This refund was received in the first quarter of 2015.Valuation Allowance
The Company believeshas evaluated the available positive and negative evidence and concluded that, for some of its deferred tax assets, it is more likely than not that future earnings and reversal of existing deferred tax liabilitiesthese assets will not be sufficient to fully utilizerealized in the net operating loss deferred tax assets within the carryforward period. Although currently not anticipated,foreseeable future. Based on the Company’s ability to use its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may become subject to restrictions attributable to equity transactions in the future resulting from changes in ownership as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
In general, it is the practice and intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration, if any exists. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. We estimate the amount of unremitted earnings and profitsassessment, as of December 31, 2015 to be approximately $48.7 million. It2018, total valuation allowances of $73 million were recorded against deferred tax assets. Although realization is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in these foreign subsidiaries.
During the year ended December 31, 2015,assured, the Company reassessed its U.S. and foreign valuation allowance requirements. The Company evaluated all available evidence in its analysis, including future settlement of the deferred tax liabilities, carrybacks available and historical and projected pre-tax profits generated by the Company’s U.S. operations. The Company also considered tax planning strategieshas concluded that are prudent and can be reasonably implemented. The future settlement of deferred tax liabilities, which will enable the Company to realize its existing deferred tax assets when they reverse, was the most significant factor in the Company’s determination of the valuation allowance under the “moreit is more likely than not” criteria. The Company’s valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 was $16.1 million for domestic deferred tax assets and $51.5 million for foreign jurisdictions where it is not “more likely than not” that the remaining deferred tax assets will be utilized. At December 31, 2014, the

100



Company had arealized and as such no valuation allowance of $4.8 millionhas been provided on its domestic deferred tax assets and $2.3 million on its foreign deferred taxthese assets. The change in the Company’s valuation allowance of $60.5decreased by $20 million is during the year ended December 31, 2018.
The following table presents a resultroll-forward of the assessment of deferred tax assets as established atvaluation allowance for the acquisition of NDyears ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and Con-way and through the Company’s determination that certain state and foreign deferred tax assets do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria during the period.2016, respectively:
(In millions) Balance at Beginning of Year Additions Reductions/
Charges
 Balance at End of Year
Valuation allowance        
Year Ended December 31, 2018 $93
 $
 $(20) $73
Year Ended December 31, 2017 83
 29
 (19) 93
Year Ended December 31, 2016 68
 15
 
 83
Unrecognized Tax Benefits (UTB)
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014
Uncertain tax positions, beginning of the year$6.2
 $0.8
Additions for tax positions of prior years0.2
 
Additions for tax positions from acquisitions6.1
 5.8
Additions for tax positions taken during the current period0.5
 
Reductions due to the statute of limitations(1.5) (0.4)
Uncertain tax positions, end of the year$11.5
 $6.2
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2018 2017 2016
Beginning balance $25
 $15
 $12
Additions for tax positions of the current period 1
 2
 
Additions for tax positions from acquisitions 
 
 10
Additions for tax positions of prior years 2
 17
 1
Reductions for tax positions of prior years (3) 
 
Settlements with tax authorities 
 (3) 
Reductions due to the statute of limitations (1) (6) (8)
Currency translation adjustment (1) 
 
Ending balance $23
 $25
 $15
Interest and penalties 6
 5
 4
Gross unrecognized tax benefits $29
 $30
 $19
       
Total UTB that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate as of the end of the year $22
 $23
 $11
TheDuring the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that the Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued relatedcould reflect a reduction to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $8.1 million and $2.0 million of the unrecognized tax benefits of $11.5$4 million and $6.2 million, respectively, if resolved favorably, would impact our effectivedue to the statute of limitations lapsing on positions or because tax rates. The release of the remaining $3.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits would not affect the tax rate upon favorable resolution as the liability would be settled through a holdback provision of an acquisition agreement.positions are sustained on audit.
The Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return. In addition, its minority owned U.S. subsidiaries file consolidated Federal income tax returns in accordance with U.S. filing requirements. The Company also files unitary or separate returns in various state, local and non-U.S. jurisdictions based on state, local and non-U.S. filing requirements. As a matter of course, various taxing authorities, including the IRS, regularly audit the Company. These audits may result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may resultis subject to taxation in the Company owing additional taxes. Currently,United States, various states and various foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has no tax years under examination by the IRS. The Company has various non-U.S examinations in process, but at this time, we do not expect any of these routine examinations to yield a material assessment. While there are no other Federal, state or local examinations currently in progress, generally, the Federal returns after 2010, state and local returns after 2008 and non-U.S. returns after 2010 are open under relevant statute of limitations and therefore subject to potential adjustment. The Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law. The former Con-way companies are subject to examination for federal income taxes for tax year 2015. In 2013, Con-way entered the Compliance Assurance Program (“CAP”). CAP is designed to make audits more effective, efficient and current such that when the federal tax return is filed for the current year it has been approved by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRSCompany has approved both the 2013 and 2014 federal tax return. All federal,various U.S. state and local incomeexaminations and non-U.S. examinations in process. The U.S. federal tax returns for the former Con-way are filed through 2014.
15. Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors, including fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies. To manage the volatility related to exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies, the Company uses derivative instruments. The objective of the derivative instruments is to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign currency rates and interest rates. These financial instruments are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. The Company has not historically incurred, and does not expect to incur in the future, any losses as a result of counterparty default.
The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions or variability of cash flow to be paid. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the designated derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flow of hedged items. When a derivative instrument is determined not to be highly effective as a hedge or the underlying hedged transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. See Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of the consolidated financial statements for the Company's accounting policies for derivative instruments.

Hedge of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2022, the Company entered into certain cross-currency swap agreements with a notional amount of $730.9 million to manage the related foreign currency exchange risk by effectively converting a portion of the fixed-rate USD-denominated Senior Notes due 2022, including the semi-annual interest payments,

10193



to fixed-rate, EUR-denominated debt. The risk management objective is to manage foreign currency risk relating to net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currenciesreturns after 2008, state and reduce the variability in the functional currency equivalent cash flowslocal returns after 2009, and non-U.S. returns after 2007 are open under relevant statutes of a portion of the Senior Notes due 2022. During the term of the swap contracts, the Company will receive semi-annual interest payments in June and December of each year from the counterparties based on USD fixed interest rates, and the Company will make semi-annual interest payments in June and December of each year to the counterparties based on EUR fixed interest rates. At maturity, the Company will repay the original principal amount in EUR and receive the principal amount in USD. The Company has designated the cross-currency swap agreements as qualifying hedging instruments and is accounting for these as net investment hedges. The gains and losses resulting from fair value adjustments to the cross-currency swap agreements are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent that the cross-currency swaps are effective in hedging the designated risk. The Company did not record any ineffectiveness for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. Cash flows related to the cross-currency swaps are included in operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company does not expect amounts that are currently deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income to be reclassified to income during the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company did not have cross-currency swap agreements in 2014 or 2013.
In addition to the cross-currency swaps, the Company uses foreign currency denominated notes as nonderivative hedging instruments of its net investments in foreign operations. During the second quarter of 2015, the Company designated $235.8 million of its Senior Notes due 2021 included in long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets as a net investment hedge of its investments in international subsidiaries that use the EUR as their functional currency. During the period that the Senior Notes due 2021 were designated as a net investment hedge, the gains and losses resulting from exchange rate adjustments to the foreign currency denominated notes are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent that the foreign currency denominated notes are effective in hedging the designated risk. As of December 31, 2015, there is no amount of Senior Notes due 2021 that is designated as a net investment hedge of its investments in international subsidiaries that use the EUR as their functional currency. The de-designation occurred in August 2015 and the $4.7 million gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income during the period that the Senior Notes due 2021 were designated as a net investment hedge remains in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2015 and will remain in accumulated other comprehensive income until the subsidiary is sold, completely liquidated, or deconsolidated due to a change in control. From the de-designation date through December 31, 2015, the gains and losses resulting from exchange rate adjustments to the foreign currency denominated notes are recorded in the statement of operations in other expense. The Company did not record any ineffectiveness for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. The Company does not expect amounts that are currently deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income to be reclassified to income during the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company did not have foreign currency denominated notes in 2014 or 2013.
Interest Rate Hedging
In order to mitigate variability in forecasted interest payments on the Company’s EUR-denominated asset financings that are based on benchmark interest rates (e.g., Euribor), the Company has entered into interest rate swaps. The objective is for the cash flows of the interest rate swaps to offset any changes in cash flows of the forecasted interest payments attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate. The interest rate swaps convert floating rate interest payments into fixed rate interest payments. The Company has designated the interest rate swaps as qualifying hedging instruments and is accounting for these as cash flow hedges of the forecasted obligations. The gains and losses resulting from fair value adjustments to the interest rate swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent that the interest rate swaps are effective in hedging the designated risk. The gains and losses will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense on the dates that interest payments accrue, or when the hedged item becomes probable not to occur. The Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted interest payments through December 2017. The Company did not have interest rate swaps in 2014 or 2013. During 2015, $43.5 million notional amount of the Company's interest rate swaps were discontinued as cash flow hedgeslimitations and are classified as derivatives not designated as hedges as of December 31, 2015, with an inconsequential loss recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. Cash flows relatedsubject to the interest rate swaps are included in operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company expects an inconsequential amount that is currently deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income to be reclassified to income during the year ended December 31, 2016.audit.
Foreign Currency Forward Contract
In order to manage the short-term effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in connection with a portion of the cash consideration paid in EUR to acquire a majority interest in the outstanding share capital of ND, the Company entered into a $1,864.5 million short-term foreign currency forward contract in the second quarter of 2015. The foreign currency forward contract allowed the Company to purchase fixed amounts of EUR in the future at an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.13. The Company did not designate the foreign currency forward contract as a qualifying hedging instrument. Gains or losses on the foreign exchange forward contract are recorded in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. During 2015 the $1,864.5 million foreign currency forward contract was settled and the loss recorded in the consolidated statements of operations related to the foreign currency forward contract was $9.7 million. Cash flows related to the foreign currency forward

102



contract are included in investing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company did not have foreign currency forward contracts in 2014 or 2013.
Foreign Currency Option Contracts
In order to mitigate against the risk of a reduction in the value of foreign currency earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) from the Company’s international operations with the EUR and GBPas the functional currency, the Company entered into foreign currency option contracts in the fourth quarter of 2015. The option contracts are not designated as qualifying hedging instruments as of December 31, 2015. The option contracts are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and other identified risks. The risk of loss associated with option contracts is limited to the premium amounts payable for the option contracts. The option contracts expire in 12 months or less. Gains or losses on the option contracts are recorded in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows related to the foreign currency option contracts are included in operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company did not have foreign currency option contracts in 2014 or 2013.
The following table presents the location on the consolidated balance sheets in which the Company’s derivative instruments have been recognized, the fair value hierarchy level applicable to each type of derivative instrument, and the related notional amounts and fair values as of December 31, 2015:
(Dollars in millions)Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Hierarchy Level Notional Amount Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedges:       
Cross-currency swap agreementsOther long-term assets Level 2 $730.9
 $0.2
Interest rate swapsOther current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
 Level 2 228.6
 (7.3)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:       
Interest rate swapsOther current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
 Level 2 43.5
 (0.7)
Foreign currency option contractsOther current liabilities Level 2 235.2
 (1.0)
Total    
 $(8.8)
The following table indicates the amount of gains/(losses) that have been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets and gains/(losses) recognized in earnings in the consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 for derivative and nonderivative instruments:
 Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Recognized in Earnings
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013
Derivatives designated as hedges:           
Cross-currency swap agreements$4.9
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
Interest rate swaps(1.4) 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedges:           
Foreign currency option contracts
 
 
 (1.0) 
 
Foreign currency forward contracts
 
 
 (9.7) 
 
Nonderivatives designated as hedges:           
Foreign currency denominated notes4.7
 
 
 
 
 
Total$8.2
 $
 $
 $(10.7) $
 $
16. Variable Interest Entities and Joint Ventures
The Company consolidates VIEs and certain joint ventures (“JVs”) because it has the power to direct the activities that significantly affect the VIE’s and JV’s economic performance, including having operational control over each VIE and JV and operating the VIEs under the XPO brand. The VIEs and JVs provide logistics services for their customers. Investors in these entities only have recourse to the assets owned by the entity and not to the Company’s general credit. The Company does not have implicit support arrangements with any VIE.

103



Assets and Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs and Joint Ventures
(Dollars in millions)As of December 31, 2015
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents$14.3
Accounts receivable, net of allowance54.7
Other current assets3.8
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation4.8
Other long-term assets3.0
Total$80.6
  
Liabilities 
Accounts payable$44.9
Accrued expenses, other8.1
Other current liabilities8.9
Other long-term liabilities5.2
Total$67.1
Total revenue from the Company’s consolidated VIEs and JVs was $189.5 million in the twelve months endedDecember 31, 2015. Related expenses for the Company’s consolidated VIEs and JVs consisted of operating expenses of $185.5 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and tax expense of $0.9 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. The Company did not have any VIEs or JVs prior to its June 2015 acquisition of ND.
17. Earnings per Share
Basic and diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders byusing the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Dilutedtwo-class method, which is an earnings allocation method that determines earnings per share for common share are computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the combined weighted-average numbershares and participating securities. The participating securities consist of shares of common stock outstanding and the potential dilution of stock options, warrants, RSUs, PRSUs, Convertible Notes and the Company’s Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.001Stock. The undistributed earnings are allocated between common shares and participating securities as if all earnings had been distributed during the period. In periods of loss, no allocation is made to the preferred shares.
The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share outstanding during the period, if dilutive. The weighted-average of potentially dilutive securities excluded fromare as follows:
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data) 2018 2017 2016
Basic earnings per common share      
Net income attributable to XPO $422
 $340
 $69
Convertible preferred dividends (3) (3) (3)
Non-cash allocation of undistributed earnings (29) (25) (3)
Net income allocable to common shares, basic $390
 $312
 $63
       
Basic weighted-average common shares 123
 115
 110
Basic earnings per share $3.17
 $2.72
 $0.57
       
Diluted earnings per common share      
Net income allocable to common shares, basic $390
 $312
 $63
Interest from Convertible Senior Notes 
 1
 2
Net income allocable to common shares, diluted $390
 $313
 $65
       
Basic weighted-average common shares 123
 115
 110
Dilutive effect of Convertible Senior Notes 
 2
 3
Dilutive effect of non-participating stock-based awards and equity forward 12
 11
 10
Diluted weighted-average common shares 135
 128
 123
       
Diluted earnings per share $2.88
 $2.45
 $0.53
       
Potential common shares excluded 10
 10
 12
Certain shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect was anti-dilutive.
17. Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Commitments
Under operating leases, the Company is shownrequired to make payments for various real estate, double-stack railcars, containers, chassis, tractors, data processing equipment, transportation and office equipment that have an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term. Certain leases also contain provisions that allow the Company to extend the leases for various renewal periods.


94

Table of Contents

Under certain capital lease agreements, the Company guarantees the residual value of tractors at the end of the lease term. The stated amounts of the residual-value guarantees have been included in the tableminimum lease payments below.
Future minimum lease payments with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
 2015 2014 2013
Basic weighted-average common stock outstanding92,755,919
 53,629,962
 22,752,320
Potentially Dilutive Securities:
 
 
Shares underlying the conversion of preferred stock to common stock10,438,426
 10,483,052
 10,607,309
Shares underlying the conversion of the convertible senior notes4,327,654
 7,342,864
 8,623,331
Shares underlying warrants to purchase common stock8,574,412
 8,202,468
 6,900,642
Shares underlying stock options to purchase common stock823,352
 555,977
 356,815
Shares underlying restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units1,519,776
 797,026
 367,183
 25,683,620
 27,381,387
 26,855,280
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding118,439,539
 81,011,349
 49,607,600
(In millions) Capital Leases Operating Leases
Year ending December 31:    
2019 $61
 $577
2020 60
 460
2021 55
 367
2022 52
 288
2023 43
 221
Thereafter 39
 523
Total minimum lease payments $310
 $2,436
Amount representing interest (21)  
Present value of minimum lease payments $289
  
The impact of this dilutionRent expense was not reflected in the earnings per share calculations in the consolidated statements of operations because the impact was anti-dilutive. The treasury stock method was used to determine the shares underlying warrants, stock options, RSUs and PRSUs for potential dilution with an average market price of $38.79 per share, $31.30 per share and $19.69 per share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
18. Related Party Transactions
During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company leased office space from two entities partially owned and controlled by Louis DeJoy, the former Chief Executive Officer of XPO’s North America supply chain business, who was elected as a member of XPO’s Board of Directors on December 3, 2015. The non-cancellable lease agreements expire at various dates in 2019. Each lease agreement provides the Company, as tenant, with two five-year option periods to extend the

104



lease term. The Company made rent payments associated with these lease agreements in the amounts of $1.9$820 million, $716 million and $0.6$677 million for the years ended December 31, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively. In addition,
Litigation
The Company is involved, and will continue to be involved, in numerous proceedings arising out of the Company paid operating expensesconduct of its business. These proceedings may include, among other matters, claims for property damage or personal injury incurred in connection with these leased propertiesthe transportation of $0.2 millionfreight, claims regarding anti-competitive practices, and $0.1 millionemployment-related claims, including claims involving asserted breaches of employee restrictive covenants and tortious interference with contracts. These matters also include numerous purported class action, multi-plaintiff and individual lawsuits, and administrative proceedings that claim either that the Company’s owner-operators or contract carriers should be treated as employees, rather than independent contractors, or that certain of the Company’s drivers were not paid for all compensable time or were not provided with required meal or rest breaks. These lawsuits and proceedings may seek substantial monetary damages (including claims for unpaid wages, overtime, failure to provide meal and rest periods, unreimbursed business expenses and other items), injunctive relief, or both.
The Company establishes accruals for specific legal proceedings when it is considered probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accruals for loss contingencies are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If a loss is not both probable and reasonably estimable, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued therefor, the Company assesses whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional loss, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional loss, may have been incurred, the Company discloses the estimate of the possible loss or range of loss if it is material and an estimate can be made, or states that such an estimate cannot be made. The determination as to whether a loss can reasonably be considered to be possible or probable is based on the Company’s assessment, in conjunction with legal counsel, regarding the ultimate outcome of the matter.
The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the yearspotential impact of loss contingencies that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any matters to which the Company is presently a party will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Legal costs incurred related to these matters are expensed as incurred.
The Company carries liability and excess umbrella insurance policies that it deems sufficient to cover potential legal claims arising in the normal course of conducting its operations as a transportation and logistics company. The


95

Table of Contents

liability and excess umbrella insurance policies generally do not cover the misclassification claims described in this note. In the event the Company is required to satisfy a legal claim outside the scope of the coverage provided by insurance, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Intermodal Drayage Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries received notices from the California Labor Commissioner, Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (the “DLSE”), that a total of approximately 150 owner-operators contracted with these subsidiaries filed claims in 2012 with the DLSE in which they assert that they should be classified as employees, rather than independent contractors. These claims seek reimbursement for the owner-operators’ business expenses, including fuel, tractor maintenance and tractor lease payments. After a decision was rendered by a DLSE hearing officer in seven of these claims, in 2014, the Company appealed the decision to the California Superior Court, San Diego, where a de novo trial was held on the merits of those claims. On July 17, 2015, the court issued a final statement of decision finding that the seven claimants were employees rather than independent contractors and awarding an aggregate of $3 million plus post-judgment interest and attorneys’ fees to the claimants. The Company exhausted its appeals in this matter and the Superior Court entered final judgment against the Company in January 2018 and that judgment has been paid. Separate decisions were rendered in June 2015 by a DLSE hearing officer in claims involving five additional plaintiffs, resulting in an award for the plaintiffs in an aggregate amount of approximately $1 million, following which the Company appealed the decisions in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California (“Central District Court”). On May 16, 2017, the Central District Court issued judgment finding that the five claimants were employees rather than independent contractors and awarding an aggregate of approximately $1 million plus post-judgment interest and attorneys’ fees to the claimants. The Company has appealed this judgment but cannot provide assurance that such appeal will be successful. In addition, separate decisions were rendered in April 2017 by a DLSE hearing officer in claims involving four additional plaintiffs, resulting in an award for the plaintiffs in an aggregate amount of approximately $1 million, which the Company has appealed to the California Superior Court, Long Beach. The remaining DLSE claims (the “Pending DLSE Claims”) have been transferred to California Superior Court in three separate actions involving approximately 170 claimants, including the claimants mentioned above who originally filed claims in 2012. The Company has reached an agreement to settle the majority of the Pending DLSE Claims and has accrued the full amount of the settlement. The settlement will require court approval. In addition, certain of the Company’s intermodal drayage subsidiaries are party to putative class action litigations and other administrative claims in California brought by independent contract carriers who contracted with these subsidiaries. In these litigations, the contract carriers assert that they should be classified as employees, rather than independent contractors. The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies that are probable and reasonably estimable relating to the claims referenced above. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may incur as a result of these claims given, among other reasons, that the range of potential loss could be impacted substantially by future rulings by the courts involved, including on the merits of the claims.
Last Mile Logistics Classification Claims
Certain of the Company’s last mile logistics subsidiaries are party to several putative class action litigations brought by independent contract carriers who contracted with these subsidiaries. In these litigations, the contract carriers, and in some cases the contract carriers’ employees, assert that they should be classified as employees, rather than independent contractors. The particular claims asserted vary from case to case, but the claims generally allege unpaid wages, unpaid overtime, or failure to provide meal and rest periods, and seek reimbursement of the contract carriers’ business expenses. The cases include four related matters pending in the Federal District Court, Northern District of California: Ron Carter, Juan Estrada, Jerry Green, Burl Malmgren, Bill McDonald and Joel Morales v. XPO Logistics, Inc. (“Carter”), filed in March 2016; Ramon Garcia v. Macy’s and XPO Logistics Inc. (“Garcia”), filed in July 2016; Kevin Kramer v. XPO Logistics Inc. (“Kramer”), filed in September 2016; and Hector Ibanez v. XPO Last Mile, Inc. (“Ibanez”), filed in May 2017. The Company has reached agreements to settle the Carter, Garcia, Kramer and Ibanez matters and has accrued the full amount of the settlements. The settlements will require court approval. With respect to other pending claims, the Company believes that it has adequately accrued for the potential impact of loss contingencies that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is unable at this time to estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, in excess of its accrued liability that it may


96

Table of Contents

incur as a result of these claims given, among other reasons, that the number and identities of plaintiffs in these lawsuits are uncertain and the range of potential loss could be impacted substantially by future rulings by the courts involved, including on the merits of the claims.
Last Mile TCPA Claims
The Company is a party to a putative class action litigation (Leung v. XPO Logistics, Inc., filed in May 2015 in the U.S. District Court, Illinois (“Illinois Court”)) alleging violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) related to an automated customer call system used by a last mile logistics business that the Company acquired. The Company has reached an agreement to resolve the Leung case, and the Illinois Court has approved the settlement and entered final judgment. The Company has accrued the full amount of the approved settlement. Distribution of the settlement funds began in September 2018.
Shareholder Litigation
On December 14, 2018, two putative class actions were filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut and the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of its current and former executives, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, as well as Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, based on alleged material misstatements and omissions in the Company’s public filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. On January 7, 2019, the plaintiff in one of the actions, Leeman v. XPO Logistics, Inc. et al., No. 1:18-cv-11741 (S.D.N.Y.), voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice.  In the other action, Labul v. XPO Logistics, Inc. et al., No. 3:18-cv-02062 (D. Conn.), which remains pending, the complaint has not yet been served. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously against the allegations. The Company is unable at this time to determine the amount of the possible loss or range of loss, if any, that it may incur as a result of these matters.
18.Subsequent Event
On February 13, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase of up to $1.5 billion of the Company’s common stock. The Company is not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares, and may suspend or discontinue the program at any time.


97

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer (“CEO”) and acting chief financial officer (“CFO”), we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018, such that the information required to be included in our SEC reports is: (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms relating to the Company, including our consolidated subsidiaries; and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and acting chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report, which is included elsewhere within this Form 10-K, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20152018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.


98

Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 of Part III of Form 10-K (other than certain information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our executive officers, which is provided under Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) will be set forth in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and 2014, respectively. Seeis incorporated herein by reference.
We have adopted a Code of Business Ethics (the “Code”), which is applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and other senior officers. The Code is available on our website at www.xpo.com, under the heading “Corporate Governance” within the “Investors” tab. In the event that we amend or waive any of the provisions of the Code that relate to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, we intend to disclose the same on our website at the web address specified above.
ITEM 11.    Note 3—AcquisitionsEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 of Part III of Form 10-K, including information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for further discussion on the common stock issued2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 of Part III of Form 10-K will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.


99

Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
The list of Consolidated Financial Statements provided in the Index to Mr. DeJoyConsolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference. Such Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All financial statement schedules are omitted because the acquisition of New Breed.
Duringrequired information is not applicable, or because the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company provided certain air charter schedule recovery services to Ameriflight, LLC (“Ameriflight”), a regional air cargo carrier. James J. Martell, a member of XPO’s Board of Directors, owns and serves as the executive chairman of Ameriflight.  The Company provides its services to Ameriflight on a transactional basis without a written contract. The Company received payments from Ameriflight or its affiliates in an amount of approximately $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.
19. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The Company’s unaudited results of operations for each of the quartersinformation required is included in the years ended December 31, 2015Consolidated Financial Statements and 2014 are summarized below:notes thereto.
XPO Logistics, Inc.
Quarterly Financial Data
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)March 31, 2015 June 30, 2015 September 30, 2015 December 31, 2015
Revenue$703.0
 $1,215.9
 $2,362.0
 $3,342.3
Operating expenses       
     Cost of transportation and services440.8
 707.3
 1,237.3
 1,786.0
     Direct operating expense151.2
 318.3
 798.0
 1,099.5
     Sales, general and administrative expense115.8
 220.4
 282.4
 494.8
          Total operating expenses707.8
 1,246.0
 2,317.7
 3,380.3
Operating (loss) income(4.8) (30.1) 44.3
 (38.0)
     Other expense (income)0.2
 2.1
 1.6
 (0.8)
     Foreign currency loss (gain)0.2
 19.8
 14.5
 (0.4)
     Interest expense23.1
 36.3
 61.4
 95.9
Loss before income tax (benefit) provision(28.3) (88.3) (33.2) (132.7)
     Income tax (benefit) provision(13.6) (9.5) 1.8
 (69.6)
Net loss(14.7) (78.8) (35.0) (63.1)
     Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
 
 (52.0) 
     Cumulative preferred dividends(0.7) (0.7) (0.7) (0.7)
     Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 4.4
 (4.9) 1.0
Net loss attributable to common shareholders$(15.4) $(75.1) $(92.6) $(62.8)

       
Basic loss per share$(0.20) $(0.89) $(0.94) $(0.58)
Diluted loss per share$(0.20) $(0.89) $(0.94) $(0.58)

105




(Dollars in millions, except per share data)March 31, 2014 June 30, 2014 September 30, 2014 December 31, 2014
Revenue$282.4
 $581.0
 $662.5
 $830.7
Operating expenses       
     Cost of transportation and services224.0
 459.1
 487.4
 531.3
     Direct operating expense4.0
 27.2
 71.0
 171.0
     Sales, general and administrative expense75.8
 106.6
 117.7
 122.4
          Total operating expenses303.8
 592.9
 676.1
 824.7
Operating (loss) income(21.4) (11.9) (13.6) 6.0
     Other expense0.1
 0.3
 0.3
 (0.3)
     Foreign currency loss
 
 
 0.4
     Interest expense10.1
 3.4
 17.8
 16.7
Loss before income tax benefit(31.6) (15.6) (31.7) (10.8)
     Income tax benefit(3.3) (1.8) (20.1) (0.9)
Net loss(28.3) (13.8) (11.6) (9.9)
     Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
 
 
 (40.9)
     Cumulative preferred dividends(0.8) (0.7) (0.7) (0.7)
Net loss attributable to common shareholders$(29.1) $(14.5) $(12.3) $(51.5)

       
Basic loss per share$(0.70) $(0.28) $(0.23) $(0.77)
Diluted loss per share$(0.70) $(0.28) $(0.23) $(0.77)

20. Segment Reporting and Geographic Information
The Company determines its operating segments based on the information utilized by the chief operating decision maker, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to allocate resources and assess performance. Based on this information, the Company has determined that it has two operating segments and two reportable segments. The Company’s operating segments are Transportation and Logistics.
These reportable segments are strategic business units through which the Company offers different services. The Company evaluates the performance of the segments primarily based on their respective net operating margin and also evaluates revenues, net revenue margin and operating income. Accordingly, interest expense and other non-operating items are not reported in segment results. In addition, the Company has disclosed corporate amounts, which is not an operating segment and includes the costs of the Company’s executive and shared service teams, professional services such as legal and consulting, board of directors, and certain other corporate costs associated with operating as a public company. The Company allocates charges to the reportable segments for IT services, depreciation of IT fixed assets as well as centralized recruiting and training resources. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated balance sheets and results of operations. Intra-segment transactions have been eliminated in the reportable segment results of operations whereas inter-segment transactions represent a reconciling item to consolidated results as shown below.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company evaluates performance based on various financial measures of the respective business segments. The chief operating decision maker does not review assets by segment for purposes of allocating resources and therefore assets by segment are not disclosed.

106



The following schedule identifies selected financial data for each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively:
XPO Logistics, Inc.
Segment Data
(Dollars in millions)Transportation Logistics Corporate Eliminations Total
Year Ended December 31, 2015         
Revenue$4,924.4
 $2,768.4
 $
 $(69.6) $7,623.2
Operating income (loss)51.6
 81.6
 (162.0) 0.2
 (28.6)
Depreciation and amortization226.5
 136.9
 1.5
 
 364.9
Interest expense25.0
 15.3
 176.4
 
 216.7
Income tax provision (benefit)(10.5) 17.6
 (98.0) 
 (90.9)
Goodwill2,504.7
 2,105.9
 
 
 4,610.6
Capital expenditures126.3
 109.5
 13.2
 
 249.0
Year Ended December 31, 2014         
Revenue$2,140.0
 $216.6
 $
 $
 $2,356.6
Operating income (loss)18.9
 17.6
 (77.4) 
 (40.9)
Depreciation and amortization79.5
 16.3
 2.5
 
 98.3
Interest expense0.5
 
 47.5
 
 48.0
Income tax provision (benefit)0.8
 
 (26.9) 
 (26.1)
Goodwill577.0
 352.3
 
 
 929.3
Capital expenditures13.4
 24.0
 7.2
 
 44.6
Year Ended December 31, 2013         
Revenue$702.3
 $
 $
 $
 $702.3
Operating loss(7.2) 
 (45.1) 
 (52.3)
Depreciation and amortization19.7
 
 1.1
 
 20.8
Interest expense
 
 18.2
 
 18.2
Income tax benefit(2.4) 
 (20.1) 
 (22.5)
Goodwill363.4
 
 
 
 363.4
Capital expenditures5.3
 
 6.3
 
 11.6
For segment reporting purposes by geographic region, revenues are attributed to the sales office location. The following table presents revenues generated by geographical area.
 Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)2015 2014 2013
Revenue     
United States$4,278.5
 $2,141.4
 $628.0
North America (excluding United States)166.3
 132.0
 74.3
Europe2,986.9
 12.9
 
Asia171.9
 66.3
 
Other19.6
 4.0
 
Total$7,623.2
 $2,356.6
 $702.3
As of December 31, 2015, the Company held long-lived tangible and intangible assets outside of the United States of $1,237.1 million.


107



EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
 Description
   
2.1 * 
2.2 *Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 12, 2013, by and among 3PD Holding, Inc., Logistics Holding Company Limited, Mr. Karl Meyer, Karl Frederick Meyer 2008 Irrevocable Trust II, Mr. Randall Meyer, Mr. Daron Pair, Mr. James J. Martell and XPO Logistics, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 12, 2013).
2.3 *Amendment No. 1 dated August 14, 2013 to Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 12, 2013 by and among the Company, 3PD, Logistics Holding Company Limited, Mr. Karl Meyer, Karl Frederick Meyer 2008 Irrevocable Trust II, Mr. Randall Meyer, Mr. Daron Pair and Mr. James J. Martell (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 2013).
2.4 *Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 5, 2014, by and among Pacer International, Inc., XPO Logistics, Inc. and Acquisition Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 6, 2014).
2.5 *
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 29, 2014, by and among New Breed Holding Company, XPO Logistics, Inc., Nexus Merger Sub, Inc. and NB Representative, LLC, in its capacity as the Representative(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 30, 2014).
   
2.6 *3.1 
Share Purchase Agreement relating to Norbert Dentressangle SA among Dentressangle Initiatives, Mr. Norbert Dentressangle, Mrs. Evelyne Dentressangle, Mr. Pierre-Henri Dentressangle, Ms. Marine Dentressangle and XPO Logistics, Inc., dated as of April 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2015).

2.7 *Tender Offer Agreement between XPO Logistics, Inc. and Norbert Dentressangle SA, dated as of April 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2015).
2.8 *Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 9, 2015, by and among XPO Logistics, Inc., Con-way Inc., Inc. and Canada Merger Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 10, 2015).
3.1 *Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, dated May 17, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007).
   
3.2 * 
   
3.3 * 
   
3.4 * 
   
3.5 * 
3.6
3.7
   
3.6 *3.8 Certificate
   
3.7 *3.9 Text of Amendments
   
3.8 *4.1 
4.2
   

108
100

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 Description
   
4.1 *4.3 Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock of the registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the September 2011 Form 8-K).
4.2 *Form of Warrant Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the September 2011 Form 8-K).
4.3 *
   
4.4 * Senior Indenture dated as of September 26, 2012 between XPO Logistics, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2012 (the “September 2012 Form 8-K”).
4.5 *First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 26, 2012 between XPO Logistics, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, supplementing the Senior Indenture dated as of September 26, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the September 2012 Form 8-K).
4.6 *
   
4.7 *4.5 
   
4.8 *4.6 Indenture, dated as of August 25, 2014, between XPO Logistics, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 26, 2014).
4.9 *Investment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2014, by and among XPO Logistics, Inc. and the Purchasers set forth on Schedule I thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014).
4.10 *
   
4.11 *4.7 Form of Investment Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, by and among XPO Logistics, Inc. and the Purchasers set forth on Schedule I thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2015).
4.12 *
   
4.13 *4.8 
4.9
   
10.1 +*+ Amended and Restated 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to XPO Logistics, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2012).
10.2 +*
10.2 +
   
10.3 +*+ 
   
10.4 +*+ 
   
10.5 +*+ 
10.6 +
10.7 +
10.8 +
   

109
101


Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 Description
   
10.6 +*10.9 + 
10.10 +
10.11 +
10.12 +
10.13 +
10.14 +
   
10.7 +*10.15 + 
   
10.8 +*10.16 + 
   
10.9 +*10.17 Form of Option Award Agreement (2001 Amended and Restated
   
10.10 +*
10.18 *
 
10.19 +
10.20 +
10.11 +*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 20, 2014).
10.12 +*
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2016).

   
10.1310.21 +*
 
10.22 +*
10.23 +*
10.24 +
   
10.14 +*
10.25 +
 

10.15 +*
Exhibit A to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2016, between the registrant and John J. Hardig, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2016).

10.16 +*
Exhibit A to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2016, between the registrant and Scott B. Malat, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2016).

10.17 +*
Exhibit A to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2016, between the registrant and Gordon E. Devens (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2016).

10.18 +*Exhibit A to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2016, between the registrant and Troy A. Cooper (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2016).
10.19 *
Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among XPO Logistics, Inc. and certain subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank,
 N.A., Citibank N.A. and KeyBank National Association as Lenders, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2014).


10.20 *

Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit dated as of August 8, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 11, 2014).
10.21 *
Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among XPO Logistics, Inc. and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to XPO’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 2, 2015).





110102



Exhibit
Number
 Description
   
10.22 * 
10.26 +
10.27 +
10.28 +
10.29 +
10.30 +
10.31 +
10.32 +
10.33 +
10.34 +
10.35
   
10.23 *10.36 

   
10.24 +*10.37 
10.38
10.39


103

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
10.40
10.41
10.42
10.43

   
10.2510.44 Retirement and Release
14 *Senior Officer Code of Business Conduct and EthicsCitibank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.110.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 20, 2012)filed with the SEC on December 31, 2018).
   
21 * 
   
23 * 
   
31.1 * 
   
31.2 * 
   
32.132.1** 
   
32.232.2** 
2018.
101.INS * XBRL Instance Document.
   
101.SCH * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
   
101.CAL * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
   
101.DEF * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
   
101.LAB * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
   
101.PRE * XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.


104


*Incorporated by reference.
Exhibit
Number
Description
**Furnished herewith.
+This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Item 16.     FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.


105


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:/s/ Bradley S. Jacobs
Bradley S. Jacobs
(Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer)
By:/s/ Sarah J.S. Glickman
Sarah J.S. Glickman
(Acting Chief Financial Officer)
February 14, 2019
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Bradley S. JacobsChairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)February 14, 2019
Bradley S. Jacobs
/s/ Sarah J.S. GlickmanActing Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)February 14, 2019
Sarah J.S. Glickman
/s/ Lance A. RobinsonChief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)February 14, 2019
Lance A. Robinson
/s/ AnnaMaria DeSalvaVice Chairman of the Board of DirectorsFebruary 14, 2019
AnnaMaria DeSalva
/s/ Gena L. AsheDirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Gena L. Ashe
Director
Marlene M. Colucci
/s/ Michael G. JesselsonLead Independent DirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Michael G. Jesselson
/s/ Adrian P. KingshottDirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Adrian P. Kingshott
/s/ Jason D. PapastavrouDirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Jason D. Papastavrou
/s/ Oren G. ShafferDirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Oren G. Shaffer


111
106